107526 Catalog
2014-10-17
: Pdf 107526-Catalog 107526-Catalog 096359 Batch10 unilog
Open the PDF directly: View PDF 
.
Page Count: 230
| Download | |
| Open PDF In Browser | View PDF |
Catalog 22 DEADEND & SUSPENSION INSULATORS for 15-69kV Applications Experience & Reliability Page 1 | April 2012 Warranty—Material Hubbell Power Systems, Inc. warrants all products sold by it to be merchantable (as such term is defined in the Uniform Commercial Code) and to be free from defects in material and workmanship. Buyer must notify the Company promptly of any claim under this warranty. The Buyer's exclusive remedy for breach of this warranty shall be the repair or replacement, F.O.B. factory, at the Company's option, of any product defective under the warranty which is returned to the Company within one year from the date of shipment. NO OTHER WARRANTY, WHETHER EXPRESS OR ARISING BY OPERATION OF LAW, COURSE OF DEALING, USAGE OF TRADE OR OTHERWISE IMPLIED, SHALL EXIST IN CONNECTION WITH THE COMPANY'S PRODUCTS OR ANY SALE OR USE THEREOF. The Company shall in no event be liable for any loss of profits or any consequential or special damages incurred by Buyer. The Company's warranty shall run only to the first Buyer of a product from the Company, from the Company's distributor, or from an original equipment manufacturer reselling the Company's product, and is non-assignable and non-transferable and shall be of no force and effect if asserted by any person other than such first Buyer. This warranty applies only to the use of the product as intended by Seller and does not cover any misapplication or misuse of said product. Warranty—Application Hubbell Power Systems, Inc. does not warrant the accuracy of and results from product or system performance recommendations resulting from any engineering analysis or study. This applies regardless of whether a charge is made for the recommendation, or if it is provided free of charge. Responsibility for selection of the proper product or application rests solely with the purchaser. In the event of errors or inaccuracies determined to be caused by Hubbell Power Systems, Inc., its liability will be limited to the re-performance of any such analysis or study. Page 2 | April 2012 Deadend & Suspension Insulators inside.................................................................................Page Distinguished by Design................................................................................. 5 Product Performance...................................................................................... 6 Polymer Design Tests....................................................................................... 7 PDI Mechanical and Electrical Characteristics................................................ 8 VLS Mechanical and Electrical Characteristics............................................. 10 End Fitting Details......................................................................................... 12 Experience Page 3 | April 2012 Hubbell has been leading the way with polymer insulators under the distinguished Ohio Brass name since 1976. Veri*Lite distribution insulators embody the latest in polymer design and manufacturing features. Our Veri*Lite insulators are backed by thorough testing and research to provide our customers with high performance products. More than 20 million distribution deadend and suspension insulators have been put into service around the world. Hubbell is dedicated to providing superior products and service to the power industry. Performance Page 4 | April 2012 Distinguished by Design Porcelain Bell Equivalents — The full line of Veri*Lite suspension and deadend insulators are direct equivalents to 5 ¾ inch x 10 inch and 4 ¼ inch x 6 ¼ inch porcelain bells, respectively. Please refer to the Electrical Characteristics table for the number of bell equivalents, on pages 9 and 11. DS Class Ratings — The polymer deadend insulator product line has an offering for several DS class ratings, in accordance with ANSI C29.13 and CSA C411.5-10 standards. Please refer to the Electrical Characteristics table on page 9 for the appropriate insulator class rating. Rod — Veri*Lite Insulators are produced from the highest quality materials. Strands in the fiberglass rod are aligned for maximum tensile strength, and the rod is filled 70 percent, by weight, with electrical grade glass fibers. End Fittings — Ferrous end fittings are crimped directly to the fiberglass rod by a process originated by Ohio Brass and later adopted by other manufacturers. The crimp requires no intermovement of the parts to achieve high strength, nor does it introduce potting compounds or adhesives. Weathersheds — Veri*Lite Insulators are manufactured with ESP™ rubber, the same proven material used in PDV arresters and Hi*Lite Insulators. ESP™ is a polymer compound made by alloying silicone and EPDM rubber. This alloy offers the desired toughness and resistance to tracking of the original EPR, along with the hydrophobic characteristics derived from low molecular weight silicone oils. Testing You Can Count On… Hubbell’s state-of-the-art electrical and mechanical testing facilities are capable of performing ANSI, IEC, CSA, and other industry required tests. Tracking, QUV, corona cutting, salt fog, oxidative stability, and variations of differential thermal analysis are just a sample of tests performed to ensure the quality of our polymer material. For further information on our polymers, ask your Hubbell Ohio Brass representative for the publication “Polymer Materials for Insulator Weathersheds”, EU1264 – H. Page 5 | April 2012 Product Performance Leakage Distance — Veri*Lite Insulators feature high leakage distance for optimum contamination performance. Cleaning — Washing of the Veri*Lite suspension and deadend insulators may be required based on the contamination level of the installation locaton. In the event that washing is required, the procedures outlined in Section IX of the “IEEE GUIDE FOR INSULATOR CLEANING,” IEEE STD 957-2005 are generally applicable. Standards — Veri*Lite suspension and deadend insulators meet the latest ANSI/IEEE-1024, CSA C411.5-10, and IEC-61109 standards. Hubbell’s manufacturing facilities have implemented a quality system in accordance with ISO 9001-2008. Mechanical Ratings — The Specified Mechanical Load (SML) rating for all Veri*Lite suspension and deadend insulators is 15,000 Ibs. The Routine Test Load (RTL) rating for these insulators is 50% of the SML rating. All Veri*Lite suspension and deadend insulators are proof tested to 10,000 Ibs in tension prior to shipment from the factory. This test load exceeds the RTL rating of the insulator to ensure the quality of our product. Markings — Markings for Veri*Lite suspension and deadend insulators are permanently embossed into the end fittings and polymer housing. Markings include SML rating, date of manufacture, DS rating in accordance with ANSI C29.13 and CSA C411.5-10 standards, and Ohio Brass identification. Packaging — The standard packaging of Veri*Lite suspension and deadend insulators is in boxes stacked on pallets. The quantity per box and pallet vary based on the catalog number. Please refer to the Mechanical characteristics table in this catalog for the standard packing quantities. Page 6 | April 2012 Polymer Design Tests The following must be performed to certify a material for use in production. Tracking test: Performed on a sample of material inclined at 15° and electrodes positioned 35 mm apart. Samples are sprayed with a conductive solution (400Ωcm) and energized at 10kV. The cycle is repeated every 90 seconds. The sample passes if there is: 1. No carbonization or tracking. 2. No erosion through sample. 3. No leakage current flow at the end of 90 seconds. The sample must withstand 20,000 test cycles. Ultraviolet Test: Samples of the rubber must be tested in a QUV tester or equivalent cyclic weatherometer. The samples are exposed to high ultraviolet radiation and high humidity without cracking, checking, or becoming hydrophilic. The sample is judged to have passed this test if it exceeds 8,000 hours of exposure without damage. Corona Cutting: Samples 5 cm by 7 cm are subjected to mechanical stress of 300,000 microstrain by bending samples over a grounded electrode. A needle-like electrode is placed 1 mm from the surface of the sample and energized at 12 kV in a controlled humidity chamber. The sample is judged to have passed this test if there is no splitting or cutting during 1,000 hours of exposure to these test conditions. Oxidative Stability: Samples of the polymer compound are tested using differential scanning calorimetry. Samples are heated rapidly in a nitrogen atmosphere to the test temperature of 200°C. The atmosphere is then changed to air, and the temperature is maintained until the antioxidant is consumed, as measured by an exothermic chemical reaction. The time for this reaction to occur must exceed 300 minutes. Tear Strength: Rubber test slabs are prepared in accordance with ASTM Standards and are tested to determine tear strength of the material. The minimum acceptable tear strength is 150 lb/in. Reliability Page 7 | April 2012 PDI Mechanical Characteristics 0.625" (16mm) Diameter Rod Deadend Insulators .625 Dia. Pin STL END FITTINGS D d 1.56 1.62 .70 Dia. Hole Length Mechanical Characteristics Diameter Inches (mm) Catalog Number No. of Sheds D d Box Pallet 40101502151 5 12.50 (318) 3.9 (99) 2.7 (69) 2.3 (1.0) 15 40102802151 10 17.50 (445) 3.3 (84) 2.4 (61) 2.5 (1.1) 40102502151 10 18.75 (475) 3.8 (97) 2.8 (71) 40103502151 8 25.00 (635) 3.0 (76) 4010460215 10 23.00 (584) 4.4 (112) 3.0 (76) Net Wt. pounds (kg) Standard Package Qty Length Inches (mm) Torsion ft-lb (N-m) 2 SML pounds (kN) 3 RTL pounds (kN) 4 Proof pounds (kN) 540 35 (47) 15,000 (70) 7,500 (35) 10,000 (44.5) 15 360 35 (47) 15,000 (70) 7,500 (35) 10,000 (44.5) 2.7 (1.2) 15 360 35 (47) 15,000 (70) 7,500 (35) 10,000 (44.5) 2.8 (1.3) 15 300 35 (47) 15,000 (70) 7,500 (35) 10,000 (44.5) 2.9 (1.3) 15 300 40 (55) 15,000 (70) 7,500 (35) 10,000 (44.5) RUS Accepted 1 SML — Specified Mechanical Load is the tension load that a Veri*Lite insulator can withstand during a 90-second test without failure. SML is comparable to the M&E strength rating of porcelain insulators. 2 RTL — A Routine Test Load value is equal to 50% of the SML value. 3 Proof Test — The mechanical tension load applied at the factory to each insulator for ten (10) seconds. 4 NOTE: PDI Type insulators are intended for applications which are within 75° of horizontal to allow proper shed drainage. Page 8 | April 2012 PDI Electrical Characteristics 0.625" (16mm) Diameter Rod Deadend Insulators Length .74 .60 .78 1.13 Electrical Characteristics Catalog Numbers Type Leakage Distance Inches (mm) Dry Arc Distance Inches (mm) Critical Impulse Flashover Flashover ANSI - kV Dry-kV SL of # of 4-1/4 Bells Insulator Class Max. Power Arc kA cycles RIV Wet-kV Pos-kV Neg-kV Test kV 4010150215 PDI-15 16 (406) 8.1 (205) 100 80 150 170 15 <10 150 2 DS15 4010280215 PDI-28 26 (660) 12.6 (320) 140 120 235 250 20 <10 150 — DS28 4010250215 PDI-25 31 (787) 14.3 (363) 155 135 270 280 30 <10 150 3 DS35 4010350215 PDI-35 33 (838) 20 (508) 200 160 325 360 30 <10 150 4 — 4010460215 PDI-46 37.6 (955) 19.1 (485) 195 175 360 365 30 365 150 — DS46 Key to the Catalog Numbers 401X X X X 21 5 0 = Std. Pin 3 = S tandard Pin Rotated End-fitting 5 = ANSI 52-3 B & S 6 = IEC 16mm B & S Page 9 | April 2012 SML Voltage Rating kV Ferrous End-fitting 0 = Standard Marking 6 = LWIWG Marking Example: Cat. #4013250215 is a Veri*Lite insulator, 25 kV. Rated with standard pin and rotated end-fitting (ferrous) 15,000 lbs. SML, plus standard markings. VLS Mechanical Characteristics 0.625" (16mm) Diameter Rod Suspension Insulators Length SOCKET BALL D Mechanical Characteristics Catalog Numbers No. of Sheds Length Inches (mm) D Diameter Inches (mm) Net Wt. pounds (kg) Standard Package Qty Carton Pallet SML pounds (kN) RTL pounds (kN) Proof pounds (kN) 1 2 3 4050021301 4 11.5 (292) 5.9 (150) 4 (1.8) 12 96 15,000 (70) 7,500 (35) 10,000 (44.5) 4050029001** 4 12.5 (318) 5.9 (150) 4 (1.8) 12 96 15,000 (70) 7,500 (35) 10,000 (44.5) 4050031301 6 17.25 (438) 5.9 (150) 4 (1.8) 12 96 15,000 (70) 7,500 (35) 10,000 (44.5) 4050041301 8 23 (584) 5.9 (150) 5 (2.3) 12 96 15,000 (70) 7,500 (35) 10,000 (44.5) 4050051301 10 28.75 730) 5.9 (150) 6 (2.8) 12 48 15,000 (70) 7,500 (35) 10,000 (44.5) 4050061301 12 34.5 876) 5.9 (150) 7 (3.2) 12 48 15,000 (70) 7,500 (35) 10,000 (44.5) 1 SML — Specified Mechanical Load is the tension load that a Veri*Lite insulator can withstand during a 90-second test without failure. SML is comparable to the M&E strength rating of porcelain insulators. 2 RTL — A Routine Test Load value is equal to 50% of the SML value. 3 Proof Test — The mechanical tension load applied at the factory to each insulator for ten (10) seconds. Page 10 | April 2012 VLS Electrical Characteristics 0.625” (16mm) Diameter Rod Suspension Insulators Length Tongue Clevis D Electrical Characteristics Catalog Numbers Type Leakage Distance Inches (mm) Dry Arc Distance Inches (mm) Flashover ANSI - kV Dry-kV Critical Impulse Flashover Equivalent number of 5¾” X10” Bells Volt*/ Class Max. μV Power Arc kA cycles RIV Wet-kV Pos-kV Neg-kV Test kV 4050021301 VLS-2 23 (584) 11.75 (298) 135 110 225 255 21 <10 150 2 15/25 4050029001** VLS-2 23 (584) 11.75 (298) 135 110 225 255 21 <10 150 2** 15/25 4050031301 VLS-3 39 (991) 18 (457) 190 140 320 330 32 <10 150 3 35/46 4050041301 VLS-4 54 (1372) 23.7 (602) 255 190 420 435 48 <10 150 4 46/69 4050051301 VLS-5 69 (1753) 29.5 (749) 315 245 500 510 48 <10 150 5 69 4050061301 VLS-6 84 (2134) 35.2 (894) 370 305 610 580 48 <10 150 6 69 * Phase-to-Phase voltage. ** Replaces two 10” x 6-1/4” distribution deadend bells. VLS insulators are available with ANSI and IEC ball/ socket end fittings and also with clevis/tongue end fittings. Please use the following 4-digit suffix codes after the first 6-digits of the catalog number. Page 11 | April 2012 Suffix Code Tower-end Line-end 1301 ANSI 52-3 Socket ANSI 52-3 Ball 1400 ANSI 52-6 Clevis ANSI 52-6 Tongue 2A07 IEC 16 mm Socket IEC 16 mm Ball End Fitting Details (Inches) PDI Clevis Clevis PDI .43 .74 PDI Tongue .43 .60 1.7 .70 DIA .70 DIA 1.62 1.56 1.13 VLS Tongue VLS Clevis .55 .75 1.88 .69 DIA HOLE 1.54 1.48 .69 DIA HOLE Page 12 | April 2012 End Fitting Details (Inches) VLS Ball VLS Socket ANSI 52-3 & IEC-16 mm ANSI 52-3 & IEC-16 mm 2.50 VLS Y-Clevis Clevis Pin .88 DIA HOLE 45° .94 1.75 .625 1.91 2.0 Cotter Page 13 | April 2012 Page 14 | April 2012 NOTE: Because Hubbell has a policy of continuous product improvement, we reserve the right to change design and specifications without notice. Copyright 2011 Hubbell Incorporated © Never Compromise TM www.hubbellpowersystems.com Printed in USA RGS 10M Section 23-1 23 Veri*Lite™ Silicone Rubber Line Post Insulators for 15-69kV Applications Warranty - Material Hubbell Power Systems, Inc. warrants all products sold by it to be merchantable (as such term is defined in the Uniform Commercial Code) and to be free from defects in material and workmanship. Buyer must notify the Company promptly of any claim under this warranty. The Buyer's exclusive remedy for breach of this warranty shall be the repair or replacement, F.O.B. factory, at the Company's option, of any product defective under the warranty which is returned to the Company within one year from the date of shipment. NO OTHER WARRANTY, WHETHER EXPRESS OR ARISING BY OPERATION OF LAW, COURSE OF DEALING, USAGE OF TRADE OR OTHERWISE IMPLIED, SHALL EXIST IN CONNECTION WITH THE COMPANY'S PRODUCTS OR ANY SALE OR USE THEREOF. The Company shall in no event be liable for any loss of profits or any consequential or special damages incurred by Buyer. The Company's warranty shall run only to the first Buyer of a product from the Company, from the Company's distributor, or from an original equipment manufacturer reselling the Company's product, and is non-assignable and non-transferable and shall be of no force and effect if asserted by any person other than such first Buyer. This warranty applies only to the use of the product as intended by Seller and does not cover any misapplication or misuse of said product. Warranty - Application Hubbell Power Systems, Inc. does not warrant the accuracy of and results from product or system performance recommendations resulting from any engineering analysis or study. This applies regardless of whether a charge is made for the recommendation, or if it is provided free of charge. Responsibility for selection of the proper product or application rests solely with the purchaser. In the event of errors or inaccuracies determined to be caused by Hubbell Power Systems, Inc., its liability will be limited to the re-performance of any such analysis or study. Index Line Posts........................................................ Page Mechanical Ratings.........................................23-2 Equivalency......................................................23-2 Packaging........................................................23-3 Sample Polymer Specification.........................23-3 Table.................................................... 23-4 & 23-5 Catalog Key.....................................................23-4 Post Base & Line Fittings..................... 23-6 & 23-7 Application Curves............................... 23-8 & 23-9 Line Post Insulator Studs...............................23-10 Suspension Trunnion Bolted Aluminum.........23-11 Bracket, Pole Top Insulator............................23-12 Bracket, Horizontal Insulator.........................23-13 Bracket, Vertical Insulator..............................23-13 Bracket, Pole Top Insulator............................23-14 Brackets, Post Insulator................................23-15 Super Top-Tie Line Ties.................................23-16 ® NOTE: Because Hubbell has a policy of continuous product improvement, we reserve the right to change design and specifications without notice. Copyright 2010 Hubbell Incorporated © OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA Printed in USA JUNE 2012 RGS 1M 23-2 Veri*Lite Insulators embody the latest features available in polymer insulator design and manufacture. Ohio Brass began its efforts in polymer research in the early 1900s. After years of production and research with polymeric compounds in the high voltage insulation field, Ohio Brass introduced the Hi*Lite insulator in 1976. A decade later the Ohio Brass polymer distribution arrester, PDV-100, was introduced as the first U.S. made polymer-housed MOV arrester. Today’s Veri*Lite post insulators build upon the experience of placing nearly 20 million polymer distribution arresters, 17 million polymer deadend distribution insulators and 2 million high voltage transmission insulators in service. Ohio Brass is dedicated to providing a quality product for the electric utility industry. Design The structural design of the Veri*Lite insulator consists of three basic parts: Rod - Veri*Lite insulator fiberglass rod is produced from the highest quality materials. Strands are aligned for maximum tensile strength. The rod is filled 65 percent, by volume, with electrical grade glass fibers. End Fittings - Ferrous end fittings are directly crimped to the fiberglass rod by a circumferential crimping process originated by Ohio Brass. The crimp requires no intermovement of the parts to achieve high strength, nor does it introduce potting compounds or adhesives. Weathersheds - Veri*Lite insulators are manufactured with OB’s proprietary silicone rubber. Ohio Brass uses several tests to evaluate materials. Tracking, QUV, corona cutting, salt fog, oxidative stability and variations of differential thermal analysis tests assure the quality of OB’s shed material. Leakage Distance Veri*Lite insulators feature high leakage distance for optimum contamination performance. Washability The Veri*Lite insulators listed in this catalog are suitable for washing by all known methods in current use. Washing tests have been conducted with high-pressure equipment at close nozzle-to-insulator distances. No water intrusion occurred after multiple washings. JUNE 2012 Standards Veri*Lite line post insulators meet ANSI C29.18-2003 and CEA LWIWG-02-1996 standards. The Ohio Brass facility in Aiken, SC, USA is registered for successful implementation of a quality system in accordance with ISO 9001-2000. Mechanical Ratings Specified Cantilever Load (SCL) is the ultimate cantilever strength rating. Maximum Design Cantilever Load (MDCL) or Working Cantilever Load (WCL) is the maximum continuous cantilever load at which the post insulator should be applied. Markings Markings are 0.12 inch high raised letters in the rubber and include: Base catalog number, CEA LWIWG Class, SCL in pounds, MDCL/WCL in kN and date code. Ohio Brass identification is cast into the end fittings. Equivalency Equivalency of line post insulators involves a check of the general characteristics. MECHANICAL Compare the SCL of the polymer insulator to the cantilever strength rating of the porcelain insulator. ELECTRICAL Compare porcelain to Veri*Lite leakage distance. Compare porcelain to Veri*Lite section length. Insulation Coordination The operating performance of a distribution or transmission line depends on its insulation level. It must not flash over under practically any operating condition. Several methods of coordination of line and station insulation have been proposed. Generally, the best method is to establish a definite common insulation level for all the station insulation and then match that level with the line insulation. With this approach, the task is limited to three fundamental requirements: 1. Selection of the Basic Impulse Insulation Level (BIL). 2. Specification of insulation with flashover characteristics equal to or greater than the selected BIL. 3. The application of suitable overvoltage surge protection. OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA 23-3 Satisfactory performance is generally achieved with an insulator which has a dry 60 Hz flashover of three to five times the phase-to-ground voltage and a leakage distance approximately twice the shortest air-gap (strike) distance. Packaging Veri*Lite insulator standard packing is cartons on pallets. Larger orders for Veri*Lite posts may be shipped in wood crates. Sample Polymer Specification Purpose: To ensure a suitable service life of polymer insulating materials. I. Material Design Tests - The following must be performed to certify a material for use in production. 1. Tracking test: Performed on a sample of material inclined at 30° and electrodes positioned 35 mm apart. Samples are sprayed with a conductive solution (400 Ωcm) and energized at 10 kV. The cycle is repeated every 90 seconds. The sample passes if there is: 1. No carbonization or tracking. 2. No erosion through sample. 3. No leakage current flow at the end of 90 seconds. The sample must withstand 20,000 test cycles. 2. Ultraviolet Test: Samples of the rubber must be tested in a QUV tester or equivalent cyclic weatherometer. The samples are exposed to high ultraviolet radiation and high humidity without cracking, checking or becoming hydrophilic. The sample is judged to have passed this test if it exceeds 8,000 hours of exposure without damage. 3. Corona Cutting: Samples 5 cm by 7 cm are subjected to mechanical stress of 300,000 microstrain by bending samples around a grounded electrode. A needle-like electrode is placed 1 mm from the surface of the sample and energized at 12 kV in a controlled humidity chamber. The sample is judged to have passed this test if there is no splitting or cutting. Samples must pass 1,000 hours of exposure to this test. 4. Oxidative Stability: Samples of the polymer compound are tested using differential scanning calorimetry. Samples are heated rapidly in a nitrogen atmosphere to the test temperature of 200°C. The atmosphere is then changed to oxygen and the temperature is maintained until the antioxidant is consumed, as measured by an exothermic chemical reaction. The time for this reaction to occur must exceed 400 minutes. 5. Tear Strength: Rubber test slabs are prepared in accordance with ASTM Standards and are tested to determine tear strength of the material. The acceptable nominal tear strength, per ASTM method B, is 100 lb./in. II. Other Requirements - The manufacturer must supply upon request a listing of routine tests performed to ensure production compliance with design tests. OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA JUNE 2012 23-4 kV 15 25 35 46 69 Post Style Line Base Catalog Number ANSI C29.18 Class Horz Horz Vert Vert Horz Horz Vert Vert Horz Horz Vert Vert Horz Horz Horz Horz Vert Vert Horz Horz Horz Horz Vert Vert Clamptop Clamptop Clamptop F-Neck Clamptop Clamptop Clamptop F-Neck Clamptop Clamptop Clamptop F-Neck Blade Blade Clamptop Clamptop Clamptop F-Neck Blade Blade Clamptop Clamptop Clamptop F-Neck Gain 3/4-10 Tap 3/4-10 Tap 3/4-10 Tap Gain 3/4-10 Tap 3/4-10 Tap 3/4-10 Tap Gain 3/4-10 Tap 3/4-10 Tap 3/4-10 Tap Gain 3/4-10 Tap Gain 3/4-10 Tap 3/4-10 Tap 3/4-10 Tap Gain 3/4-10 Tap Gain 3/4-10 Tap 3/4-10 Tap 3/4-10 Tap 80S015-0100 80S015-0109 80S015-0209 80S015-0F09 80S025-0100 80S025-0109 80S025-0209 80S025-0F09 80S028-0100 80S028-0109 80S028-0209 80S028-0F09 80S046-0000 80S046-0009 80S046-0100 80S046-0109 80S046-0209 80S046-0F09 80S069-0000 80S069-0009 80S069-0100 80S069-0109 80S069-0209 80S069-0F09 51-31 51-21 51-11 51-1F 51-32 51-22 51-12 51-2F 51-33 51-23 51-13 51-3F –– –– 51-34 51-24 51-14 51-4F –– –– 51-36 51-26 51-16 –– CEA LWIWG-02 Class LP 15 LP 25 LP 28M LP 46 LP 69M “X” Dimension Inches (mm) Line & Gnd InterInterEnd Shed mediate mediate Dia. Inches Shed Shed Dia. (mm) Quantity Inches (mm) 12.5 (318) 13.3 (339) 12.8 (324) 12.4 (315) 14.3 (362) 15.1 (383) 14.5 (368) 14.2 (360) 16.5 (420) 17.4 (441) 16.8 (425) 16.5 (418) 19.2 (488) 20.0 (508) 19.0 (482) 19.8 (504) 20.1 (510) 19.5 (495) 25.8 (656) 26.6 (676) 25.6 (650) 26.5 (672) 26.8 (680) 26.1 (663) Dry Arc Distance Inches (mm) 4.8 (121) 0 7.4 (188) 5.2 (132) 2 3.8 (96) 9.6 (244) 5.1 (130) 4 4.6 (117) 11.7 (297) 7.1 (179) 6 4.4 (112) 14.4 (390) 7.5 (190) 8 5.2 (132 22.3 (566) CATALOG NUMBER KEY Veri*Lite Line Post Insulators - Silicone 8 0 S 0 6 9 0 2 0 9 Polymer Type 80S Veri*Lite - SR Polymer Bottom End Fitting 00 Gain Base - Transverse 09 3 /4” Stud Base Hardware Finish 0 10 7/8” Stud Base Standard Top End Fitting Rating 0 Teardrop Blade* 15 15kV (1.5” rod) 1 Horizontal Clamptop 25 25kV (1.5” rod) 2 Veritical Clamptop 28 35kV (1.5” rod) 5 5” B.C. Through 46 46kV (1.75” rod) 6 Horizontal Clamptop (longer pintle bolt) 69 69kV (1.75” rod) A Vertical Clamptop (longer pintle bolt) 0 ANSI C29.18 Quality Conformance Tests 6 LWIWG - 02 Sample Tests 9 Special *Teardrop Blade only available for 46-69kV JUNE 2012 Dimensioning OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA 23-5 Leakage Distance Inches (mm) Impulse Impulse 60 Hz Critical Positive (Low Frequency) Flashover Withstand Flashover Pos. kV kV Dry-kV Wet-kV SCL pounds (kN) MDCL/ WCL pounds (kN) 11.0 (279) 90 70 150 140 2800 (12.5) 1235 (5.5) 17.3 (439) 110 75 185 170 2800 (12.5) 1235 (5.5) 26.1 (662) 135 100 215 200 2800 (12.5) 1235 (5.5) 34.3 (872) 170 125 260 235 2800 (12.5) 1235 (5.5) 58.2 (1478) 230 180 360 330 2470 (11.0) 1235 (5.5) Net Weight pounds (kg) 9.8 (4.5) 6.9 (3.1) 6.5 (2.9) 6.6 (3.0) 10.3 (4.7) 7.3 (3.3) 7.0 (3.2) 7.1 (3.2) 11.2 (5.1) 8.2 (3.7) 7.8 (3.5) 8.0 (3.6) 19.7 8.9) 14.6 (6.6) 18.6 (8.4) 13.5 (6.1) 14.1 (6.4) 13.9 (6.3) 22.1 (10.0) 16.9 (7.7) 21.0 (9.5) 15.9 (7.2) 16.5 (7.5) 12.0 (5.4) Standard Package Quantity Carton 3 3 3 Pallet 36 60 60 60 36 60 60 60 36 60 60 60 –– –– –– –– Max/Crate kV –– 15 –– 25 –– 35 14/21/28/35 70 14/21/28/35 70 70 70 14/21/28/35 35 14/21/28/35 35 35 35 46 69 NOTES: 1. Maximum Design Tension for Clamptop is 2500 pounds (11 kN) 2. 15, 25 & 28 kV Units use 1.5 inch (38 mm) Diameter Rod 3. 46 & 69 kV Units use 1.75 inch (44 mm) Diameter Rod Horizontal Clamptop & Gain Base (0100) OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA Vertical Clamptop & Stud Base (0209 & 0210) F-Neck & Stud Base (0F09 & 0F10) JUNE 2012 23-6 Post Base & Line Fittings ▲ ▲ Post Base Fittings Dimensions (in inches) 2.25 ▲ ▲ 2.11 4.0 ▼ ▼ 15, 25 & 35 kV Stud Base 15, 25 & 35 kV Horizontal Gain Base Post Line Fittings Dimensions (in inches) B F A C D H I 15-69 kV Horizontal Clamptop Cap 15-69 kV Vertical Clamptop Cap Line Post Line Fittings Dimensions (in inches) Type A B C D E F H I Material H. Clamptop Cap 4.00 4.75 0.62 0.38 0.69 5/8-11 UFS-2B - - 60-40-18 DI V. Clamptop Cap 4.00 5.38 1.12 0.38 - 5/8-11 UFS-2B 3.38 1.63 60-40-18 DI JUNE 2012 OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA 23-7 Post Base & Line Fittings B A E 3/4-10 UFS-2B THREAD 7/8-9 UFS-2B THREAD C D 46 & 69 kV Horizontal Gain Base 46 & 69 kV Stud Base 15-69 kV F-Neck Cap 46 & 69 kV Two Hole Blade Line Post Base Fittings Dimensions (in inches) Type A B H. Gain Base 14.50 7.00 Stud Base 4.22 Two Hole Blade 2.75 E F G H Material 12.00 10.00 6.75 1.25 x 0.88 0.88 4.00 60-40-18 DI 2.875 5.50 1.50 0.50 3/4-10 UFS-2B or 7/8-9 UFS-2B - - 60-40-18 DI 1.38 0.50 4.00 0.75 1.00 Dia. 0.50 R 0.44 R 60-40-18 DI OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA C D JUNE 2012 23-8 Application Curves for Veri*Lite Insulators How to use the application curves. After you have established the loading cases, you can use the curves to determine whether a specific Veri*Lite unit meets your loading requirement. For example, consider the installation of a Veri*Lite post number 80S025-0100 on a line with a vertical cantilever load of 800 pounds and a compression load of 900 pounds. By entering the curve at these values, find the allowable longitudinal load to be 900 pounds. When the posts are loaded in tension the cantilever loading due to the combined effects of longitudinal, vertical and tensile loads should not exceed the rated tension working value. IMPORTANT: The application curves should not be extrapolated. 80S015, 80S025 & 80S028 HORIZONTAL STYLE 1400 1200 VERTICAL LOAD, LBF 1000 800 0 Longitudinal 300 Longitudinal 600 Longitudinal 900 Longitudinal 1200 Longitudinal 600 VERTICAL LOAD, LBF 400 200 -3000 Compression -2000 0 -1000 0 1000 2000 TRANSVERSE LOAD, LBF 3000 LINE POST Tension APPLICATION CURVES 9-12-05 80S015, 80S025 & 80S028 VERTICAL STYLE 1400 1200 TRANSVERSE LOAD, LBF 1000 0 Longitudinal 300 Longitudinal 600 Longitudinal 900 Longitudinal 1200 Longitudinal 800 600 400 200 0 -3000 -2000 Compression -1000 0 VERTICAL LOAD, LBF 1000 2000 3000 LINE POST APPLICATION CURVES Tension 9-12-05 Maximum deflection for any of the post styles is approximately 1.75" at SCL. Curves are shown using a 2.0 safety margin to SCL JUNE 2012 OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA 23-9 Application Curves for Veri*Lite Insulators How to use the application curves. After you have established the loading cases, you can use the curves to determine whether a specific Veri*Lite unit meets your loading requirement. For example, consider the installation of a Veri*Lite post number 80S069-0100 on a line with a vertical cantilever load of 800 pounds and a compression load of 900 pounds. By entering the curve at these values, find the allowable longitudinal load to be 900 pounds. When the posts are loaded in tension the cantilever loading due to the combined effects of longitudinal, vertical and tensile loads should not exceed the rated tension working value. IMPORTANT: The application curves should not be extrapolated. 80S046 & 80S069 HORIZONTAL STYLE 1400 1200 VERTICAL LOAD, LBF 1000 800 0 Longitudinal 300 Longitudinal 600 Longitudinal 900 Longitudinal 1200 Longitudinal 600 VERTICAL LOAD, LBF 400 200 -3000 Compression -2000 -1000 0 0 1000 2000 TRANSVERSE LOAD, LBF 3000 LINE POST APPLICATION CURVES Tension 9-12-05 80S046 & 80S069 VERTICAL STYLE 1400 1200 TRANSVERSE LOAD, LBF 1000 0 Longitudinal 300 Longitudinal 600 Longitudinal 900 Longitudinal 1200 Longitudinal 800 600 400 200 -3000 Compression -2000 -1000 0 VERTICAL LOAD, LBF 1000 2000 3000 Tension LINE POST APPLICATION CURVES 9-12-05 Maximum deflection for any of the post styles is approximately 1.75" at SCL. Curves are shown using a 2.0 safety margin to SCL OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA JUNE 2012 23-10 Line Post Insulator Studs DF19M Series Serrated collar and lockwasher secure unit to line post insulator and prevent accidental disassembly. Cut threads above serrated collar, rolled threads below collar. DF19M3 For Steel Crossarms Dimensions (in.) Catalog No. “A” “B” “C” “D” Hardware Included Standard Package Weight 100 Pcs. DF19M1 1-1/8 1-3/4 5/8 3/4 (1) reg. hexnut and (2) spring lockwashers 100 pcs. 43 lbs. DF19M3 1-1/8 1-3/4 3/4 3/4 (1) reg. hexnut and (2) spring lockwashers 100 pcs. 54 lbs. 875833001 1-3/8 2 7/8 7/8 (1) reg. hexnut and (2) spring lockwashers 100 pcs. 85 lbs. For Wood Crossarms Dimensions (in.) Hardware Included Std. Pkg. Weight 100 Pcs. Catalog No. “A” “B” “C” “D” DF19M2 1-1/8 7 5/8 3/4 (1) sq. nut, (1 sq. washer, (1) spring lockwasher, (1) MF locknut 50 pcs. 102 lbs. DF19M4 1-1/8 7 3/4 3/4 (1) sq. nut, (1 sq. washer, (1) spring lockwasher, (1) MF locknut 40 pcs. 140 lbs. DF19M19 1-1/8 10 5/8 3/4 (1) sq. nut, (1 sq. washer, (1) spring lockwasher, (1) MF locknut 25 pcs. 176 lbs. DF19M20 1-1/8 12 5/8 3/4 (1) sq. nut, (1 sq. washer, (1) spring lockwasher, (1) MF locknut 25 pcs. 192 lbs. *DF19M29 1-1/8 14 3/4 3/4 (1) sq. nut, (1 sq. washer, (1) spring lockwasher, (1) MF locknut 20 pcs. 234 lbs. *DF19M32 1-1/8 24 3/4 3/4 (1) sq. nut, (1 sq. washer, (1) spring lockwasher, (1) MF locknut 15 pcs. 342 lbs. 875843001 1-3/8 8 7/8 7/8 (1) sq. nut, (1 sq. washer, (1) spring lockwasher, (1) MF locknut 50 pcs. 277 lbs. *DF19M29 and DF19M32 include (1) additional double coil lockwasher. JUNE 2012 DF19M2 OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA 23-11 Suspension Trunnion Bolted Aluminum Clamptop Clamps For standard voltage applications with all aluminum, ACSR or aluminum alloy conductor. Designed for use on tangent suspension spans with horizontal or vertical post insulators. Keeper is reversible for proper fit on different size conductors. Material: Body and Keeper—356-T6 aluminum alloy Hardware—Galvanized steel Anti-static spring 302 stainless steel Former Catalog Number Fig. No. 270660-3002 1 Catalog Number TSC57 1 TSC86 TSC106 270661-3002 1 TSC150 270662-3002 1 TSC200 270663-3002 2 NOTES: (1) (2) (3) Clamping Range Inches (mm) Ultimate Body Strength Lbs. (kN) .25-.57 (6.3-14.4) .35-.86 (8.8-21.8) .50-1.06 (12.7-26.9) 1.00-1.50 (25.4-38.1) 1.50-2.00 (38.1-50.8) 2,800 (12.46) 2,800 (12.46) 2,800 (12.46) 2,800 (12.46) 2,800 (12.46) Dimensions Inches (mm) L W J 5-1/4 (133.3) 5-1/4 (133.3) 5-1/4 (133.3) 5-1/4 (133.3) 5-1/4 (133.3) 3-7/8 (98.4) 3-7/8 (98.4) 3-7/8 (98.4) 3-7/8 (98.4) 3-7/8 (98.4) 1/2 (12.7) 1/2 (12.7) 1/2 (12.7) 1/2 (12.7) 1/2 (12.7) Approx. Wt. Each Lbs. (kg) .42 (.19) .45 (.20) .62 (.28) .64 (.29) .75 (.34) Recommended torque on bolts; 1/2”—480 in. lbs. Anti-static spring can be supplied by adding “ARIV” to catalog number. Example, TSC57ARIV. Clamptop clamps can be mounted directly on Veri*Lite posts, if the posts are ordered with the horizontal or vertical clamptop option. OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA JUNE 2012 23-12 Bracket, Pole Top Insulator Mounts post or pin type insulator to top of pole. Variety of bolt hole locations for mounting to pole. Catalog Mounting Insulator No. Bolt Dia. Bolt Dia. 5 5 IB2 /8" /8" or 3/4" 3 5 IB3 /4" /8" or 3/4" 5 5 †IB4 /8" /8" or 3/4" 3 5 75114 /4" /8" or 3/4" Dist. From Insul.Base Approx. Mtg. Bolt To Top Ship.Wt.Lbs. Per 100 Pcs. Spacing Hole 360 43/4" 43/4" 600 5" or 8" 63/8" 600 5" or 8" 5" 1000 6" or 8" 6" Ductile iron per ASTM A-536 Hot dipped galvanized per ASTM A-153 † RUS Listed 33⁄4" 41⁄2" 63⁄8" 33⁄4" 5" 2" 4 3 ⁄4 " 11 11 13 ⁄16" ⁄16" ⁄16" 153⁄8" 14" 8" 6" 105⁄8" 23⁄16" 5" 21⁄2" 13⁄16" 15⁄16" 13⁄16" 11 ⁄16" 3" 21⁄2" IB2 IB3 3" IB4 75114 JUNE 2012 OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA 23-13 Bracket, Horizontal Insulator 2IPTB 1IPTB Use for mounting one or two insulator(s) to pole for armless construction. Catalog No. 1IPTB 2IPTB Approx. Max. Space Ship. Insul. Mtg. Insul. Between Wt.Lbs. Bolt Bolt Angle Insul. Per Mtg. Bases 100 Pcs. Bolt Dia. Dia. Spacing Dim. 3 5", 6" /4" 5° — 333 Two 5/8" 3 5 4", 5" /4" — 14" 1025 Two /8" Ductile iron per ASTM A-536 Hot dipped galvanized per ASTM A-153 Bracket, Vertical Insulator Use for mounting pin or post vertical insulators, cutouts, arresters, or cable terminators. Three-hole style can be used for in-line deadending using suspension insulators. Max. Insul. Mtg. Catalog Bolt No. Dia. 3 LB12A1 /4" 3 LB18B1 /4" 3 LB18B3 /4" 3 *T2060594 /4" **LB18B3CH 3/4" Max. Equip. Mtg. Bolt Dia. 5 /8" 5 /8" 5 /8" 1 /2" 5 /8" Clearance Approx. Pole Pole Pole To Ship. Mtg. Mtg. Insul. Wt.Lbs. Bolt Bolt Bolt Per Dia. Spacing "A" 100 Pcs. Two 5/8" 5" 12" 860 Two 5/8" 5" 18" 1300 Two 5/8" 5" 18" 1400 Two 5/8" 5" 12" 86 Two 5/8" 5" 18" 1400 11/4" "A" LB18B3/LB18B3CH 4" 4" Ductile iron per ASTM A-536 Hot dipped galvanized per ASTM A-153 * T206-0594 has 3 captive 1/2" x 2" bolts and nuts included ** LB18B3CH has 2 captive 1/2" x 2" bolts and nuts included with LB18B3. 4" ⁄16" Dia. Hole 11 ⁄16" Dia. 13 LB12A1 & LB18B1 For 3⁄8" Carriage Bolt 41⁄2" 41⁄2" 4" R ⁄16" Dia. 11 "A" 4" T2060594 Side view with hardware "A" 4" 5" 4" T2060594 .58 sq. Hole OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA 4" JUNE 2012 23-14 Bracket, Pole Top Insulator BRACKET, ANGLE CROSSARM Mounts post insulators at 30° angle on crossarm for use on running corners. Catalog Crossarm No. Size 33/4" x 43/4" 1XAB Max. and Round Crossarms Mtg. Bolt Diameter Stud Bolt Diameter Approx. Ship Wt. Lbs. Per 100 Pcs. /4" 610 /4" 3 3 Ductile iron per ASTM A-536 Hot dipped galvanized per ASTM A-153 JUNE 2012 OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA 23-15 31/2" R BRACKETS, POST INSULATOR Curved base W /16" Dia. hole L 3 /8 " 11 X This bracket can be used for mounting distribution post-type insulators from 15 kV to 34.5 kV on the side of the pole. The base has a pole-shape back for convenient installation. Brackets can be placed in a phase-overphase arrangement or can be mounted on opposite sides of the pole for "armless" construction. A 41/2" 10" D load table /16" x 11/4" slot Insulators not included. 11 C2060009 Catalog Number *C2060009 †*C2060010 C2060011 51/4" 83/4" 3 /16" hole /16" hole /16" hole 13 13 41/2" 81/2" 81/2" /16" x 15/16" slot 13 /16" hole 11 D 13 /16 13 /16 13 /16 W 4 4 4 Angle A 15° 15° 15° 30° 13 30° L 91/2 12 15 Approx. Ship Wt. Lbs. Per 100 Pcs. 1220 1669 2066 *These brackets have 13/16" stringing block holes. †RUS listed /16" x 13/8" slot 11 /16" x 1 /8" slot 11 Dimensions In Inches BRACKETS, POST INSULATOR Side Mounted The bracket is formed of high-quality 3/8" x 21/2" bar steel and hot dip galvanized. It can be utilized to mount distribution post insulators from 15 kV to 34.5 kV. /16" hole 11 Pole Insulator Mounting Stud 11 /16" Hole Bolts Required Bolts Required 3 16919 Two 5/8" /4" 3 Two 5/8" /4" Catalog Number C2060162 C2060209 13 /16" Hole †*C2060209 C2060162 Approx. Ship Wt. Lbs. Per 100 Pcs. 650 440 *This bracket is designed to facilitate a stringing block. †RUS listed 1817/32" 81/4" 1 60° 9 /2" /16" Holes 11 /8" x 21/2" Stock 3 /16" Hole 13 /16" x 1 /4" Hole 13 1 BRACKETS, POST INSULATOR Uni-Brackets Chance Uni-Brackets are a clean-appearing, low-cost method of mounting three post-type insulators atop a pole completely eliminating the crossarm. The brackets can be installed on the pole in less than five minutes, requiring only two 3/4" bolts for attachment. Uni-Brackets fit poles having a pole-top diameter from 6" to 81/2". Slot on top is 11/16" x 21/4". No. 9183 brackets can be adapted to a variety of distribution construction using post-type insulators from 15 through 34.5 kV. No. 9183 Catalog Number †9183 Insulator Stud Bolts Required 5 /8" Approx. Ship Wt. Lbs. Per 100 Pcs. 2100 †Includes both sections of bracket OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA JUNE 2012 23-16 SUPER TOP-TIE® Line Ties • for Pin, Post and Spool Insulators Made of aluminum-clad steel compatible with aluminum, aluminum-alloy and ACSR conductors in the top grooves of vertical-mounted *ANSI Class C, F, J and many non-standard pin and post insulators (single-or double-support) or on *ANSI 53-2 spool insulators (horizontal or vertical). High-density polyethylene hooks provide the wide application range and ensure proper installation. If used over armor rods (not required), select tie size based on total conductor/ armor diameter. Semiconductive-rubber pad and high-densitypolyethylene on loops protect against abrasion of insulator, conductor and tie. Fit is resilient and provides superior performance under galloping and aeolian vibration. Install by hand or with hot-line tools. POST INSULATOR PIN INSULATOR NON-STANDARD INSULATOR ANSI 53-2 SPOOL *Super Top-Tie STT10 — STT130 also fit many foreign or reclaimed pin and post insulators with neck sizes 21/4" - 31/2". Consult Hubbell Power Systems, Inc. for use on pins and posts outside these dimensions. ORDERING INFORMATION Catalog Number STT10 STT20 STT30 STT40 STT50 STT60 STT70 STT80 STT90 STT100 STT110 STT120 STT130 Aluminum-Type Conductors, Typical Sizes AAC AAAC (All-Aluminum) (Alum.-Alloy) ACSR Diameter Range #6, 7W #6, 7W #6, 6/1 .184-.220" (4.67-5.59 mm) #4, 7W #4, 7W #4, 6/1 .221-.257" (5.61-6.53 mm) #3, 7W #3, 7W #3, 6/1 .258-.289" (6.55-7.34 mm) #2, 7W #2, 7W #2, 6/1 .290-.325" (7.37-8.26 mm) #1, 7W #1, 7W #1, 6/1 .326-.360" (8.28-9.14 mm) 1/0, 7W 1/0, 7W 1/0, 6/1 .361-.409" (9.17-10.39 mm) 2/0, 7W 2/0, 7W 2/0, 6/1 .410-.460" (10.41-11.68 mm) 3/0, 7W 3/0, 7W 3/0, 6/1 .461-.516" (11.71-13.11 mm) 4/0, 7W 4/0, 7W 4/0, 6/1 .517-.584" (13.13-14.83 mm) 266.8, 19W 266.8, 19W 266.8, 18/1 .585-.664" (14.86-16.87 mm) 336.4, 19W 336.4, 19W 336.4, 18/1 .665-.755" (16.89-19.18 mm) 477, 19W 477, 19W 477, 18/1 .756-.859" (19.20-21.82 mm) 636, 37W 556.5, 19W 556.5, 18/1 .860-.977" (21.84-24.82 mm) Color Code None Orange Purple Red Gray Yellow Blue Black Pink Green Brown Violet Gold Std. Pkg. 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 Wt. Per 100, Lb. 28 28 28 28 28 32 32 32 32 32 40 40 40 LEFT-HAND LAY STANDARD • • • • Applied Length: 29" - 48" (Depends on insulator make and conductor size). Strength: Exceeds Rule 261E.2(A) of National Electrical Safety Code. REA accepted. To obtain outside diameters of conductors, consult Conductor Chart. Web: http://www.hubbellpowersystems.com E-mail: hpsliterature@hps.hubbell.com JUNE 2012 OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA 23-17 Veri*Lite™ Silicone Rubber Line Post Insulators with Universal Clamp for 15-69kV Applications The Ohio Brass Universal Clamp end fitting is used with the Veri*LiteTM Line Post (VLLP) insulator family. Combining the proven direct bond silicone technology of the Ohio Brass VLLP design, the Universal Clamp offers a flexible range-taking connection that can be installed in either the vertical or horizontal direction. The Universal Clamp design eliminates the need for a separate additional conductor clamp; saving both money and installation time. In addition, the optional hotstickoperable feature provides flexibility for live-line work. Design Features • Proven direct bond interface • Weathersheds molded with proprietary silicone rubber compound • Universal clamp works for a conductor diameter range of 0.30” (7.6 mm) to 1.34” (34 mm) to provide flexibility in the field • Hotline option allows for live-line operability • Can be installed in vertical or horizontal directions, thus reducing inventory • Integral design eliminates need for additional trunnion clamp • Meets requirements of CEA LWIWG-02-1996 & ANSI C29.18-2003 CATALOG NUMBER KEY Veri*Lite Line Post Insulators - Silicone 8 0 S 0 6 9 0 U 0 9 Polymer Type 80S Veri*Lite - SR Polymer Bottom End Fitting 00 Gain Base - Transverse 09 3/4” Stud Base Hardware Finish 0 Standard 1 Dulled Rating 10 7/8” Stud Base Top End Fitting U Universal Clamptop H Hotstick Operable Universal Clamptop 15 15kV (1.5” rod) 25 25kV (1.5” rod) 28 35kV (1.5” rod) 0 ANSI C29.18 Quality Conformance Tests 46 46kV (1.75” rod) 6 LWIWG - 02 Sample Tests 69 69kV (1.75” rod) 9 Special OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA Dimensioning JUNE 2012 23-18 kV Line Fitting Base Fitting Catalog Number 60 Hz “X” Dry Arc Leakage Impulse Impulse MDCL/ (Low Frequency) Dimension Distance Distance Critical Positive SCL WCL Crate/ Flashover Inches Inches Inches Flashover Withstand pounds pounds Package Pallet (mm) (mm) (mm) Dry-kV Wet-kV Pos. kV kV (kN) (kN) Quantity Quantity Universal 3/4-10 Tap 80S015-0U09 13.0 (330) 15 Universal 7/8-9 Tap 80S015-0U10 13.0 (330) Universal Gain 80S015-0U00 12.4 (314) Universal 3/4-10 Tap 80S025-0U09 14.8 (375) 25 Universal 7/8-9 Tap 80S025-0U10 14.8 (375) Universal Gain 80S025-0U00 14.1 (357) Universal 3/4-10 Tap 80S028-0U09 17.0 (432) 35 Universal 7/8-9 Tap 80S028-0U10 17.0 (432) Universal Gain 80S028-0U00 16.4 (415) Universal 3/4-10 Tap 80S046-0U09 19.5 (495) 46 Universal 7/8-9 Tap 80S046-0U10 19.5 (495) Universal Gain 80S046-0U00 18.8 (478) Universal 3/4-10 Tap 80S069-0U09 26.1 (663) 69 Universal 7/8-9 Tap 80S069-0U10 26.1 (663) Universal Gain 80S069-0U00 25.4 (645) 7.4 (188) 9.6 (244) 11.7 (297) 14.4 (390) 22.3 (566) Universal Clamptop & Stud Base w/Bracket* (0U09 & 0U10 w/C2060009) 11.0 (279) 17.3 (439) 26.1 (662) 34.3 (872) 58.2 (1478) 90 110 135 170 230 70 75 100 125 180 150 185 215 260 360 140 170 200 235 330 2800 (12.5) 2800 (12.5) 2800 (12.5) 2800 (12.5) 2470 (11.0) 1235 (5.5) 1235 (5.5) 1235 (5.5) 3 60 3 60 3 60 3 60 3 60 3 60 3 60 3 60 3 60 - 35 - 35 - 35 - 35 - 35 - 35 1235 (5.5) 1235 (5.5) Universal Clamptop & Gain Base (0U00) Universal Clamptop & Stud Base (0U09 & 0U10) *Multiple bracket options available (see pages 13-15 of Section 23) Universal Clamptop Dimensions (in inches) JUNE 2012 OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA Supplemental Catalog 24C Horizontal Line Post Insulators 3.0” (76.2 mm) Rod Diameter Hubbell Power Systems offers a transmission product line to meet the needs of today’s power utility. The 3” Quadri*Sil® Line Post is an addition to the reliable product line that boasts a redundant four point sealing system. The Quadri*Sil® product line will ensure the utmost protection against weather and contaminants in an unpredictable environment. • Proprietary silicone rubber compound • Direct bond design • Uniform circumferential crimp Clamptop: Maximum Design Tension = 2,500 lbs. (11.1 kN) Two-Hole Blade Maximum Deign tension = 12,500 lbs. (55.6 kN) Horizontal Line Post Insulators 3.0” (76.2 mm) Rod Diameter ANSI Values Selection Guide: Typical Line Voltage, kV(1) Catalog Numbers(3) Nominal Polymer Length inches Section Length inches (mm) Strike Distance inches (mm) Leakage Distance inches (mm) 27.9 (708) 29.2 (741) 34.0 (863) 38.9 (988) 44.9 (1140) 49.8 (1265) 54.7 (1389) 55.9 (1420) 59.5 (1511) 60.7 (1542) 65.6 (1666) 66.8 (1697) 70.4 (1788) 71.6 (1819) 76.5 (1943) 81.4 (2068) 86.2 (2189) 87.4 (2220) 92.3 (2344) 97.1 (2466) 98.4 (2499) 102.0 (2591) 103.2 (2621) 108.0 (2743) 82 (2083) 88 (2223) 101 (2555) 116 (2934) 134 (3406) 149 (3785) 164 (4163) 168 (4260) 179 (4544) 183 (4638) 198 (5017) 201 (5110) 212 (5395) 216 (5489) 231 (5867) 246 (6246) 261 (6624) 265 (6721) 280 (7099) 294 (7478) 292 (7412) 309 (7856) 313 (7950) 328 (8329) 69 115 138 161 230 345 P300025S0020 P300026S0020 P300031S0020 P300036S0020 P300042S0020 P300047S0020 P300052S0020 P300053S0020 P300057S0020 P300058S0020 P300063S0020 P300064S0020 P300068S0020 P300069S0020 P300074S0020 P300078S0020 P300083S0020 P300085S0020 P300089S0020 P300094S0020 P300095S0020 P300099S0020 P300100S0020 P300105S0020 025 026 031 036 042 047 052 053 057 058 063 064 068 069 074 078 083 085 089 094 095 099 100 105 38.5 (978) 39.7 (1008) 44.4 (1128) 49.1 (1247) 55.0 (1397) 59.7 (1516) 64.4 (1636) 65.6 (1666) 69.1 (1755) 70.3 (1786) 75.0 (1905) 76.2 (1935) 79.7 (2024) 80.9 (2055) 85.6 (2174) 90.3 (2294) 95.0 (2413) 96.2 (2443) 100.9(2563) 105.6(2682) 106.8(2713) 110.4(2804) 111.5(2832) 116.2(2951) 60-Hz Dry Flashover (kV) (2) 275 290 335 385 445 490 540 550 585 600 645 660 695 705 755 800 850 860 910 955 970 1005 1015 1065 60-Hz Wet Flashover (kV) (2) 245 255 300 345 400 445 490 500 535 545 590 600 635 645 690 735 780 790 835 880 890 925 935 980 Critical Impulse Positive (kV) (2) 425 445 520 595 690 765 840 860 915 935 1010 1030 1085 1105 1180 1255 1330 1350 1425 1500 1520 1575 1595 1670 IEC Values Critical Impulse Negative (kV) 60-Hz 1-minute Wet Withstand (kV) Impulse Positive Withstand (kV) Impulse Negative Withstand (kV) SCL lbs. (kN) 520 540 615 690 785 860 935 955 1010 1030 1105 1125 1180 1200 1275 1350 1430 1445 1520 1600 1615 1675 1690 1770 200 215 255 285 340 375 410 425 450 460 495 510 535 545 585 620 655 670 705 740 755 780 790 825 400 415 490 560 685 725 790 810 865 880 950 970 1025 1045 1115 1185 1255 1275 1345 1420 1435 1490 1510 1580 485 505 575 650 740 815 884 900 955 975 1045 1065 1120 1140 1210 1280 1350 1370 1440 1515 1530 1585 1605 1675 7500 (33.4) 7500 (33.4) 7500 (33.4) 6670 (29.7) 5810 (25.8) 5261 (23.4) 4820 (21.4) 4720 (20.9) 4440 (33.4) 4350 (19.3) 4040 (17.9) 3970 (17.7) 3770 (16.8) 3710 (16.5) 3480 (15.5) 3280 (14.6) 3100 (13.8) 3050 (13.6) 2900 (12.9) 2760 (12.3) 2720 (12.1) 2630 (11.7) 2600 (11.6) 2480 (11.0) (2) (2) (2) Notes: 1) For voltages above 345 kV, other section lengths, or end fitting combinations, please contact your HPS representative. 2) Electrical values are without corona ring. For voltages equal to or greater than 220 kV, please contact your HPS representative. 3) The catalog number shown in the table is for a 3.0’’ (76.2mm) rod diameter line post with a two hole blade on the line end and an aluminum gain base on the tower end. For other end fitting combinations, please contact your HPS representative. hubbellpowersystems.com hpsliterature@hps.hubbell.com ® 1850 Richland Avenue East, Aiken, SC 29801 http://www.hubbellpowersystems.com E-mail: quadrisil@hps.hubbell.com ©Copyright Hubbell Inc. 2010 NOTE: Because Hubbell has a policy of continuous product improvement, we reserve the right to change design and specifications without notice. (2) Section 26-1 26 Hi*Lite® XL Transmission Insulators A ® NOTE: Because Hubbell has a policy of continuous product improvement, we reserve the right to change design and specifications without notice. Copyright 2010 Hubbell Incorporated © OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA Printed in USA JULY 2010 26-2 Warranty - Material Hubbell Power Systems, Inc. warrants all products sold by it to be merchantable (as such term is defined in the Uniform Commercial Code) and to be free from defects in material and workmanship. Buyer must notify the Company promptly of any claim under this warranty. The Buyer's exclusive remedy for breach of this warranty shall be the repair or replacement, F.O.B. factory, at the Company's option, of any product defective under the warranty which is returned to the Company within one year from the date of shipment. NO OTHER WARRANTY, WHETHER EXPRESS OR ARISING BY OPERATION OF LAW, COURSE OF DEALING, USAGE OF TRADE OR OTHERWISE IMPLIED, SHALL EXIST IN CONNECTION WITH THE COMPANY'S PRODUCTS OR ANY SALE OR USE THEREOF. The Company shall in no event be liable for any loss of profits or any consequential or special damages incurred by Buyer. The Company's warranty shall run only to the first Buyer of a product from the Company, from the Company's distributor, or from an original equipment manufacturer reselling the Company's product, and is non-assignable and non-transferable and shall be of no force and effect if asserted by any person other than such first Buyer. This warranty applies only to the use of the product as intended by Seller and does not cover any misapplication or misuse of said product. Warranty - Application Hubbell Power Systems, Inc. does not warrant the accuracy of and results from product or system performance recommendations resulting from any engineering analysis or study. This applies regardless of whether a charge is made for the recommendation, or if it is provided free of charge. Responsibility for selection of the proper product or application rests solely with the purchaser. In the event of errors or inaccuracies determined to be caused by Hubbell Power Systems, Inc., its liability will be limited to the re-performance of any such analysis or study. NOTE: Because Hubbell has a policy of continuous product improvement, we reserve the right to change design and specifications without notice. Copyright 2010 Hubbell Incorporated © JULY 2010 OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA 26-3 Hi*Lite® XL Transmission Insulators Section 26 OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA Suspensions A Line Posts B Braced Posts C Station Posts D Sample Polymer Specs E JULY 2010 26-4 JULY 2010 OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA 26-5 Hi*Lite XL Suspension Insulators ® A Table of Contents Page Design............................................................... 26-6 Rod.................................................................... 26-6 End Fittings........................................................ 26-6 Weathersheds................................................... 26-6 Interface............................................................. 26-6 Leakage Distance.............................................. 26-6 Washability........................................................ 26-6 Mechanical Ratings........................................... 26-6 Lengths Available.............................................. 26-6 Product Updates................................................ 26-6 Packaging.......................................................... 26-6 Corona Performance......................................... 26-7 Hi*Lite XL 25k SML Data................................... 26-8 Hi*Lite XL 30k SML Data................................... 26-9 Hi*Lite XL 50k SML Data................................. 26-10 End Fitting Detail............................................. 26-11 Key to the Catalog Numbers............................ 26-11 OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA JULY 2010 26-6 Hi*Lite® XL Insulators Hi*Lite XL suspension insulators in this publication embody the latest features available in polymer insulator design and manufacture. From the early prototypes in 1971, through full scale introduction in 1976, and through the succeeding years, Hi*Lite insulators have featured conservative design and high-quality manufacture. Today’s Hi*Lite insulators will add to the over 1,000,000 already in service worldwide. Design The structural design of the Hi*Lite XL consists of these basic parts: Rod - Hi*Lite insulator fiberglass rod is produced from the highest quality materials. Strands are aligned for maximum tensile strength. The rod is more than 50 percent glass fibers in cross section. End Fittings - End fittings are steel or ductile iron. They are crimped directly to the rod by a special process originated by Ohio Brass, and later adopted by many other producers. The crimp develops a high percentage of the rod’s inherent tensile strength. It requires no intermovement of the parts to achieve high strength, nor does it introduce potting compounds or adhesives. Weathersheds - Weathersheds are high pressure injection molded by Ohio Brass, from the proprietary com- Leakage Distance Hi*Lite XL insulators feature high leakage distance for maximum resistance to contamination and leakage currents. Specific leakage distance (leakage divided by dry arcing distance) is higher than porcelain. Contact Ohio Brass if you have extra-high leakage distance needs. Washability Hi*Lite insulators listed in this catalog are suitable for flood washing up to 200 psi. The design incorporates positive, labyrinth seals to ensure long-term security against water entry. Conventional dry-particle, airpressure cleaning methods may also be employed. A cleaning guideline is available from Ohio Brass. If your washing requirements exceed flood washing, contact Ohio Brass. Mechanical Ratings Hi*Lite XL suspension insulators are rated and tested in accordance with ANSI Standard C29.11. Certified test reports in detail are available. SML ratings are 25k, 30k and 50k pounds. RTL ratings are consistent with the ANSI standard. Actual factory routine tests are conducted at loads equal to or greater than the RTL rating. Markings for XL insulator designs are permanently embossed into the ground end corona shielding rings. Markings include SML and RTL, part number, assembly date code, and Ohio Brass identification. Lengths Available Hi*Lite suspension insulators are available in lengths appropriate for 69 kV through 765 kV. Longer lengths can be produced for special projects. Length increments are approximately three inches. Product Updates pound ESP™. Housings manufactured with ESP silicone alloy rubber exhibit hydrophobicity, high mechanical strength, high corona resistance and low permeability to moisture. Interface - Hi*Lite insulators use Ohio Brass’ live silicone interface. This feature prevents intrusion of moisture and contaminating elements. If the exterior seal is damaged, redundant o-ring seals within the live silicone interface prohibit the lengthwise migration of intrusive elements between shed and rod. JULY 2010 Hi*Lite XL insulator end fittings are attached with an improved crimping process using the successful principles of earlier Hi*Lite designs. The corona shield has been refined; a more compact Corona Shielding Ring (CSR) provides both electrical stress relief and a mechanical seal at the housing-to-end fitting interface. Packaging Hi*Lite suspension insulators are packaged in appropriate quantities in wood crates. As an option, Ohio Brass offers packaging of the insulators in individual sleeves. OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA 26-7 Corona Performance Hi*Lite XL suspension insulators are RIV and corona free through 161 kV, by the use of integral Corona Shield Rings (CSR). Due to the small diameter of the end fittings, corona shielding is necessary at 230 kV and above. The table below details the rings necessary for voltages equal to or exceeding that listed in the column header. Normal Applications: Top Grounded, Bottom Energized Insulator Orientation 230 kV Ring 345 kV Ring 500 kV Rings Suspension 25/30 K SML Top Bottom NONE 2717613001 NONE 2717053001 2717613001 2717513001 Suspension 50 K SML Top Bottom NONE 2717613002 NONE 2717053002 2717613002 2717513002 The physical and electrical values for the insulators on pages 26-8 through 26-10 are shown without corona protection above 161 kV. Ohio Brass has therefore provided the table below that yields the physical and electrical changes to the insulator when rings are installed for voltages above 161 kV. 8.0" Part Number 271761 15.0" 12.0" Part Number 271705 Part Number 271751 Physical & Electrical Change Table 230 kV Ring 345 kV Ring 500 kV Rings Dry Arc Distance inches (mm) -1.2 (-30.48) -2 (-50.8) -5 (-127.0) Leakage Distance inches (mm) 0 0 0 60 Hz Flashover Dry - kV -10 -15 -30 60 Hz Flashover Wet - kV 0 0 0 Critical Flashover Positive - kV -15 -25 -65 Critical Flashover Negative - kV -20 -30 -65 3 (1.8) 3 (1.8) 5.1 (2.29) Physical & Electrical Characteristics Net Weight pounds (kg) OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA JULY 2010 A 26-8 5/8" (16mm) Rod Diameter Suspension Insulators Section Length Mechanical Ratings SML = 25,000 lbs. 111 kN RTL = 12,500 lbs. 56 kN Catalog Selection Guide Number Typical with Line Voltage, kV (1) Y-Clevis 69 115 138 161 230 345 52.5 Ball Section Dry Arc Leakage Length Number Distance Distance Inches inches inches of (mm) Sheds (mm) (mm) 5110041201 5110051201 5110061201 5110071201 5110081201 5110091201 5110101201 5110111201 5110121201 5110131201 5110141201 5110151201 5110161201 5110171201 5110181201 5110191201 Notes: (1) (2) 3.7" 34.7 (881) 40.7 (1034) 46.8 (1189) 53.0 (1346) 59.1 (1501) 65.1 (1654) 71.3 (1811) 77.4 (1966) 83.5 (2121) 89.5 (2273) 95.7 (2431) 101.8 (2586) 108.0 (2743) 114.0 (2896) 120.1 (3051) 126.2 (3205) 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 24.7 (627) 30.7 (780) 36.8 (935) 42.9 (1090) 49.1 (1247) 55.1 (1397) 61.2 (1554) 67.4 (1712) 73.5 (1867) 79.5 (2019) 85.6 (2174) 91.7 (2329) 97.9 (2487) 103.9 (2639) 110.0 (2794) 116.2 (2951) 61 (1549) 76 (1930) 92 (2337) 107 (2718) 122 (3099) 138 (3505) 152 (3861) 168 (4267) 184 (4674) 198 (5029) 214 (5436) 229 (5817) 245 (6223) 260 (6604) 275 (6985) 290 (7366) 60 Flashover ANSI (2) Critical Net Flashover Weight ANSI pounds (kg) Pos-kV Neg-kV (2) Dry-kV Wet-kV 245 240 410 390 310 295 505 490 370 350 605 595 430 405 700 695 490 455 795 795 545 505 890 890 600 555 985 990 655 605 1080 1090 710 655 1170 1185 760 700 1260 1280 810 750 1350 1370 855 790 1440 1465 905 835 1530 1560 945 880 1615 1650 990 920 1705 1740 1030 960 1790 1830 4.8 (2.2) 5.6 (2.5) 6.4 (2.9) 7.1 (3.2) 8.0 (3.6) 8.8 (4.0) 9.5 (4.3) 10.4 (4.7) 11.2 (5.1) 11.9 (5.4) 12.7 (5.8) 13.5 (6.1) 14.4 (6.5) 15.2 (6.9) 15.9 (7.2) 16.7 (7.6) For voltages above 345 kV, and other section lengths, contact Ohio Brass. Tests in accordance with ANSI C29.1-1982. Electrical values are without corona ring. For voltages above 161 kV refer to Page 26-7 for Corona Rings, and associated physical/electrical changes to above data. Dimensions are within allowable tolerances as specified in ANSI C29.11. Ground Fitting Line Fitting Suffix Code Eye Eye Socket Clevis Y-Clevis Clevis Ball Eye Ball Ball Eye Eye 1001 1000 1301 1401 1200 1400 Length Change Weight Change kg Inches mm Pounds -.06 1.28 -.97 -1.00 1.34 .34 -1.5 32.5 -24.6 -25.4 34.0 8.6 -2.5 -2.5 -.05 -.15 0 -.15 -.11 -.11 -.01 -.07 0 -.007 For configurations not shown contact Ohio Brass. JULY 2010 OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA 26-9 5/8" (16mm) Rod Diameter Suspension Insulators Section Length Mechanical Ratings SML = 30,000 lbs. 133 kN RTL = 15,000 lbs. 67 kN Catalog Selection Guide Number Typical with Line Voltage, kV (1) Y-Clevis 69 115 138 161 230 345 52.5 Ball Section Dry Arc Leakage Length Number Distance Distance Inches inches inches of (mm) Sheds (mm) (mm) 5150041201 5150051201 5150061201 5150071201 5150081201 5150091201 5150101201 5150111201 5150121201 5150131201 5150141201 5150151201 5150161201 5150171201 5150181201 5150191201 Notes: (1) (2) 3.7" 34.7 (881) 40.7 (1034) 46.8 (1189) 53 (1346) 59.1 (1501) 65.1 (1654) 71.3 (1811) 77.4 (1966) 83.5 (2121) 89.5 (2273) 95.7 (2431) 101.8 (2586) 108 (2743) 114 (2896) 120.1 (3051) 126.2 (3205) 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 24.7 (627) 30.7 (780) 36.8 (935) 42.9 (1090) 49.1 (1247) 55.1 (1397) 61.2 (1554) 67.4 (1712) 73.5 (1867) 79.5 (2019) 85.6 (2174) 91.7 (2329) 97.9 (2487) 103.9 (2639) 110 (2794) 116.2 (2951) 61 (1549) 76 (1930) 92 (2337) 107 (2718) 122 (3099) 138 (3505) 152 (3861) 168 (4267) 184 (4674) 198 (5029) 214 (5436) 229 (5817) 245 (6223) 260 (6604) 275 (6985) 290 (7366) 60 Flashover ANSI (2) Critical Net Flashover Weight ANSI pounds (kg) Neg-kV Pos-kV (2) Dry-kV Wet-kV 245 240 410 390 310 295 505 490 370 350 605 595 430 405 700 695 490 455 795 795 545 505 890 890 600 555 985 990 655 605 1080 1090 710 655 1170 1185 760 700 1260 1280 810 750 1350 1370 855 790 1440 1465 905 835 1530 1560 945 880 1615 1650 990 920 1705 1740 1030 960 1790 1830 4.8 (2.2) 5.6 (2.5) 6.4 (2.9) 7.1 (3.2) 8 (3.6) 8.8 (4.0) 9.5 (4.3) 10.4 (4.7) 11.2 (5.1) 11.9 (5.4) 12.7 (5.8) 13.5 (6.1) 14.4 (6.5) 15.2 (6.9) 15.9 (7.2) 16.7 (7.6) For voltages above 345 kV, and other section lengths, contact Ohio Brass. Tests in accordance with ANSI C29.1-1982. Electrical values are without corona ring. For voltages above 161 kV refer to Page 26-7 for Corona Rings, and associated physical/electrical changes to above data. Dimensions are within allowable tolerances as specified in ANSI C29.11. Y-Clevis Tower Attachment Detail for 25k, 30k, and 50k SML Insulators “D” Max. 1" Dia. Minimum 1/8" x 45° Chamfer SML 25/30k 50k 3/4" Max. “D” Max. Inches .531 1.0 To achieve insulator SML value, proper grade steel should be used OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA Ground Fitting Line Fitting Suffix Code Eye Eye Socket Clevis Y-Clevis Clevis Ball Eye Ball Ball Eye Eye 1001 1000 1301 1401 1200 1400 Length Change Weight Change kg Inches mm Pounds -0.06 1.28 -0.97 -1.00 1.34 0.34 -1.5 32.5 -24.6 -25.4 34.0 8.6 -2.50 -2.50 -0.05 -0.15 0.00 -0.15 -0.110 -0.110 -0.010 -0.070 0.000 -0.007 For configurations not shown contact Ohio Brass. JULY 2010 A 26-10 7/8" (22mm) Rod Diameter Suspension Insulators Section Length Mechanical Ratings SML = 50,000 lbs. 222 kN RTL = 25,000 lbs. 111 kN 4.0" Catalog Selection Guide Dry Arc Leakage Number Section Typical Length Number Distance Distance with Line Voltage, kV (1) Chain Eye - Inches inches inches of (mm) Sheds (mm) (mm) 115 138 161 230 345 500 52.11 Ball 5130071001 5130081001 5130091001 5130101001 5130111001 5130131001 5130141001 5130151001 5130171001 5130181001 5130191001 5130211001 5130231001 5130251001 5130271001 5130281001 Notes: (1) (2) 55.8 (1417) 62.0 (1574) 68.0 (1727) 74.1 (1882) 80.3 (2040) 92.4 (2347) 98.5 (2502) 104.7 (2659) 116.8 (2967) 123.0 (3124) 129.1 (3279) 141.2 (3586) 153.5 (3899) 165.7 (4209) 177.9 (4519) 184.1 (4676) 28 32 36 40 44 52 56 60 68 72 76 84 92 100 108 112 42.9 (1090) 49.0 (1245) 55.0 (1397) 61.2 (1554) 67.3 (1709) 79.5 (2019) 85.6 (2174) 91.7 (2329) 103.9 (2639) 110.0 (2794) 116.2 (2951) 128.3 (3259) 140.6 (3271) 152.7 (3879) 165.0 (4191) 171.1 (4346) 106 (2692) 121 (3073) 136 (3454) 151 (3835) 167 (4242) 197 (5004) 212 (5385) 228 (5791) 258 (6553) 273 (6934) 288 (7315) 319 (8103) 349 (8885) 379 (9627) 410 (10414) 425 (10795) 60 Flashover ANSI (2) Critical Net Flashover Weight ANSI pounds (kg) Pos-kV Neg-kV (2) Dry-kV Wet-kV 430 400 700 695 490 455 795 795 545 505 890 890 600 555 985 990 655 605 1080 1090 760 700 1260 1280 810 745 1350 1370 855 790 1440 1465 945 875 1615 1650 990 915 1705 1740 1030 955 1790 1830 1110 1035 1960 2005 1180 1105 2125 2175 1245 1175 2285 2345 1305 1240 2445 2510 1330 1270 2520 2590 12.7 (5.8) 13.7 (6.2) 14.8 (6.7) 15.9 (7.2) 16.9 (7.7) 19.1 (8.7) 20.2 (9.2) 21.2 (9.6) 24.4 (11.1) 24.5 (11.1) 25.5 (11.6) 27.6 (12.5) 29.8 (13.5) 31.9 (14.5) 34.0 (15.4) 35.1 (15.9) For voltages above 500 kV, and other section lengths, contact Ohio Brass. Tests in accordance with ANSI C29.1-1982. Electrical values are without corona ring. For voltages above 161 kV refer to Page 26-7 for Corona Rings, and associated physical/electrical changes to above data. Dimensions are within allowable tolerances as specified in ANSI C29.11. End Fitting Example You need the electrical and mechanical characteristics of Catalog #5130101001. But, a Y-clevis is needed at the ground end instead of an eye. From the table at the right, find the code for the Y-clevis/ball configuration 1201. You should order Catalog #5130101201. The same process is used for 5/8" (25k) and 7/8" (30k) insulators. JULY 2010 Ground Fitting Line Fitting Suffix Code Y-Clevis Eye Socket Y-Clevis Ball Eye Ball Eye 1201 1000 1301 1200 Length Change Weight Change kg Inches mm Pounds -.58 1.26 -.72 -.58 -14.7 32.0 -18.3 -14.7 .4 -.4 .4 0 .18 -.18 .18 0 For configurations not shown contact Ohio Brass. OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA 26-11 Most Common End Fittings A Chain Eye ANSI Ball* FITTING TYPE CHAIN EYE BALL & SOCKET Y-CLEVIS CLEVIS SML k-LB (kN) 25 (111) - 30 (133) 50 (222) 25 (111) - 30 (133) 50 (222) 25 (111) - 30 (133) 50 (222) 25 (111) - 30 (133) Y-Clevis Fitting ANSI CLASS 52-5 52-11 52-6 ANSI Socket* dimensions in. (mm) B C 1.00 2.00 1.00 2.00 1.29 1.63 1.53 1.59 0.75 1.50 A 0.62 0.75 0.73 0.92 0.75 0.88 0.62 ANSI Clevis D 0.62 0.85 1.10 * For IEC 16mm and 20mm Ball and Socket fittings, contact Ohio Brass. Hi*Lite XL Suspension Insulators: Key to the Catalog Numbers 5 1 1 0 1 2 1 2 0 1 Line End Fittings Hi*Lite XL Chain Eye..................................00 ANSI Ball (1)..............................01 Y-Clevis......................................02 ANSI Socket (1).........................03 ANSI Straight Clevis..................04 Strength 1 = 25K SML 5 = 30K SML 3 = 50K SML Ground End Fittings Construction Chain Eye....................................0 ANSI Ball (1)................................1 Y-Clevis........................................2 ANSI Socket (1)...........................3 ANSI Straight Clevis....................4 0 = Standard Hardware/0 Added Sheds 1 = Dull Hardware/0 Added Sheds 2 = Standarad Hardware/2 Added Sheds 3 = Dull Hardware/2 Added Sheds Weathershed Configuration Number of sheds equals this number times four, plus any added sheds listed in the construction digit. (1) For IEC Ball and Socket fittings, contact Ohio Brass. (2) Metric labeling of ANSI, or IEC insulators. OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA Labeling 1 = English 2 = Metric (2) R = English w/8" Corona Ring W = English w/12" Corona Ring T = English w/15" and 8" Corona Ring JULY 2010 26-12 JULY 2010 OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA 26-13 Hi*Lite® XL Line Post Insulators B Table of Contents Page Design............................................................. 26-14 Rod.................................................................. 26-14 End Fittings...................................................... 26-14 Weathersheds................................................. 26-14 Interface........................................................... 26-14 Leakage Distance............................................ 26-14 Washability...................................................... 26-14 Mechanical Ratings......................................... 26-14 Corona Rings................................................... 26-15 Packaging........................................................ 26-15 Key to 2.5" Catalog Numbers.......................... 26-15 Hi*Lite XL 2.5" Rod Horizontal Line Posts....... 26-16 Hi*Lite XL 2.5" Rod Vertical Line Posts........... 26-17 Hi*Lite XL 2.5" Rod Vertical Line Post Assembly..................................................... 26-18 Hi*Lite XL 2.5" Rod Base Fittings.................... 26-19 Hi*Lite XL 2.5" Rod Line Fittings..................... 26-20 Hi*Lite XL 3.0" Rod Horizontal Line Posts....... 26-21 Key to 3.0" Catalog Numbers.......................... 26-21 Hi*Lite II 3.0" Rod Horizontal Line Posts......... 26-22 Hi*Lite II 3.0" Rod Vertical Line Posts.............. 26-23 Hi*Lite XL 3.0" Rod. Dia. Base Fittings............ 26-24 Hi*Lite XL 3.0" Rod. Dia. Line Fittings............. 26-25 Clamps and Assemblies.................................. 26-26 OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA JULY 2010 26-14 Hi*Lite*® XL Insulators Hi*Lite XL line post insulators in this publication embody the latest features available in polymer insulator design and manufacture. From the early prototypes in 1971, through full scale introduction in 1976, and through the succeeding years, Hi*Lite insulators have featured conservative design and high-quality manufacture. Today’s Hi*Lite insulators will add to the over 1,000,000 already in service worldwide. Design The structural design of the Hi*Lite XL consists of these basic parts: Rod - Hi*Lite insulator fiberglass rod is produced from the highest quality materials. Strands are aligned for maximum tensile strength. The rod is more than 50 percent glass fibers in cross section. End Fittings - End fittings are aluminum or ductile iron. They are crimped directly to the rod by a special process originated by Ohio Brass, and later adopted by many other producers. The crimp requires no intermovement of the parts to achieve high strength, nor does it introduce potting compounds or adhesives. Weathersheds - Weathersheds are high pressure injection molded by Ohio Brass, from the proprietary compound ESP™. Housings manufactured with ESP silicone alloy rubber exhibit hydrophobicity, high mechanical strength, high corona resistance and low permeability to moisture. Interface - Hi*Lite insulators use Ohio Brass’ live silicone interface. This feature prevents intrusion of moisture and contaminating elements. If the exterior seal is damaged, redundant o-ring seals within the live silicone interface prohibit the lengthwise migration of intrusive elements between shed and rod. Leakage Distance Hi*Lite XL insulators feature high leakage distance for maximum resistance to contamination and leakage currents. Washability Hi*Lite Line Post insulators listed in this catalog are suitable for flood washing up to 200 psi. The design incorporates positive, labyrinth seals to ensure long-term security against water entry. Conventional dry-particle, air-pressure cleaning methods may also be employed. A cleaning guideline is available from Ohio Brass. If your washing requirements exceed flood washing, contact Ohio Brass. JULY 2010 Mechanical Ratings Line post insulators are basically cantilever support members, with ratings defined as follows: Specified Cantilever Load (SCL) SCL is the ultimate cantilever strength rating of the Hi*Lite XL line post insulator. SCL is identical to the minimum average breaking load (ABL) rating in previous catalogs. Reference Cantilever Load (RCL) RCL is the maximum recommended load in cantilever that a Hi*Lite XL post insulator is designed to withstand during its life, and is equal to 50% of the SCL. RCL is identical to maximum working load (MWL) listed in previous catalogs. Line design loads applied to post insulators often include tension, or compression, in addition to the primary vertical cantilever load. In addition, some longitudinal load is usually designed for as well. Combined Load Contact your Hubbell Power Systems representative for combined load applications. OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA 26-15 2.5" (63.5mm) Rod Diameter Horizontal Line Posts Recommended Torque 10 Ft.-Lb. Corona Rings Hi*Lite XL line post insulators are corona free through 161 kV. 161 kV & below Application Line End Energized 230 kV Recommended Torque 45 Ft.-Lb. 345 kV Top - NONE Top - 2721273001 Top - 2721273001 Bott - NONE Bott - NONE Bott - NONE Bottom End Top - NONE Top - NONE Top - NONE Energized Bott - NONE Bott - 2721273001 Bott - 2721273001 B 3.4375 12 Packaging Hi*Lite XL line post insulators are packaged in appropriate quantities in open wood crates. As an option, Ohio Brass offers packaging of the insulators in individual sleeves. Part Number 2721273001 Control Ring Hi*Lite XL Line Post Insulators: Key to the Catalog Numbers Hi*Lite XL XL Post 5 2 2 0 0 8 1 1 0 0 Base End Fittings Unitary D.I. Gain (15/16" Holes)........... 00 Unitary Flat 8x10 (15/16" Holes).......... 01 Al Gain 12 CL (15/16" Holes)............... 02 Al Flat 8x10 (15/16" Holes)................... 03 Al Flat 8x13 (15/16" Holes)................... 04 5" Bolt Circle (tapped 11/16" Holes)..... 05 Steel Gain (15/16" Holes)..................... 07 Steel Flat 8 x 13 (15/16" Holes)............ 08 Strength 2 = 2.5" DIA Construction 0 = Standard 1 = Dulled HDW Line End Fittings Weathershed Configuration To determine the number of insulator sheds, multiply this number by two. (1) Metric labeling only. Insulators and hardware are ANSI. OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA Labeling 1 = English 2 = Metric (1) M = English w/12" Corona Ring Two Hole Blade............................0 Horizontal Clamptop....................1 Vertical Clamptop........................2 5" Bolt Circle (through)................5 Two Hole Long Blade...................9 JULY 2010 26-16 2.5" (63.5mm) Rod Diameter Horizontal Line Posts X See Page 26-20 Two Hole Blade End Fitting Reduces the “X” dimension by .75" 12? Clamptop: Maximum Design Tension = 2,500 lb (11.1 kN) Two-Hole Blade: Maximum Design Tension = 7,500 lb. (33.4 kN) 7.62 DIA Line & Base Detail see pages 26-19 & 26-20 Catalog # (1) (1) 60 Critical Dry Arc Leakage Net “X” with No. Flashover Flashover Distance Distance RCL Weight Gain Base Length ANSI ANSI inches inches pounds pounds & Clamptop Inches of Sheds (mm) (mm) Dry-kV Wet-kV Pos-kV Neg-kV (kN) (kg) 69 115 138 161 230 345 End Fittings (mm) Selection Guide Typical Line Voltage, kV 5220041100 5220051100 5220061100 5220071100 5220081100 5220091100 5220101100 5220111100 5220121100 5220131100 5220141100 5220151100 5220161100 5220171100 5220181100 5220191100 33.5 (851) 38.6 (980) 43.9 (1115) 49.2 (1250) 54.5 (1384) 59.6 (1514) 64.8 (1646) 70.1 (1781) 75.4 (1915) 80.5 (2045) 85.8 (2180) 91.1 (2314) 96.3 (2446) 101.4 (2575) 106.7 (2710) 112.0 (2845) 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 23 (584) 28 (711) 33 (838) 39 (991) 44 (1118) 49 (1245) 55 (1397) 60 (1524) 65 (1651) 71 (1803) 76 (1930) 81 (2057) 87 (2210) 92 (2337) 97 (2464) 103 (2616) 54 (1372) 68 (1727) 82 (2083) 96 (2438) 110 (2794) 124 (3150) 138 (3505) 152 (3861) 166 (4216) 180 (4572) 194 (4928) 208 (5283) 222 (5639) 236 (5994) 250 (6350) 264 (6706) 215 195 340 455 270 245 420 535 325 295 505 620 385 340 590 705 440 385 675 785 490 430 760 865 545 475 845 950 600 520 930 1035 650 560 1015 1115 700 600 1095 1195 755 635 1180 1280 805 675 1265 1365 855 710 1350 1445 905 745 1435 1525 955 780 1520 1610 1005 810 1605 1695 2500 (11.1) 2500 (11.1) 2135 (9.5) 1865 (8.3) 1650 (7.3) 1490 (6.6) 1350 (6.0) 1235 (5.5) 1140 (5.0) 1060 (4.7) 990 (4.4) 925 (4.1) 870 (3.6) 820 (3.6) 780 (3.5) 740 (3.3) 47 (21.3) 50 (22.7) 54 (24.5) 57 (25.9) 61 (27.7) 65 (29.5) 68 (30.9) 72 (32.7) 75 (34.1) 79 (35.9) 82 (37.2) 86 (39.0) 89 (40.4) 93 (42.2) 97 (44.0) 100 (45.4) Notes: (1) Tests in accordance with ANSI C29.1-1982. Electrical values are without corona ring. (2) RCL is the maximum continuous load at which the post should be applied. For voltages above 161 kV refer to Page 26-15 for Corona Rings. Dimensions are within allowable tolerances as specified in ANSI C29.11. JULY 2010 OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA 26-17 2.5" (63.5mm) Rod Diameter Vertical Line Posts Maximum Design Tension 2,500 lb (11.1 kN) B Aluminum Alloy A356-T6 Catalog No. 75115 134,400 In.-Lb. Rating Line & Base Fitting Detail see pages 26-19 & 26-20 Selection Guide (1) (1) Dry Arc Leakage 60 Critical Net Catalog # “X” Typical No. Distance Distance Flashover Flashover RCL Weight with 5" Bolt Length Line Voltage, kV of inches inches ANSI ANSI pounds pounds Circle & Vert. Inches (mm) Dry-kV Wet-kV Pos-kV Neg-kV (kN) (kg) 69 115 138 161 Clamptop(3) (mm) Sheds (mm) 5220041205 5220051205 5220061205 5220071205 5220081205 5220091205 30.7 (780) 35.9 (912) 41.3 (1049) 46.7 (1186) 52.1 (1323) 57.4 (1458) 8 10 12 14 16 18 23 (584) 28 (711) 33 (838) 39 (991) 44 (1118) 49 (1245) 54 (1371) 68 (1727) 82 (2083) 96 (2438) 110 (2734) 124 (3150) 215 195 340 455 270 245 420 535 325 295 505 620 385 340 590 705 440 385 675 785 490 430 760 865 2500 (11.1) 2475 (11.0) 2115 (9.4) 1850 (8.2) 1640 (7.3) 1480 (6.6) 27 (12.3) 30 (13.6) 34 (15.4) 37 (16.8) 41 (18.6) 45 (20.4) Notes: (1) Tests in accordance with ANSI C29.1-1982. (2) RCL is the maximum cantilever continuous load at which the post should be applied. (3) Mounting Base Catalog No. 75115 may be ordered with these Catalog numbers for a vertical assembly. OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA JULY 2010 26-18 2.5" (63.5mm) Rod Diameter Vertical Line Post Assembly 0.678 DIA. 4 HOLES 1.625 7.438 5.75 Aluminum Alloy 6063-T5 Base Detail Line End Fitting Detail see pages 26-19 & 26-20 Selection Guide (1) Catalog # “A” Typical with Vertical Length Line Voltage, kV Clamptop & Inches 69 115 138 161 Base Code (mm) 52200412XX 52200512XX 52200612XX 52200712XX 52200812XX 52200912XX 30.4 (772) 35.6 (904) 41.0 (1041) 46.4 (1179) 51.8 (1316) 57.0 (1448) (1) Insulators in Table A have the same electrical and mechanical characteristics as those on Page 26-17 with Code 1205. Table A To Order an Assembly - Pick an insulator from Table A based on your Electrical and Mechanical needs — next, select a Base configuration from Table B, for your mounting position needs. “XX” Code Style 20 Face 21 Side 22 Face 23 Side 24 Face 25 Side 26 Face 27 Side “B” Length Inches (mm) 20 (508) 20 (508) 20 (508) 20 (508) 31.75 (806) 31.75 (806) 31.75 (806) 31.75 (806) “C” “D” Length Diameter Inches Inches (mm) (mm) 12 (305) 12 (305) 12 (305) 12 (305) 16 (406) 16 (406) 16 (406) 16 (406) .8125 (21) .8125 (21) .9375 (24) .9375 (24) .8125 (21) .8125 (21) .9375 (24) .9375 (24) Table B JULY 2010 OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA 26-19 2.5" (63.5 mm) Rod Diameter Base Fittings G A H I C B Unitary Gain Unitary Flat Standard Gain Base has a 90° opening. For other available openings, contact Ohio Brass. Al & Steel Gain Al & Steel Flat Horizontal & Vertical Bases Dimensions (in inches) B C D E F G H I J K Material Unitary D.I. Gain (00) 12.0 Type (Code)* A 14.0 1.75 8.06 - 3.54 0.5 12° 0.94 0.94 x 1.31 1.90 60-45-12 D.I. Unitary D.I. Flat (01) 10.0 12.2 8.0 10.0 5.0 - 0.8 12° 0.94 - - 60-45-12 D.I. 5" B.C. (15) 4.75 6.25 3.63 0.90 5.0 - - - 0.69 - - 60-45-12 D.I. 5" B.C. (05) 4.75 6.25 3.63 0.90 5.0 - - - 5/8 - 11 UFS - - 60-45-12 D.I. Al Gain (02) 12.0 14.0 - 8.06 6.13 5.56 0.5 12° 0.94 0.94 x 1.31 - 6063 T5 Al Al Gain (12) 12.0 14.0 - 8.06 6.13 5.56 0.5 12° 0.81 0.94 x 1.31 - 6063 T5 Al Steel Gain (07) 12.0 15.0 - 8.33 6.5 6.04 0.38 12° 0.94 0.94 x 2.0 - Low Carbon Steel Al Flat (03) 10.0 12.0 8.0 10.0 5.0 4.0 0.5 12° 0.94 - - 6063 T5 Al Al Flat (13) 10.0 12.0 8.0 10.0 5.0 4.0 0.5 12° 0.81 - - 6063 T5 Al Steel Flat (08) 13.0 15.0 8.0 10.0 6.5 4.0 0.5 12° 1.125 x 0.94 0.94 x 2 12.0 Low Carbon Steel Al Flat (04) 13.0 15.0 8.0 10.0 6.5 4.0 0.5 12° 0.94 0.94 x 1.31 12.0 6063 T5 Al Al Flat (14) 13.0 15.0 8.0 10.0 6.5 4.0 0.5 12° 0.81 0.81 x 1.31 12.0 6063 T5 Al *Code is the third and fourth numbers in the Suffix Code of the Catalog Number. OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA JULY 2010 26-20 2.5" (63.5 mm) Rod Diameter Line Fittings Transverse Compressing Swing Angle for Conductor Suspension Clamp 2 Hole Blade (Std.) 40 deg. max. 2 Hole Long Blade 64 deg. max. Two Hole Blade Horizontal Clamptop *12° upsweep post angles 5" Bolt Circle Vertical Clamptop Line or Base Fitting Part per ANSI C29.7 Horizontal & Vertical End Fittings Dimensions (in inches) Type (Code)* A B C D E F G H I J 2 Hole Blade (0) 5.73 4.0 - 0.75 5.25 1.25 1.50 2.00 1.0 1.44 0.5R 0.44 R 60-40-18 D.I. 2 Hole Long Blade (9) 5.73 4.0 - 0.75 7.75 1.25 4.0 4.5 1.0 1.44 0.5R 0.44R 60-40-18 D.I. H. Clamptop (1) 8.24 4.0 3.30 1.12 4.72 4.0 - - 5/8 - 11 UFS 0.75 - - 60-40-18 D.l. 5" B.C. (3) 4.75 6.25 3.63 0.90 5.0 - - - 5/8 - 11 UFS - - - 60-45-12 D.I. 5" B.C. (5) 4.75 6.25 3.63 0.90 5.0 - - - 0.69 x Holes - - - 60-45-12 D.I. V. Clamptop (2) 5.88 4.0 3.30 1.12 5.37 4.0 1.06 - 5/8 - 11 UFS - - - 60-40-18 D.I. L M Material *Code is the 2nd number in the Suffix Code of the Catalog Number. JULY 2010 OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA 26-21 3.0" (76.2 mm) Rod Diameter Line Posts Corona Rings Hi*Lite XL line post insulators are corona-free through 230 kV line-to-ground. Application 138/161 kV Line End Energized 230 kV Top - NONE Top - NONE Bott. - NONE Bott. - NONE 345 kV Top - 2737743001 Bott. - NONE Recommended Torque 10 FT.-Lb. B Recommended Torque 45 FT.-Lb. Part Number 2737743001 Control Ring Hi*Lite XL Line Post Insulators: Key to the Catalog Numbers Hi*Lite XL XL Post 5 2 3 0 0 8 1 1 0 4 Base End Fittings Strength Al Gain (1-1/16" Hole and 1-1/16" x 2-5/9" Slot).......02 St Flat 14" CL (1-1/16" x 2-9/16" Slots).....................04 5" Bolt Circle (Tapped)...............................................05 St Gain (1-1/16" Hole and 1-1/16" x 2-5/9" Slot).......07 St Flat 9" x 13" (59/64" Holes)...................................08 3 = 3.0" DIA Construction 0 = Standard 1 = Dulled HDW Line End Fittings Weathershed Configuration To determine the number of insulator sheds, multiply this number by two. Labeling 1 = English 2 = Metric (1) M = English w/15" Corona Ring Two Hole Blade............................0 Horizontal Clamptop....................1 Vertical Clamptop........................2 (1) Metric labeling only. Insulators and hardware are ANSI. OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA JULY 2010 26-22 3.0" (76.2mm) Rod Diameter Horizontal Line Posts See Page 26-25 Horizontal Clamptop End Fitting Increases the “X” dimension by 1" Clamptop: Maximum Design Tension = 2,500 lb (11.1 kN) Two-Hole Blade: Line & Base Detail see Pages 26-24 & 26-25 Maximum Design Tension = 12,500 lb. (55.6 kN) Catalog # (1) (1) 60 Critical Dry Arc Leakage Net with “X” (2) No. Flashover Flashover Distance Distance Weight RCL Flat Base Length ANSI ANSI inches inches pounds pounds & Two Hole Inches of Sheds (mm) (mm) (kg) Wet-kV Pos-kV (kN) Neg-kV Dry-kV Blade (mm) 69 115 138 161 230 345 Selection Guide Typical Line Voltage, kV 5230051004 5230061004 5230071004 5230081004 5230091004 5230101004 5230111004 5230121004 5230131004 5230141004 5230151004 5230161004 5230171004 5230181004 5230191004 5230201004 Notes: (1) (2) 38.8 (986) 43.8 (1113) 49.0 (1245) 54.8 (1392) 59.3 (1506) 64.5 (1638) 69.5 (1765) 74.7 (1897) 79.9 (2029) 85.0 (2159) 90.2 (2291) 95.2 (2418) 100.4 (2550) 105.5 (2680) 110.7 (2812) 115.9 (2944) 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 29 (737) 34 (864) 39 (991) 45 (1143) 50 (1270) 55 (1397) 60 (1524) 66 (1676) 71 (1803) 76 (1930) 82 (2083) 87 (2210) 92 (2337) 98 (2489) 103 (2616) 108 (2743) 77 (1956) 93 (2362) 108 (2743) 124 (3150) 140 (3556) 156 (3962) 171 (4343) 187 (4750) 203 (5156) 218 (5537) 234 (5944) 250 (6350) 265 (6731) 281 (7137) 297 (7544) 313 (7950) 295 250 445 540 345 295 530 620 395 335 615 705 445 380 695 790 495 420 780 870 545 465 865 955 590 505 950 1035 640 550 1035 1120 685 590 1120 1200 735 640 1205 1285 780 670 1290 1365 825 710 1370 1445 870 755 1455 1530 915 795 1540 1615 960 835 1625 1695 1000 875 1710 1780 4405 (19.6) 3780 (16.8) 3295 (14.7) 2920 (13.0) 2620 (11.7) 2380 (10.6) 2185 (9.7) 2015 (9.0) 1865 (8.3) 1740 (7.7) 1630 (7.2) 1535 (6.8) 1450 (6.5) 1370 (6.1) 1300 (5.8) 1240 (5.5) 90 (40.8) 95 (43.1) 100 (40.9) 106 (48.1) 110 (49.9) 115 (52.2) 120 (54.4) 125 (56.7) 130 (58.9) 135 (61.2) 141 (63.9) 146 (66.2) 151 (68.5) 156 (70.8) 161 (73.1) 166 (75.3) Tests in accordance with ANSI C29.1-1982. Electrical values are without corona ring. RCL is the maximum continuous load at which the post should be applied. For voltages above 230 kV refer to Page 26-21 for Corona Rings. Electrical values are shown for insulators without rings. For electricals with rings, contact Ohio Brass. JULY 2010 OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA 26-23 3.0" (76.2 mm) Rod Diameter Vertical Line Posts Maximum Design Tension 2,500 lb (11.1 kN) B Line & Base Fitting Detail see pages 26-24 & 26-25 Selection Guide (1) (1) Dry Arc Leakage 60 Critical Net Catalog # “X” Typical Distance Distance Flashover Flashover (2)RCL Weight with 5" Bolt Length No. Line Voltage, kV inches inches ANSI ANSI pounds pounds Circle & Vert. Inches of (mm) Dry-kV Wet-kV Pos-kV Neg-kV (kN) (kg) (mm) Sheds (mm) 69 115 138 161 Clamptop 5230051205 5230061205 5230071205 5230081205 5230091205 5230101205 38.0 (965) 43.2 (1097) 48.5 (1219) 53.8 (1367) 59.2 (1504) 64.5 (1638) 10 12 14 16 18 20 29 (737) 34 (864) 39 (991) 45 (1143) 50 (1270) 55 (1397) 77 (1956) 93 (2362) 108 (2743) 124 (3150) 140 (3556) 156 (3962) 295 250 445 540 345 295 530 620 395 335 615 705 445 380 695 785 495 420 780 870 545 465 865 950 2500 (11.1) 2500 (11.1) 2500 (11.1) 2500 (11.1) 2500 (11.1) 2335 (10.4) 54 (24.5) 59 (26.8) 64 (29.1) 69 (31.4) 74 (33.6) 79 (35.9) Notes: (1) Tests in accordance with ANSI C29.1-1982. (2) RCL is the maximum cantilever continuous load at which the post should be applied. OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA JULY 2010 26-24 Hi*Lite XL 3.0" Rod Dia. Base Fittings Aluminum Gain 5" Bolt Circle Steel Gain Steel Flat Horizontal & Vertical Bases Dimensions (in inches) Type (Code)* A B C D E F G H I J Material 5" B.C. (05) 6.36 5.9 4.37 1.2 5.0 - - - 5/8 - 11 UFS - 60-40-18 D.I. Al Gain (02) 14.0 17.0 - 8.079 7.75 5.949 0.53 14° 1.06 1.06 x 2.56 6063 T5 Al Steel Gain (07) 14.0 17.0 - 9.65 7.75 7.03 0.5 14° 1.06 1.06 x 2.56 Low Carbon Steel Steel Flat (08) 13.0 15.0 9.0 11.0 6.5 4.12 0.5 14° 0.938 - Low Carbon Steel Steel Flat (04) 14.0 17.0 - 10.0 7.75 4.12 0.5 14° - 1.06 x 2.56 Low Carbon Steel *Code is the 2nd number in the Suffix Code of the Catalog Number. JULY 2010 OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA 26-25 Hi*Lite XL 3.0" Rod Dia. Line Fittings B Vertical Clamptop Horizontal Clamptop Part per ANSI C29.7 Part per ANSI C29.7 Two Hole Blade Horizontal & Vertical End Fittings Dimensions (in inches) Type (Code)* A B C D E F G H I J K 2 Hole End (0) 6.16 5.63 3.84 0.75 6.12 1.57 2.0 2.5 - 1.44 H. Clamptop (1) 8.64 5.63 3.84 1.12 4.72 4.0 - - 5/8 - 11 UFS 0.75 - - V. Clamptop (2) 6.31 5.63 3.84 1.12 5.37 4.0 1.06 - 5/8 - 11 UFS - - - L M Material 1.24 0.5R 0.44 R 60-40-18 D.I. - 60-40-18 D.l. - 60-40-18 D.I. *Code is the 2nd digit in the Suffix Code of the Catalog Number. OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA JULY 2010 26-26 Clamptop Clamp Figure 1 Figure 2 Clamptop clamps can be mounted directly on Hi*Lite XL 250 posts if the posts are ordered with the horizontal or vertical clamptop option. Catalog Number Fig. No. TSC57 TSC106 TSC150 TSC200 1 1 1 2 Body & Keeper Material 356-T6 Al 356-T6 Al 356-T6 Al 356-T6 Al Clamping Range Inches (mm) 0.25-057 (6.3-14.4) 0.50-1.06 (12.7-26.9) 1.00-1.50 (25.4-38.1) 1.50-2.00 (38.1-50.8) Ultimate Body Strength Lbs. (kN) 2800 (1.273) 2800 (1.273) 2800 (1.273) 2800 (1.273) Jumper Clamps and Assemblies A practical application of Hi*Lite line posts is for support of jumper loops on transmission lines. Horizontal motion of the jumper is restricted, and the factor of wind sway is eliminated. Additionally the crossarm length may be reduced. The Difference in cost of insulation is not significant but, the savings in tower cost can be attractive. Regardless of cost, the use of a jumper support improves construction. If using a single clamp, clamp position relative to the insulator may be changed by bolting the clamp through the upper hole in the insulator end fitting. Figure 1 Figure 2 JULY 2010 Jumper clamps are not intended for tangent span applications. Figure Catalog Number 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 976423002 976423003 600643001 2717243001 2717253001 2717263001 2738383001 2738393001 2738403001 2721763001 2721773001 2721783001 2738413001 2738423001 2738433001 2721793001 2721803001 2721813001 2738443001 2738453001 2738463001 Clamping Yoke Type Range (Inches) None None None Dual Dual Dual Dual Dual Dual Triple Triple Triple Triple Triple Triple Quad Quad Quad Quad Quad Quad 1.00 - 1.40 1.40 - 1.60 1.60 - 2.00 1.00 - 1.40 1.40 - 1.60 1.60 - 2.00 1.00 - 1.40 1.40 - 1.60 1.60 - 2.00 1.00 - 1.40 1.40 - 1.60 1.60 - 2.00 1.00 - 1.40 1.40 - 1.60 1.60 - 2.00 1.00 - 1.40 1.40 - 1.60 1.60 - 2.00 1.00 - 1.40 1.40 - 1.60 1.60 - 2.00 Figure 3 Post Type Any Any Any 250 250 250 300 300 300 250 250 250 300 300 300 250 250 250 300 300 300 Figure 4 OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA 26-27 Hi*Lite® XL Braced Posts Table of Contents Page Dimension and Strength Ratings..................... 26-28 Assembly Drawings......................................... 26-29 C OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA JULY 2010 26-28 Hi*Lite® XL Assemblies DIMENSIONS AND STRENGTH RATINGS Catalog number covers complete assembly including insulator and hardware as illustrated. The need to minimize the tower size and visual impact of transmission lines has prompted increased interest in braced line posts, horizontal-V, and pivoting V assemblies. These insulating structures offer vastly improved vertical load capabilities over conventional lines posts while retaining the advantages of a fixed conductor position. A braced line post uses a conventional line post with a suspension string tied to the tower face with a link. A horizontal-V replaces the link with a fixed offset extending from the tower face adding a stabilizing force to the assembly. Both these assemblies are available with flat or gain bases. A pivoting horizontal-V assembly utilizes a line post insulator fastened to the structure with a hinged base. Alternatively, the base may be replaced with a universal joint. These assemblies are available for voltages up to and including 345 kV with a wide variety of hardware to meet the needs of your application. The figures illustrated depict typical arrangements which provide an economical means of withstanding unusual loads. For more information on these and numerous other variations of line post assemblies, contact your Ohio Brass representative. Braced Line Post Assembly Typical System kV 115/138 115/138 161 161 230 * 230 * Cat # Gain Base 234220 234222 234224 234226 234228 234230 Cat # Flat Base 234221 234223 234225 234227 234229 234231 Component Insulators Post Suspension 522008 511010 522009 511211 522010 511013 522011 511014 522014 511018 522015 511219 Dimensions (in.) A 53.7 58.8 64.1 69.4 85.0 90.3 D C B 72.8 74.0 79.8 81.9 83.0 88.9 91.1 91.0 98.1 97.2 96.0 104.2 121.6 118.0 128.6 130.7 127.0 137.7 X 2 2 2 2 2 2 Vertical 11280 11280 11280 11280 11280 11280 Maximum Loadings** (lb.) CompresLongitudinal Tension sion 1730 7500 12500 1550 7500 12500 1410 7500 12500 1280 7500 12500 1020 7500 11810 960 7500 10470 HORIZONTAL V Assembly Typical System kV 115/138 115/138 161 161 230 * 230 * Cat # Gain Base 234232 234234 234236 234238 234240 234242 Cat # Flat Base 234233 234235 234237 234239 234241 234243 Component Insulators Post Suspension 522008 511007 522009 511008 522010 511009 522011 511010 522014 511013 522015 511014 Cat # Flat Base 234244 234245 234246 234247 234248 234249 Component Insulators Post Suspension 522008 511007 522009 511008 522010 511009 522011 511010 522014 511013 522015 511014 Dimensions (in.) Maximum Loadings** (lb.) CompresLongitudinal D X Vertical Tension C B sion A 1680 7500 9980 12500 54.9 54.6 51.0 61.6 18 1510 7500 9980 12500 60.1 60.7 56.0 67.7 20 1370 7500 9980 12500 65.5 66.7 61.0 73.7 22 1250 7500 9980 12500 70.9 72.8 66.0 79.8 24 1000 7500 9980 12500 86.9 91.1 80.0 98.1 28 930 7500 9980 12500 92.3 97.2 85.0 104.2 30 pIVOTING HORIZONTAL V Assembly Typical Cat # System Gain kV Base 115/138 — 115/138 — 161 — 161 — 230 * — 230 * — Dimensions (in.) Maximum Loadings** (lb.) CompresLongitudinal D X Vertical Tension C B sion A — 7500 9980 12500 55.2 54.6 51.0 61.6 18 — 7500 9980 12500 60.4 60.7 56.0 67.7 20 — 7500 9980 12500 65.8 66.7 61.0 73.7 22 — 7500 9980 12500 71.2 72.8 66.0 79.8 24 — 7500 9980 12500 87.2 91.1 80.0 98.1 28 — 7500 9980 12500 92.6 97.2 85.0 104.2 30 Contact your Ohio Brass representative for designs utilizing the optional pivoting strut member. * Corona rings are required for 230 kV and above. ** Maximum loads are for single loads in the specified direction. JULY 2010 OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA 26-29 Assembly Drawings C BRACED LINE POST HORIZONTAL-V GAIN BASE MOUNTING FLAT BASE MOUNTING PIVOTING HORIZONTAL-V PIVOTING BASE MOUNTING OPTIONAL PIVOTING STRUT MEMBER OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA JULY 2010 26-30 JULY 2010 OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA 26-31 HI*LITE II STATION POST INSULATORS Table of Contents Page Station Post Insulator Ratings......................... 26-31 Series 175: 3" Bolt Circles............................... 26-32 Series 250: 3" and 5" Bolt Circles.................... 26-33 NOTE: Insulators listed here are Hi-Lite II design having individual weathersheds assembled to the core rod and sealed via axial compression in the polymer rubber material. HI-LITE II POST INSULATORS Maximum Design Cantilever Rating (MDC) MDC is the maximum recommended load in cantilever that a Hi*Lite post insulator is designed to withstand during its service life. Average Failing Load (AFL) AFL is the average failing load of a Hi*Lite line or station post insulator.This value can be determined by multiplying the MDC by a factor of 2.5. Selection If you need a Hi*Lite post that is different from those shown in this catalog, please contact your OB representative. Hi*Lite station posts meet electrical and dimensional specifications of their porcelain equivalents. Mechanically, the Hi*Lite are less rigid with more deflection under both cantilever and torsional loading. OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA JULY 2010 D 26-32 HI*LITE II STATION POST INSULATORS Series 175 3" (76mm) Bolt Circles 2326863001 NOTE: CATALOG NUMBER (3" BOLT CIRCLES) BIL (kV) Height — X in. (mm) Leakage Distance in. (mm) 60-Hz Withstand — 10 sec/wet (kV) Maximum Design Cantilever lb. (kN) Maximum Design Tension lb. (kN) Maximum Design Compression lb. (kN) Maximum Design Torsion in.-lb. (N-meter) Deflection at Stated Cantilever in. (mm) Weathersheds Net Weights lb. (kg.) 2326863001 150 14 (356) 27 (685) 80 2390 (10.67) 10,000 (44.5) 10,000 (44.5) 3000 (339) 0.31 (7.9) 4 22.5 (10.2) Insulators listed here are Hi-Lite II design having individual weathersheds assembled onto the core rod and sealed via axial compression in the polymer shed material. 2326853001 200 18 (457) 40 (1015) 120 1750 (7.78) 10,000 (44.5) 15,000 (66.7) 3000 (339) 0.62 (15.9) 6 25 (11.3) 2331923001 250 22 (559) 49 (1240) 150 1390 (6.23) 10,000 (44.5) 15,000 (66.7) 3000 (339) 1.02 (25.9) 7 28 (12.7) 2331873001 350 30 (762) 76 (1930) 230 980 (4.39) 10,000 (44.5) 15,000 (66.7) 3000 (339) 2.16 (54.9) 11 33 (15.0) Note: Station Posts are also available in non-standard section lengths. Contact your Ohio Brass representative. JULY 2010 OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA 26-33 HI*LITE II STATION POST INSULATORS Series 250 5" (127mm) Bolt Circles 2321993001 D 2323373001 CATALOG NUMBER (3" BOLT CIRCLES) BIL (kV) Height — X in. (mm) Leakage Distance in. (mm) 60-Hz Withstand — 10 sec/wet (kV) Maximum Design Cantilever lb. (kN) Maximum Design Tension lb. (kN) Maximum Design Compression lb. (kN) Maximum Design Torsion in.-lb. (N-meter) Deflection at Stated Cantilever in. (mm) Weathersheds Net Weights lb. (kg.) CATALOG NUMBER (5" BOLT CIRCLES) BIL (kV) Height — X in. (mm) Leakage Distance in. (mm) 60-Hz Withstand — 10 sec/wet (kV) Maximum Design Cantilever lb. (kN) Maximum Design Tension lb. (kN) Maximum Design Compression lb. (kN) Maximum Design Torsion in.-lb. (N-meter) Deflection at Stated Cantilever in. (mm) Weathersheds Net Weights lb. (kg.) 2323013001 350 30 (762) 63 (1570) 190 1400 (6.23) 30,000 (133) 50,000 (222) 9,000 (1000) 1.0 (25) 7 30 (13.6) 2323363001 350 30 (762) 64 (1626) 190 2900 (12.90) 30,000 (133) 50,000 (222) 9000 (1000) 1.77 (45 8 30 (13.6) 2321993001 550 45 (1143) 102 (2590) 300 930 (4.14) 30,000 (133) 50,000 (222) 9,000 (1000) 2.3 (58) 11 42 (19) 2323003001 650 54 (1372) 128 (3250) 380 770 (3.42) 30,000 (133) 50,000 (222) 9,000 (1000) 3.4 (86) 14 51 (23) 2323093001 750 62 (1575) 148 (3760) 430 670 (2.98) 30,000 (133) 50,000 (222) 9,000 (1000) 4.5 (114) 16 54 (24.5) 2323373001 2323383001 2323393001 2323753001 900 550 650 750 80 (2032) 45 (1143) 54 (1372) 62 (1575) 204 (5180) 109 (2770) 130 (3300) 156 (3960) 560 320 380 450 990 (4.45) 1850 (8.23) 1520 (6.76) 1310 (5.83) 30,000 (133) 30,000 (133) 30,000 (133) 30,000 (133) 50,000 (222) 50,000 (222) 50,000 (222) 35,000 (156) 9000 (1000) 9000 (1000) 9000 (1000) 9,000 (66.7) 13.50 (343) 4.13 (105) 6.00 (152) 8.00 (203) 22 12 14 17 72 (32.7) 42 (19) 51 (23) 54 (24.5) Notes: 1. Station Posts are also available in non-standard section lengths. Contact Ohio Brass. 2. At 230 kV, corona ring 2721273001 may be required. 3. For through holes, specify code 3002. OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA JULY 2010 26-34 JULY 2010 OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA 26-35 Sample Polymer Specification Purpose: To ensure a suitable service life of polymer insulating materials. I. Material Design Tests - The following must be performed to certify a material for use in production. 1. Tracking test: Performed on a sample of material inclined at 30° and electrodes positioned 35mm apart. Samples are sprayed with a conductive solution (400Ωcm) and energized at 10kV. The cycle is repeated every 90 seconds. The sample passes if there is: 1. No carbonization or tracking. 2. No erosion through sample. 3. No leakage current flow at the end of 90 seconds. The sample must withstand 15,000 test cycles. 2. Ultraviolet Test: Samples of the rubber must be tested in a QUV tester or equivalent cyclic weatherometer. The samples are exposed to high ultraviolet radiation and high humidity without cracking, checking or becoming hydrophilic. The sample is judged to have passed this test if it exceeds 8,000 hours of exposure without damage. 3. Corona Cutting: Samples 5 cm by 7 cm are subjected to mechanical stress of 300,000 µstrain by bending samples around a grounded electrode. A needle-like electrode is placed 1 mm from the surface of the sample and energized at 12 kV in a controlled humidity chamber. The sample is judged to have passed this test if there is no splitting or cutting. Samples must pass 1,000 hours of exposure to this test. 4. Oxidative Stability: Samples of the polymer compound are tested using differential scanning calorimetry. Samples are heated rapidly in a nitrogen atmosphere to the test temperature of 200°C. The atmosphere is then changed to air and the temperature is maintained until the antioxidant is consumed, as measured by an exothermic chemical reaction. The time to this reaction must exceed 300 minutes. 5. Tear Strength: Rubber test slabs are prepared in accordance with ASTM Standards and are tested to determine tear strength of the material. The minimum acceptable tear strength is 150 lb./in. II. Other Requirements - The manufacturer must supply upon request a listing of routine tests performed to ensure production compliance with design tests. OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA JULY 2010 E 26-36 Web: http://www.hubbellpowersystems.com E-mail: hpsliterature@hps.hubbell.com UNITED STATES CANADA, INTERNATIONAL HUBBELL POWER SYSTEMS, INC. 210 N. Allen Street Centralia, Mo 65240-1395 Phone: 1-573-682-5521 Fax: 1-573-682-8714 e-mail: hpsliterature@hps.hubbell.com JULY 2010 MEXICO HUBBELL DE MEXICO, S.A. DE C.V. Av. Insurgentes Sur #1228, Piso 8 Col. Tlacoquemacatl Del Valle Mexico, D.F. 03200 Phone: 52-55-9151-9999 Fax: 52-55-9151-9988 Website: hubbell.com.mx OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA 27-127 Hi*Lite® XL Suspension Insulators Table of Contents Page Design............................................................................. 2 Rod.................................................................................. 2 End Fittings..................................................................... 2 Weathersheds.................................................................. 2 Interface.......................................................................... 2 Leakage Distance............................................................ 2 Washability...................................................................... 2 Mechanical Ratings......................................................... 2 Lengths Available............................................................ 2 Product Updates............................................................. 2 Packaging........................................................................ 2 Corona Performance....................................................... 3 Key to the Catalog Numbers........................................... 4 End Fitting Detail............................................................. 4 Hi*Lite XL 120kN SML Data............................................ 5 Hi*Lite XL 125kN SML Data............................................ 6 Hi*Lite XL 160kN SML Data............................................ 7 Hi*Lite XL 210kN SML Data............................................ 8 Warranty - Material Hubbell Power Systems, Inc. warrants all products sold by it to be merchantable (as such term is defined in the Uniform Commercial Code) and to be free from defects in material and workmanship. Buyer must notify the Company promptly of any claim under this warranty. The Buyer's exclusive remedy for breach of this warranty shall be the repair or replacement, F.O.B. factory, at the Company's option, of any product defective under the warranty which is returned to the Company within one year from the date of shipment. NO OTHER WARRANTY, WHETHER EXPRESS OR ARISING BY OPERATION OF LAW, COURSE OF DEALING, USAGE OF TRADE OR OTHERWISE IMPLIED, SHALL EXIST IN CONNECTION WITH THE COMPANY'S PRODUCTS OR ANY SALE OR USE THEREOF. The Company shall in no event be liable for any loss of profits or any consequential or special damages incurred by Buyer. The Company's warranty shall run only to the first Buyer of a product from the Company, from the Company's distributor, or from an original equipment manufacturer reselling the Company's product, and is non-assignable and non-transferable and shall be of no force and effect if asserted by any person other than such first Buyer. This warranty applies only to the use of the product as intended by Seller and does not cover any misapplication or misuse of said product. Warranty - Application Hubbell Power Systems, Inc. does not warrant the accuracy of and results from product or system performance recommendations resulting from any engineering analysis or study. This applies regardless of whether a charge is made for the recommendation, or if it is provided free of charge. Responsibility for selection of the proper product or application rests solely with the purchaser. In the event of errors or inaccuracies determined to be caused by Hubbell Power Systems, Inc., its liability will be limited to the re-performance of any such analysis or study. ANSI C29.12/IEC 1109 TESTED ® NOTE: Because Hubbell has a policy of continuous product improvement, we reserve the right to change design and specifications without notice. Copyright 2010 Hubbell Incorporated © OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA Printed in USA JULY 2010 RGS 2M 27-2 Hi*Lite® XL Insulators Hi*Lite XL suspension insulators in this publication embody the latest features available in polymer insulator design and manufacture. From the early prototypes in 1971, through full scale introduction in 1976, and through the succeeding years, Hi*Lite insulators have featured conservative design and high-quality manufacture. Today’s Hi*Lite insulators will add to the over 1,000,000 Hi*Lite transmission insulators already in service worldwide. Washability Hi*Lite XL insulators listed in this catalog are suitable for flood washing up to 1,380 kPA (200 psi) at the ground pump level at a distance not less than 4.6 meters (15 ft.) The design incorporates positive, labyrinth seals to ensure long-term security against water entry. Conventional dry-particle, air-pressure cleaning methods may be employed. The structural design of the Hi*Lite XL consists of these basic parts: High Pressure wash designs are also available. Washing is permissible for up to 6,900 kPA (1,000 psi) ground pump pressure at a distance no less than 1.8 meters (6 feet). Rod - Hi*Lite insulator fiberglass rod is produced from the highest quality materials. Strands are aligned for maximum tensile strength. The rod is more than 50 percent glass fibers in cross section. Cleaning guidelines (Ohio Brass publication #EU1272-H for flood and #EU1273-H for high pressure wash) are available from your representative. End Fittings - End fittings are steel or ductile iron. They are crimped directly to the rod by a special process originated by Ohio Brass, and later adopted by many other producers. The crimp develops a high percentage of the rod’s inherent tensile strength. It requires no inter-movement of the parts to achieve high strength, nor does it introduce potting compounds or adhesives. Mechanical Ratings Design Hi*Lite XL suspension insulators are rated and tested in accordance with IEC 1109-1992 and ANSI C29.12-1997. Certified test reports in detail are available. SML ratings are 120 kN, 160 kN and 210 kN for insulators furnished with IEC fittings. For insulators furnished with ANSI fittings, SML ratings available are 111 kN (25K lbs.), 133 kN (30K lbs.), 160 kN (36K lbs.) and 222 kN (50K lbs.) RTL ratings are consistent with the IEC and ANSI standard. Actual factory routine tests are conducted at loads equal to or greater than the RTL rating. Markings for XL insulator design are permanently embossed into the ground end corona shielding rings (CSR). Markings include SML and RTL, part number, assembly date code, and Ohio Brass identification. These marks are consistent with the IEC and ANSI standard. Lengths Available Weathersheds - Weathersheds are high pressure injection molded by Ohio Brass, from the proprietary compound ESP™. Housings manufactured with ESP silicone alloy rubber exhibit long-term hydrophobicity, high mechanical strength, excellent corona resistance and low permeability to moisture. Interface - Hi*Lite insulators use Ohio Brass’ live silicone interface. This feature prevents intrusion of moisture and contaminating elements. In the unlikely event the exterior seal is damaged, redundant o-ring seals within the live silicone interface will prohibit the lengthwise migration of intrusive elements between shed and rod. Hi*Lite XL suspension insulators are available in lengths appropriate for 69 kV through 765 kV. Longer lengths can be produced for special projects. Intermediate lengths (utilizing an additional 2 sheds) are also available (those that fall in between the catalog numbers listed in the tables). Length increments are approximately 76 mm (3 inches). Testing The Hi*Lite XL suspension insulator has been successfully "Design" tested to IEC 1109 at an independent laboratory. In addition, the Hi*Lite XL suspension insulator has successfully completed the 5,000 hour accelerated aging test detailed in Annex C of IEC 1109. A certified test report is available by contacting your Ohio Brass representative and requesting bulletin EU1348-H. Since the ANSI "Prototype" and IEC "Design" testing requirements are virtually identical, the "Design" test report per IEC 1109 can serve as verification of compliance to ANSI. O-RINGS Packaging Hi*Lite suspension insulators are packaged in appropriate quantities in wooden crates 111.7 cm (44 inches) wide with the length of the crate determined by the length of the insulator. The height of the crate is normally less than 114.3 cm (45 inches). The gross weight will not exceed 909 kg (2,000 lbs.). Crates are available for both domestic and export transportation. ROD SILICONE COMPOUND Leakage Distance Hi*Lite XL insulators feature high leakage distance for maximum resistance to contamination and leakage currents. Specific leakage distance (leakage divided by dry arcing distance) is higher than that of porcelain. Hi*Lite XL insulators are offered in standard uniform weathershed configuration and alternating (major/minor) weathershed configuration for applications requiring increased specified leakage distances. Uniform Profile JULY 2010 Alternating Profile Export Crate OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA 27-3 Corona Performance Hi*Lite XL suspension insulators are RIV and corona free through 161 kV, by the use of integral Corona Shield Rings (CSR). Corona shielding is necessary at 220/230 kV and above. The table below details the rings necessary for voltages equal to or less than that listed in the column header. Normal Applications: Top Grounded, Bottom Energized Insulator Orientation 220/230 kV 330/345 kV 400 kV 500 kV 120 & 111 kN (25K lbs.) Top Bottom NONE 2717613001* NONE 2717053001 2717613001 2717053001 2717613001 2717513001 160/210 kN & 133-222 kN (30-50K lbs.) Top Bottom NONE 2717613002* NONE 2717053002 2717613002 2717053002 2717613002 2717513002 *For 96 mm (3.8") S.L. ratio designs, 271705 rings must be used in lieu of 271761 at the bottom end (energized) of insulator at 220/230 kV operating system voltage. The physical and electrical values for the insulators on pages 5 through 8 are shown without corona protection. The table below yields the physical and electrical changes to the insulator when rings from table are installed for voltages above 161 kV. Physical & Electrical Change Table Physical & Electrical Characteristics 220/230 kV Ring 330/345 kV Ring 400 kV Rings 500 kV Rings Dry Arc Distance mm (inches) -20.3 (-1.2) -50.8 (-2.0) 63.5 (2.5) -127.0 (-5.0) Leakage Distance mm (inches) 0 0 0 0 60 Hz Flashover Dry - kV (ANSI) -10 -15 -20 -30 60 Hz Flashover Wet - kV (ANSI) 0 0 0 0 Critical Impulse Flashover Positive - kV (ANSI) -15 -25 -35 -65 Critical Impulse Flashover Negative - kV (ANSI) -20 -30 -35 -65 0 0 0 0 Lightning Impulse Withstand Positive - kV (IEC) -20 -25 -30 -60 Lightning Impulse Withstand Negative - kV (IEC) -15 -25 -35 -65 +0.9 (2.0) +1.4 (3.0) + 2.3 (5.0) + 3.6 (8.0) Power Frequency 1 minute Wet Withstand - kV (IEC) Net Weight kg (pounds) 203 (8.0) 62 (2.44) HI-LITE Suspension Insulator 381 (15.00) 305 (12.0) Part Number 271761 OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA 87 (3.44) 104 (4.10) HI-LITE Suspension Insulator HI-LITE Suspension Insulator Part Number 271705 Part Number 271751 JULY 2010 27-4 Most Common End Fittings Chain Eye Y-Clevis Straight Clevis Dimensions mm (in.) Dimensions mm (in.) Dimensions mm (in.) SML A B C D SML A B Bolt Dia. SML 111 kN 15.74 25.4 50.8 15.74 111 kN 19.05 38.86 19 111 kN (25K lbs.) (0.62) (1.00) (2.00) (0.62) (25K lbs.) (0.75) (1.53) (0.75) (25K lbs.) 15.74 25.4 50.8 15.74 19.05 38.86 19 (0.62) (1.00) (2.00) (0.62) (0.75) (1.53) (0.75) 22.35 40.39 22 133 kN (30K lbs.) (0.88) (1.59) (0.88) (30K lbs.) 120 kN 133 kN 19.05 25.4 50.8 21.59 (30K lbs.) (0.75) (1.00) (2.00) (0.85) 160 kN 19.05 25.4 50.8 21.59 (36K lbs.) (0.75) (1.00) (2.00) (0.85) 210 kN 222 kN 19.05 25.4 50.8 21.59 (0.75) (1.00) (2.00) (0.85) 19.05 25.4 50.8 21.59 (50K lbs.) (0.75) (1.00) (2.00) (0.85) 120 kN 133 kN 160 kN 120 kN 22.35 40.39 22 160 kN (36K lbs.) (0.88) (1.59) (0.88) (36K lbs.) 22.35 40.39 22 (0.88) (1.59) (0.88) 22.35 40.39 22 222 kN (50K lbs.) (0.88) (1.59) (0.88) (50K lbs.) 210 kN 222 kN Ball/Socket 210 kN Class ANSI 52-6 IEC 16C ANSI 52-6 IEC 19L IEC 19L A B PD SML 36 19 16 111 kN (1.41) (0.75) (0.62) (25K lbs.) 36 19 16 (1.41) (0.75) (0.62) 120 kN 36 19 16 133 kN (1.41) (0.75) (0.62) (30K lbs.) Class ANSI 52-5 IEC 16 mm ANSI 52-5 46 21 19 160 kN IEC 20 mm (1.81) (0.83) (0.75) (36K lbs.) (ANSI 52-8) 210 kN IEC 20 mm 46 21 19 (1.81) (0.83) (0.75) 222 kN N/A (50K lbs.) ANSI 52-11 Hi*Lite XL Suspension Insulators: Key to the Catalog Numbers D1 0 0 0 8 2A0 7 AA = Hi*Lite XL 51 = 63 mm (2.5" S.L.) A1 = 73 mm (2.9" S.L.) D1 = 83 mm (3.3" S.L.) G1 = 96 mm (3.8" S.L) S.L. = Specified Leak (approx. leak/dry arc) +These codes apply to our ESP silicone alloy compound. For other polymer materials contact Ohio Brass AA B C B = Strength 0 = 120 kN SML 1 = 111 kN (25K lbs.) SML 2 = 160 kN (36K lbs.), 133 kN (30K lbs.) SML 3 = 210 kN, 222 kN (50K lbs.) SML C = Construction 0 = Standard Hardware/0 Added Sheds 2 = Standard Hardware/2 Added Sheds DD E F GG GG = Line End Fittings Chain Eye.............................................00 ANSI Ball..............................................01 Y-Clevis................................................02 ANSI Straight Clevis.............................04 IEC Ball................................................07* IEC Straight Clevis...............................08 *For 160 kN, 20 mm ball, use “09” code. E = Labeling 1 = English 2 = Metric F = Ground End Fittings Chain Eye...............................................0 Y-Clevis..................................................2 ANSI Socket...........................................3 ANSI Straight Clevis...............................4 IEC Straight Clevis.................................8 IEC Socket............................................. A DD = Weathershed Configuration To determine the number of sheds in your insulator, multiply this number by four, then add any additional sheds as listed in the Construction digit. JULY 2010 OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA 27-5 16 mm (5/8") Rod Diameter Suspension Insulators Section Length Section Length Mechanical Ratings SML = 111 kN (25,000 lbs.) RTL = 55 kN (12,500 lbs.) x y 94 mm (3.7") Standard Design Leakage Distance mm (in.) XX = Selection Guide Typical Line Voltage, kV (1) 70 110 132 161 220 330 400 51 1160 (45) 1550 (61) 1940 (76) 2320 (91) 2710 (107) 3100 (122) 3490 (137) 3880 (152) 4270 (168) 4660 (183) 5040 (198) 5430 (214) 5820 (229) 6210 (244) 6600 (260) 6990 (275) 7380 (290) 7770 (306) 8150 (321) 8540 (336) 8930 (351) A1 D1 G1 1340 1530 1760 (53) (60) (69) 1790 2040 2350 (70) (80) (92) 2230 2540 2920 (88) (100) (115) 2680 3060 3520 (105) (120) (138) 3130 3570 4110 (122) (140) (162) 3580 4080 4700 (141) (160) (185) 4020 4580 5280 (158) (180) (207) 4480 5100 5870 (176) (200) (231) 4930 5610 6460 (194) (221) (254) 5370 6120 7050 (211) (241) (277) 5820 6620 7630 (229) (261) (300) 6270 7140 8220 (247) (281) (323) 6720 7650 8810 (264) (301) (347) 7170 8160 9400 (282) (321) (370) 7610 8670 9980 (299) (341) (393) 8060 9180 10570 (317) (361) (416) 8510 9700 11170 (335) (381) (439) 8960 10210 11760 (353) (402) (463) 9400 10710 12330 (370) (421) (485) 9860 11220 12930 (388) (442) (509) 10310 11740 13520 (406) (462) (532) High Leak Design Type x mm (in.) A11.. 97 (3.8) D11.. 109 (4.3) G11.. 130 (5.1) y mm (in.) 114 (4.5) 140 (5.5) 160 (6.3) (2) (2) IEC IEC Wet (2) IEC LightPower Switching ning Impulse Freq. Wet Catalog Impulse Withstand (ANSI Dry Arc Withstand Withstand Number Section Critical Impulse with ANSI Length No. Distance (ANSI 60 (ANSI 60 F.O.) kV Hz. Wet mm 52-5 ball and mm Hz. Dry of Neg-kV Pos-kV F.O.) kV (in.) Y-Clevis (in.) F.O.) kV Sheds 255 275 135 470 725 260 XX10032201 12 (285) (310) (180) (18.5) (28.6) (180) 350 365 180 625 881 345 XX10042201 16 (390) (410) (240 (24.6) (34.7) (245) 440 450 220 775 1033 420 XX10052201 20 (490) (505) (295) (30.6) (40.7) (310) 530 540 260 930 1189 500 XX10062201 24 (595) (605) (350) (36.8) (46.8) (370) 620 630 305 1090 1345 570 XX10072201 28 (695) (700) (405) (42.9) (53.0) (430) 710 715 340 1245 1501 650 XX10082201 32 (795) (795) (455) (49.0) (59.1) (490) 800 800 380 1395 1654 720 XX10092201 36 (890) (890) (505) (55.0) (65.1) (545) 890 885 420 1555 1810 790 XX10102201 40 (990) (985) (555) (61.2) (71.3) (600) 975 970 455 1710 1966 860 XX10112201 44 (1080) (1090) (605) (67.3) (77.4) (655) 1065 1050 490 1865 2121 930 XX10122201 48 (1170) (1185) (655) (73.5) (83.5) (710) 1145 1135 525 2015 2274 995 XX10132201 52 (1260) (1280) (700) (79.5) (89.5) (760) 1230 1215 560 2175 2430 1060 XX10142201 56 (1350) (1370) (750) (85.6) (95.7) (810) 1315 1295 595 2330 2586 1120 XX10152201 (101.8) 60 (1440) (1465) (790) (91.7) (855) 1400 1375 625 2485 2742 1185 XX10162201 (108.0) 64 (1530) (1560) (835) (97.9) (905) 1480 1455 655 2635 2894 1240 XX10172201 (114.0) 68 (1615) (1650) (880) (103.9) (945) 1565 1530 690 2795 3050 1300 XX10182201 (120.1) 72 (1705) (1740) (920) (110.0) (990) 1645 1610 720 2950 3206 1355 XX10192201 (126.2) 76 (1790) (1830) (960) (116.2) (1030) 1725 1685 745 3105 3362 1410 XX10202201 (132.4) 80 (1875) (1920) (1000) (122.3) (1070) 1800 1760 775 3260 3514 1460 XX10212201 (138.4) 84 (1960) (2005) (1040) (128.3) (1110) 1880 1835 800 3415 3670 1510 XX10222201 (144.5) 88 (2040) (2090) (1075) (134.4) (1145) 1955 1910 830 3570 3826 1560 XX10232201 (150.7) 92 (2125) (2175) (1110) (140.6) (1180) Notes: (1) For voltages above 400 kV, and other section lengths, contact your Ohio Brass representative. (2) Electrical values are without corona ring. For voltages above 161 kV refer to Page 3 for Corona Rings, and associated physical/electrical changes to above data. Dimensions are within allowable tolerances as specified by IEC 1109 and ANSI C29.12. End Fitting Example You need the electrical and mechanical charactieristics of Catalog #5110102201. But chain eye is needed at the ground end instead of a Y-clevis. From the table at the right, find the code for the chain eye/ANSI ball configuration 2001. You should order catalog number 5110102001. The same process is used for other strength Hi*Lite XL insulators. OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA Ground Fitting Line Fitting Eye Eye Eye ANSI 52-5 Ball ANSI 52-5 Socket ANSI 52-5 Ball Y-Clevis Eye ANSI 52-6 Clevis Eye Suffix Code 2000 2001 2301 2200 2400 Length Change mm Inches +39 +1 - 25 +37 +11 +1.5 +0.0 - 0.9 +1.4 +0.4 JULY 2010 27-6 16 mm (5/8") Rod Diameter Suspension Insulators Section Length Mechanical Ratings SML = 120 kN RTL = 60 kN x 94 mm (3.7") y Standard Design Selection Guide Typical Line Voltage, kV (1) 70 110 132 161 220 330 400 Leakage Distance mm (in.) XX = 51 1160 (45) 1550 (61) 1940 (76) 2320 (91) 2710 (107) 3100 (122) 3490 (137) 3880 (152) 4270 (168) 4660 (183) 5040 (198) 5430 (214) 5820 (229) 6210 (244) 6600 (260) 6990 (275) 7380 (290) 7770 (306) 8150 (321) 8540 (336) 8930 (351) A1 D1 G1 1340 1530 1760 (53) (60) (69) 1790 2040 2350 (70) (80) (92) 2230 2540 2920 (88) (100) (115) 2680 3060 3520 (105) (120) (138) 3130 3570 4110 (122) (140) (162) 3580 4080 4700 (141) (160) (185) 4020 4580 5280 (158) (180) (207) 4480 5100 5870 (176) (200) (231) 4930 5610 6460 (194) (221) (254) 5370 6120 7050 (211) (241) (277) 5820 6620 7630 (229) (261) (300) 6270 7140 8220 (247) (281) (323) 6720 7650 8810 (264) (301) (347) 7170 8160 9400 (282) (321) (370) 7610 8670 9980 (299) (341) (393) 8060 9180 10570 (317) (361) (416) 8510 9700 11170 (335) (381) (439) 8960 10210 11760 (353) (402) (463) 9400 10710 12330 (370) (421) (485) 9860 11220 12930 (388) (442) (509) 10310 11740 13520 (406) (462) (532) Section Length Catalog Number with IEC 16 mm ball - socket XX00032A07 XX00042A07 XX00052A07 XX00062A07 XX00072A07 XX00082A07 XX00092A07 XX00102A07 XX00112A07 XX00122A07 XX00132A07 XX00142A07 XX00152A07 XX00162A07 XX00172A07 XX00182A07 XX00192A07 XX00202A07 XX00212A07 XX00222A07 XX00232A07 High Leak Design Type x mm (in.) A10.. 97 (3.8) D10.. 109 (4.3) G10.. 130 (5.1) y mm (in.) 114 (4.5) 140 (5.5) 160 (6.3) (2) (2) IEC Wet IEC (2) IEC LightSwitching Power ning Impulse Impulse Freq. Wet Withstand (ANSI Dry Arc Withstand Withstand Critical Impulse Section Length No. Distance (ANSI 60 (ANSI 60 F.O.) kV mm mm Hz. Dry Hz. Wet of Neg-kV Pos-kV (in.) (in.) F.O.) kV F.O.) kV Sheds 255 275 470 731 260 135 12 (285) (310) (18.5) (28.8) (180) (180) 350 365 625 886 345 180 16 (390) (410) (24.6) (34.9) (245) (240 440 450 775 1039 420 220 20 (490) (505) (30.6) (40.9) (310) (295) 530 540 930 1195 500 260 24 (595) (605) (36.8) (47.1) (370) (350) 620 630 1090 1351 570 305 28 (695) (700) (42.9) (53.2) (430) (405) 710 715 1245 1507 650 340 32 (795) (795) (49.0) (59.3) (490) (455) 800 800 1395 1659 720 380 36 (890) (890) (55.0) (65.3) (545) (505) 890 885 1555 1815 790 420 40 (990) (985) (61.2) (71.5) (600) (555) 975 970 1710 1971 860 455 44 (1080) (1090) (67.3) (77.6) (655) (605) 1065 1050 1865 2127 930 490 48 (1170) (1185) (73.5) (83.8) (710) (655) 1145 1135 2015 2279 995 525 52 (1260) (1280) (79.5) (89.8) (760) (700) 1230 1215 2175 2435 1060 560 56 (1350) (1370) (85.6) (95.9) (810) (750) 1315 1295 2330 2591 1120 595 60 (1440) (1465) (91.7) (102.1) (855) (790) 1400 1375 2485 2747 1185 625 64 (1530) (1560) (97.9) (108.2) (905) (835) 1480 1455 2635 2900 1240 655 68 (1615) (1650) (103.9) (114.2) (945) (880) 1565 1530 2795 3056 1300 690 72 (1705) (1740) (110.0) (120.3) (990) (920) 1645 1610 2950 3212 1355 720 76 (1790) (1830) (116.2) (126.5) (1030) (960) 1725 1685 3105 3368 1410 745 80 (1875) (1920) (122.3) (132.6) (1070) (1000) 1800 1760 3260 3520 1460 775 84 (1960) (2005) (128.3) (138.6) (1110) (1040) 1880 1835 3415 3676 1510 800 88 (2040) (2090) (134.4) (144.8) (1145) (1075) 1955 1910 3570 3832 1560 830 92 (2125) (2175) (140.6) (150.9) (1180) (1110) Notes: (1) For voltages above 400 kV, and other section lengths, contact your Ohio Brass representative. (2) Electrical values are without corona ring. For voltages above 161 kV refer to Page 3 for Corona Rings, and associated physical/electrical changes to above data. Dimensions are within allowable tolerances as specified by IEC 1109 and ANSI C29.12. Y-Clevis Tower Attachment Detail for all Hi*Lite XL Insulators “D” Max. 25 mm (1") Dia. Minimum 19 mm (3/4") Max. 3 mm (1/8") x 45° Chamfer Rod Dia. mm (in.) “D” Max. mm (in.) 16 (5/8") 13 (.53) 22 (7/8") 25 (1.0) To achieve insulator SML value, proper grade steel should be used JULY 2010 Ground Fitting Line Fitting Suffix Code Eye Eye Y-Clevis Y-Clevis IEC 16C Clevis Eye IEC 16 mm Ball IEC 16 mm Ball Eye Eye 2000 2007 2207 2200 2800 Length Change mm Inches +59 +26 +24 +57 +31 +2.3 +1.0 +0.9 +2.2 +1.2 OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA 27-7 22 mm (7/8") Rod Diameter Suspension Insulators Mechanical Ratings SML = 160 kN (36,000 lbs.) RTL = 80 kN (18,000 lbs.) Section Length Insulators with either ANSI ball and/ or socket end-fittings will be rated 133 kN (30,000 lbs.) SML and 66 kN (15,000 lbs.) RTL. 101 mm (4.0") Standard Design Leakage Distance mm (in.) XX = Selection Guide Typical Line Voltage, kV (1) 70 110 132 161 220 330 400 51 1150 (45) 1540 (60) 1920 (75) 2310 (91) 2700 (106) 3080 (121) 3470 (136) 3850 (151) 4240 (167) 4630 (182) 5010 (197) 5400 (212) 5790 (228) 6170 (243) 6560 (258) 6940 (273) 7330 (288) 7720 (304) 8100 (319) 8490 (334) 8870 (349) A1 D1 G1 1340 1530 1760 (53) (60) (69) 1790 2040 2350 (70) (80) (92) 2230 2540 2920 (88) (100) (115) 2680 3060 3520 (105) (120) (138) 3130 3570 4110 (123) (140) (162) 3580 4080 4700 (141) (160) (185) 4020 4580 5280 (158) (180) (207) 4480 5100 5870 (176) (200) (231) 4930 5610 6460 (194) (221) (254) 5370 6120 7050 (211) (241) (277) 5820 6620 7630 (229) (261) (300) 6270 7140 8220 (247) (281) (323) 6720 7650 8810 (264) (301) (347) 7170 8160 9400 (282) (321) (370) 7610 8670 9980 (299) (341) (393) 8060 9180 10570 (317) (361) (416) 8510 9700 11170 (335) (381) (439) 8960 10210 11760 (353) (402) (463) 9400 10710 12330 (370) (421) (485) 9860 11220 12930 (388) (442) (509) 10310 11740 13520 (406) (462) (532) Catalog Number with IEC 20 mm ball and socket XX20032A09 XX20042A09 XX20052A09 XX20062A09 XX20072A09 XX20082A09 XX20092A09 XX20102A09 XX20112A09 XX20122A09 XX20132A09 XX20142A09 XX20152A09 XX20162A09 XX20172A09 XX20182A09 XX20192A09 XX20202A09 XX20212A09 XX20222A09 XX20232A09 x Section Length y High Leak Design Type x mm (in.) A12.. 97 (3.8) D12.. 109 (4.3) G12.. 130 (5.1) y mm (in.) 114 (4.5) 140 (5.5) 160 (6.3) (2) (2) IEC Wet IEC (2) IEC LightSwitching Power ning Impulse Impulse Freq. Wet Withstand (ANSI Dry Arc Withstand Withstand Section Critical Impulse Length No. Distance (ANSI 60 (ANSI 60 F.O.) kV mm mm Hz. Dry Hz. Wet of (in.) (in.) F.O.) kV F.O.) kV Pos-kV Neg-kV Sheds 470 795 260 135 275 255 12 (18.5) (30.8) (180) (180) (310) (285) 625 951 345 180 365 350 16 (24.6) (37.0) (245) (240 (410) (390) 775 1104 420 220 450 440 20 (30.6) (43.5) (310) (295) (505) (490) 930 1260 500 260 540 530 24 (36.8) (49.6) (370) (350) (605) (595) 1090 1416 570 305 630 620 28 (42.9) (55.8) (430) (405) (700) (695) 1245 1572 650 340 715 710 32 (49.0) (61.9) (490) (455) (795) (795) 1395 1724 720 380 800 800 36 (55.0) (67.9) (545) (505) (890) (890) 1555 1880 790 420 885 890 40 (61.2) (74.0) (600) (555) (985) (990) 1710 2036 860 455 970 975 44 (67.3) (80.2) (655) (605) (1080) (1090) 1865 2192 930 490 1050 1065 48 (73.5) (86.3) (710) (655) (1170) (1185) 2015 2344 995 525 1135 1145 52 (79.5) (92.3) (760) (700) (1260) (1280) 2175 2500 1215 1060 560 1230 56 (85.6) (98.5) (1350) (1370) (810) (750) 2330 1295 2656 1120 595 1315 60 (91.7) (1440) (1465) (104.6) (855) (790) 2485 2812 1375 1185 625 1400 64 (97.9) (1530) (1560) (110.7) (905) (835) 2635 2965 1455 1240 655 1480 68 (103.9) (1615) (1650) (116.7) (945) (880) 2795 1530 3120 1300 690 1565 72 (110.0) (122.9) (1705) (1740) (990) (920) 2950 1610 3276 1355 720 1645 76 (116.2) (128.9) (1790) (1830) (1030) (960) 3105 3432 1685 1410 745 1725 80 (122.3) (1875) (1920) (135.2) (1070) (1000) 3260 3585 1460 775 1760 1800 84 (128.3) (141.2) (1110) (1040) (1960) (2005) 3415 3741 1835 1510 800 1880 88 (134.4) (147.3) (2040) (2090) (1145) (1075) 3570 3897 1910 1560 830 1955 92 (140.6) (153.4) (2125) (2175) (1180) (1110) Notes: (1) For voltages above 400 kV, and other section lengths, contact your Ohio Brass representative. (2) Electrical values are without corona ring. For voltages above 161 kV refer to Page 3 for Corona Rings, and associated physical/electrical changes to above data. Dimensions are within allowable tolerances as specified by IEC 1109 and ANSI C29.12. Corona Ring Example Yo u h a v e s e l e c t e d C a t a l o g #D120122A09, the typical application is 220kV. From page 3, you would select ring 2717613002 on the bottom end. The physical/electrical characteristics would change per the table on page 3. OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA Ground Fitting Eye Eye Y-Clevis Eye Y-Clevis Y-Clevis ANSI 52-5 Socket Suffix Line Fitting SML kN (lbs.) Code Eye 160 kN (36K) 2000 IEC 20 mm Ball 160 kN (36K) 2009 Eye 160 kN (36K) 2200 ANSI 52-5 Ball 133 kN (30K) 2001 IEC 20 mm Ball 160 kN (36K) 2209 ANSI 52-5 Ball 133 kN (30K) 2201 ANSI 52-5 Ball 133 kN (30K) 2301 Length Change mm In. +40 +1.5 +21 +0.8 +27 +1.0 +2 +0.1 +8 +0.3 - 11 - 0.4 - 35 - 1.3 JULY 2010 27-8 22 mm (7/8") Rod Diameter Suspension Insulators Section Length Mechanical Ratings SML = 210 kN RTL = 55 kN x 101 mm (4.0") ANSI fittings are capable of 222 kN SML (50K lbs.) Standard Design Leakage Distance mm (in.) XX = Selection Guide Typical Line Voltage, kV (1) 69 115 138 161 220 330 400 51 1150 (45) 1540 (60) 1920 (75) 2310 (91) 2700 (106) 3080 (121) 3470 (136) 3850 (151) 4240 (167) 4630 (182) 5010 (197) 5400 (212) 5790 (228) 6170 (243) 6560 (258) 6940 (273) 7330 (288) 7720 (304) 8100 (319) 8490 (334) 8870 (349) A1 D1 G1 1340 1530 1760 (53) (60) (69) 1790 2040 2350 (70) (80) (92) 2230 2540 2920 (88) (100) (115) 2680 3060 3520 (105) (120) (138) 3130 3570 4110 (123) (140) (162) 3580 4080 4700 (141) (160) (185) 4020 4580 5280 (158) (180) (207) 4480 5100 5870 (176) (200) (231) 4930 5610 6460 (194) (221) (254) 5370 6120 7050 (211) (241) (277) 5820 6620 7630 (229) (261) (300) 6270 7140 8220 (247) (281) (323) 6720 7650 8810 (264) (301) (347) 7170 8160 9400 (282) (321) (370) 7610 8670 9980 (299) (341) (393) 8060 9180 10570 (317) (361) (416) 8510 9700 11170 (335) (381) (439) 8960 10210 11760 (353) (402) (463) 9400 10710 12330 (370) (421) (485) 9860 11220 12930 (388) (442) (509) 10310 11740 13520 (406) (462) (532) Catalog Number with IEC 20 mm ball and socket XX30032A07 XX30042A07 XX30052A07 XX30062A07 XX30072A07 XX30082A07 XX30092A07 XX30102A07 XX30112A07 XX30122A07 XX30132A07 XX30142A07 XX30152A07 XX30162A07 XX30172A07 XX30182A07 XX30192A07 XX30202A07 XX30212A07 XX30222A07 XX30232A07 Section Length y High Leak Design Type x mm (in.) A13.. 97 (3.8) D13.. 109 (4.3) G13.. 130 (5.1) y mm (in.) 114 (4.5) 140 (5.5) 160 (6.3) (2) (2) IEC Wet IEC (2) IEC LightSwitching Power ning Impulse Impulse Freq. Wet Withstand (ANSI Dry Arc Withstand Withstand Critical Impulse Section Length No. Distance (ANSI 60 (ANSI 60 F.O.) kV mm mm Hz. Dry Hz. Wet of (in.) (in.) F.O.) kV F.O.) kV Pos-kV Neg-kV Sheds 470 795 260 135 275 255 12 (18.5) (30.8) (180) (180) (310) (285) 625 951 345 180 365 350 16 (24.6) (37.0) (245) (240 (410) (390) 775 1104 420 220 450 440 20 (30.6) (43.5) (310) (295) (505) (490) 930 1260 500 260 540 530 24 (36.8) (49.6) (370) (350) (605) (595) 1090 1416 570 305 630 620 28 (42.9) (55.8) (430) (405) (700) (695) 1245 1572 650 340 715 710 32 (49.0) (61.9) (490) (455) (795) (795) 1395 1724 720 380 800 800 36 (55.0) (67.9) (545) (505) (890) (890) 1555 1880 790 420 885 890 40 (61.2) (74.0) (600) (555) (985) (990) 1710 2036 860 455 970 975 44 (67.3) (80.2) (655) (605) (1080) (1090) 1865 2192 930 490 1050 1065 48 (73.5) (86.3) (710) (655) (1170) (1185) 2015 2344 995 525 1135 1145 52 (79.5) (92.3) (760) (700) (1260) (1280) 2175 2500 1215 1060 560 1230 56 (85.6) (98.5) (1350) (1370) (810) (750) 2330 1295 2656 1120 595 1315 60 (91.7) (1440) (1465) (104.6) (855) (790) 2485 2812 1375 1185 625 1400 64 (97.9) (1530) (1560) (110.7) (905) (835) 2635 2965 1455 1240 655 1480 68 (103.9) (1615) (1650) (116.7) (945) (880) 2795 1530 3120 1300 690 1565 72 (110.0) (122.9 (1705) (1740) (990) (920) 2950 1610 3276 1355 720 1645 76 (116.2) (128.9) (1790) (1830) (1030) (960) 3105 3432 1685 1410 745 1725 80 (122.3) (1875) (1920) (135.2) (1070) (1000) 3260 3585 1460 775 1760 1800 84 (128.3) (141.2) (1110) (1040) (1960) (2005) 3415 3741 1835 1510 800 1880 88 (134.4) (147.3) (2040) (2090) (1145) (1075) 3570 3897 1910 1560 830 1955 92 (140.6) (153.4) (2125) (2175) (1180) (1110) Notes: (1) For voltages above 400 kV, and other section lengths, contact your Ohio Brass representative. (2) Electrical values are without corona ring. For voltages above 161 kV refer to Page 3 for Corona Rings, and associated physical/electrical changes to above data. Dimensions are within allowable tolerances as specified by IEC 1109 and ANSI C29.12. Y-Clevis Tower Attachment Detail for all Hi*Lite XL Insulators “D” Max. 25 mm (1") Dia. Minimum 3 mm (1/8") x 45° Chamfer Rod Dia. mm (in.) 16 (5/8") 22 (7/8") 19 mm (3/4") Max. “D” Max. mm (in.) 13 (.53) 25 (1.0) To achieve insulator SML value, proper grade steel should be used. JULY 2010 Line Ground Fitting Fitting Eye Eye IEC 20mm Ball Eye ANSI 52-11 Socket ANSI 52-11 Ball ANSI 52-11 Ball Eye Eye Y-Clevis ANSI 52-11 Ball Y-Clevis IEC 20 mm Ball Y-Clevis IEC 19L Clevis Eye Suffix Code 2000 2007 2301 2001 2200 2201 2207 2800 Length Change mm Inches +40 +1.5 +18 +0.7 - 16 - 0.6 +2 +0.1 +19 +0.7 - 13 - 0.5 +4 +0.1 +31 +1.2 OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA Section 23-1 23 Veri*Lite™ Silicone Rubber Line Post Insulators for 15-69kV Applications Warranty - Material Hubbell Power Systems, Inc. warrants all products sold by it to be merchantable (as such term is defined in the Uniform Commercial Code) and to be free from defects in material and workmanship. Buyer must notify the Company promptly of any claim under this warranty. The Buyer's exclusive remedy for breach of this warranty shall be the repair or replacement, F.O.B. factory, at the Company's option, of any product defective under the warranty which is returned to the Company within one year from the date of shipment. NO OTHER WARRANTY, WHETHER EXPRESS OR ARISING BY OPERATION OF LAW, COURSE OF DEALING, USAGE OF TRADE OR OTHERWISE IMPLIED, SHALL EXIST IN CONNECTION WITH THE COMPANY'S PRODUCTS OR ANY SALE OR USE THEREOF. The Company shall in no event be liable for any loss of profits or any consequential or special damages incurred by Buyer. The Company's warranty shall run only to the first Buyer of a product from the Company, from the Company's distributor, or from an original equipment manufacturer reselling the Company's product, and is non-assignable and non-transferable and shall be of no force and effect if asserted by any person other than such first Buyer. This warranty applies only to the use of the product as intended by Seller and does not cover any misapplication or misuse of said product. Warranty - Application Hubbell Power Systems, Inc. does not warrant the accuracy of and results from product or system performance recommendations resulting from any engineering analysis or study. This applies regardless of whether a charge is made for the recommendation, or if it is provided free of charge. Responsibility for selection of the proper product or application rests solely with the purchaser. In the event of errors or inaccuracies determined to be caused by Hubbell Power Systems, Inc., its liability will be limited to the re-performance of any such analysis or study. Index Line Posts........................................................ Page Mechanical Ratings.........................................23-2 Equivalency......................................................23-2 Packaging........................................................23-3 Sample Polymer Specification.........................23-3 Table.................................................... 23-4 & 23-5 Catalog Key.....................................................23-4 Post Base & Line Fittings..................... 23-6 & 23-7 Application Curves............................... 23-8 & 23-9 Line Post Insulator Studs...............................23-10 Suspension Trunnion Bolted Aluminum.........23-11 Bracket, Pole Top Insulator............................23-12 Bracket, Horizontal Insulator.........................23-13 Bracket, Vertical Insulator..............................23-13 Bracket, Pole Top Insulator............................23-14 Brackets, Post Insulator................................23-15 Super Top-Tie Line Ties.................................23-16 ® NOTE: Because Hubbell has a policy of continuous product improvement, we reserve the right to change design and specifications without notice. Copyright 2010 Hubbell Incorporated © OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA Printed in USA JUNE 2012 RGS 1M 23-2 Veri*Lite Insulators embody the latest features available in polymer insulator design and manufacture. Ohio Brass began its efforts in polymer research in the early 1900s. After years of production and research with polymeric compounds in the high voltage insulation field, Ohio Brass introduced the Hi*Lite insulator in 1976. A decade later the Ohio Brass polymer distribution arrester, PDV-100, was introduced as the first U.S. made polymer-housed MOV arrester. Today’s Veri*Lite post insulators build upon the experience of placing nearly 20 million polymer distribution arresters, 17 million polymer deadend distribution insulators and 2 million high voltage transmission insulators in service. Ohio Brass is dedicated to providing a quality product for the electric utility industry. Design The structural design of the Veri*Lite insulator consists of three basic parts: Rod - Veri*Lite insulator fiberglass rod is produced from the highest quality materials. Strands are aligned for maximum tensile strength. The rod is filled 65 percent, by volume, with electrical grade glass fibers. End Fittings - Ferrous end fittings are directly crimped to the fiberglass rod by a circumferential crimping process originated by Ohio Brass. The crimp requires no intermovement of the parts to achieve high strength, nor does it introduce potting compounds or adhesives. Weathersheds - Veri*Lite insulators are manufactured with OB’s proprietary silicone rubber. Ohio Brass uses several tests to evaluate materials. Tracking, QUV, corona cutting, salt fog, oxidative stability and variations of differential thermal analysis tests assure the quality of OB’s shed material. Leakage Distance Veri*Lite insulators feature high leakage distance for optimum contamination performance. Washability The Veri*Lite insulators listed in this catalog are suitable for washing by all known methods in current use. Washing tests have been conducted with high-pressure equipment at close nozzle-to-insulator distances. No water intrusion occurred after multiple washings. JUNE 2012 Standards Veri*Lite line post insulators meet ANSI C29.18-2003 and CEA LWIWG-02-1996 standards. The Ohio Brass facility in Aiken, SC, USA is registered for successful implementation of a quality system in accordance with ISO 9001-2000. Mechanical Ratings Specified Cantilever Load (SCL) is the ultimate cantilever strength rating. Maximum Design Cantilever Load (MDCL) or Working Cantilever Load (WCL) is the maximum continuous cantilever load at which the post insulator should be applied. Markings Markings are 0.12 inch high raised letters in the rubber and include: Base catalog number, CEA LWIWG Class, SCL in pounds, MDCL/WCL in kN and date code. Ohio Brass identification is cast into the end fittings. Equivalency Equivalency of line post insulators involves a check of the general characteristics. MECHANICAL Compare the SCL of the polymer insulator to the cantilever strength rating of the porcelain insulator. ELECTRICAL Compare porcelain to Veri*Lite leakage distance. Compare porcelain to Veri*Lite section length. Insulation Coordination The operating performance of a distribution or transmission line depends on its insulation level. It must not flash over under practically any operating condition. Several methods of coordination of line and station insulation have been proposed. Generally, the best method is to establish a definite common insulation level for all the station insulation and then match that level with the line insulation. With this approach, the task is limited to three fundamental requirements: 1. Selection of the Basic Impulse Insulation Level (BIL). 2. Specification of insulation with flashover characteristics equal to or greater than the selected BIL. 3. The application of suitable overvoltage surge protection. OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA 23-3 Satisfactory performance is generally achieved with an insulator which has a dry 60 Hz flashover of three to five times the phase-to-ground voltage and a leakage distance approximately twice the shortest air-gap (strike) distance. Packaging Veri*Lite insulator standard packing is cartons on pallets. Larger orders for Veri*Lite posts may be shipped in wood crates. Sample Polymer Specification Purpose: To ensure a suitable service life of polymer insulating materials. I. Material Design Tests - The following must be performed to certify a material for use in production. 1. Tracking test: Performed on a sample of material inclined at 30° and electrodes positioned 35 mm apart. Samples are sprayed with a conductive solution (400 Ωcm) and energized at 10 kV. The cycle is repeated every 90 seconds. The sample passes if there is: 1. No carbonization or tracking. 2. No erosion through sample. 3. No leakage current flow at the end of 90 seconds. The sample must withstand 20,000 test cycles. 2. Ultraviolet Test: Samples of the rubber must be tested in a QUV tester or equivalent cyclic weatherometer. The samples are exposed to high ultraviolet radiation and high humidity without cracking, checking or becoming hydrophilic. The sample is judged to have passed this test if it exceeds 8,000 hours of exposure without damage. 3. Corona Cutting: Samples 5 cm by 7 cm are subjected to mechanical stress of 300,000 microstrain by bending samples around a grounded electrode. A needle-like electrode is placed 1 mm from the surface of the sample and energized at 12 kV in a controlled humidity chamber. The sample is judged to have passed this test if there is no splitting or cutting. Samples must pass 1,000 hours of exposure to this test. 4. Oxidative Stability: Samples of the polymer compound are tested using differential scanning calorimetry. Samples are heated rapidly in a nitrogen atmosphere to the test temperature of 200°C. The atmosphere is then changed to oxygen and the temperature is maintained until the antioxidant is consumed, as measured by an exothermic chemical reaction. The time for this reaction to occur must exceed 400 minutes. 5. Tear Strength: Rubber test slabs are prepared in accordance with ASTM Standards and are tested to determine tear strength of the material. The acceptable nominal tear strength, per ASTM method B, is 100 lb./in. II. Other Requirements - The manufacturer must supply upon request a listing of routine tests performed to ensure production compliance with design tests. OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA JUNE 2012 23-4 kV 15 25 35 46 69 Post Style Line Base Catalog Number ANSI C29.18 Class Horz Horz Vert Vert Horz Horz Vert Vert Horz Horz Vert Vert Horz Horz Horz Horz Vert Vert Horz Horz Horz Horz Vert Vert Clamptop Clamptop Clamptop F-Neck Clamptop Clamptop Clamptop F-Neck Clamptop Clamptop Clamptop F-Neck Blade Blade Clamptop Clamptop Clamptop F-Neck Blade Blade Clamptop Clamptop Clamptop F-Neck Gain 3/4-10 Tap 3/4-10 Tap 3/4-10 Tap Gain 3/4-10 Tap 3/4-10 Tap 3/4-10 Tap Gain 3/4-10 Tap 3/4-10 Tap 3/4-10 Tap Gain 3/4-10 Tap Gain 3/4-10 Tap 3/4-10 Tap 3/4-10 Tap Gain 3/4-10 Tap Gain 3/4-10 Tap 3/4-10 Tap 3/4-10 Tap 80S015-0100 80S015-0109 80S015-0209 80S015-0F09 80S025-0100 80S025-0109 80S025-0209 80S025-0F09 80S028-0100 80S028-0109 80S028-0209 80S028-0F09 80S046-0000 80S046-0009 80S046-0100 80S046-0109 80S046-0209 80S046-0F09 80S069-0000 80S069-0009 80S069-0100 80S069-0109 80S069-0209 80S069-0F09 51-31 51-21 51-11 51-1F 51-32 51-22 51-12 51-2F 51-33 51-23 51-13 51-3F –– –– 51-34 51-24 51-14 51-4F –– –– 51-36 51-26 51-16 –– CEA LWIWG-02 Class LP 15 LP 25 LP 28M LP 46 LP 69M “X” Dimension Inches (mm) Line & Gnd InterInterEnd Shed mediate mediate Dia. Inches Shed Shed Dia. (mm) Quantity Inches (mm) 12.5 (318) 13.3 (339) 12.8 (324) 12.4 (315) 14.3 (362) 15.1 (383) 14.5 (368) 14.2 (360) 16.5 (420) 17.4 (441) 16.8 (425) 16.5 (418) 19.2 (488) 20.0 (508) 19.0 (482) 19.8 (504) 20.1 (510) 19.5 (495) 25.8 (656) 26.6 (676) 25.6 (650) 26.5 (672) 26.8 (680) 26.1 (663) Dry Arc Distance Inches (mm) 4.8 (121) 0 7.4 (188) 5.2 (132) 2 3.8 (96) 9.6 (244) 5.1 (130) 4 4.6 (117) 11.7 (297) 7.1 (179) 6 4.4 (112) 14.4 (390) 7.5 (190) 8 5.2 (132 22.3 (566) CATALOG NUMBER KEY Veri*Lite Line Post Insulators - Silicone 8 0 S 0 6 9 0 2 0 9 Polymer Type 80S Veri*Lite - SR Polymer Bottom End Fitting 00 Gain Base - Transverse 09 3 /4” Stud Base Hardware Finish 0 10 7/8” Stud Base Standard Top End Fitting Rating 0 Teardrop Blade* 15 15kV (1.5” rod) 1 Horizontal Clamptop 25 25kV (1.5” rod) 2 Veritical Clamptop 28 35kV (1.5” rod) 5 5” B.C. Through 46 46kV (1.75” rod) 6 Horizontal Clamptop (longer pintle bolt) 69 69kV (1.75” rod) A Vertical Clamptop (longer pintle bolt) 0 ANSI C29.18 Quality Conformance Tests 6 LWIWG - 02 Sample Tests 9 Special *Teardrop Blade only available for 46-69kV JUNE 2012 Dimensioning OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA 23-5 Leakage Distance Inches (mm) Impulse Impulse 60 Hz Critical Positive (Low Frequency) Flashover Withstand Flashover Pos. kV kV Dry-kV Wet-kV SCL pounds (kN) MDCL/ WCL pounds (kN) 11.0 (279) 90 70 150 140 2800 (12.5) 1235 (5.5) 17.3 (439) 110 75 185 170 2800 (12.5) 1235 (5.5) 26.1 (662) 135 100 215 200 2800 (12.5) 1235 (5.5) 34.3 (872) 170 125 260 235 2800 (12.5) 1235 (5.5) 58.2 (1478) 230 180 360 330 2470 (11.0) 1235 (5.5) Net Weight pounds (kg) 9.8 (4.5) 6.9 (3.1) 6.5 (2.9) 6.6 (3.0) 10.3 (4.7) 7.3 (3.3) 7.0 (3.2) 7.1 (3.2) 11.2 (5.1) 8.2 (3.7) 7.8 (3.5) 8.0 (3.6) 19.7 8.9) 14.6 (6.6) 18.6 (8.4) 13.5 (6.1) 14.1 (6.4) 13.9 (6.3) 22.1 (10.0) 16.9 (7.7) 21.0 (9.5) 15.9 (7.2) 16.5 (7.5) 12.0 (5.4) Standard Package Quantity Carton 3 3 3 Pallet 36 60 60 60 36 60 60 60 36 60 60 60 –– –– –– –– Max/Crate kV –– 15 –– 25 –– 35 14/21/28/35 70 14/21/28/35 70 70 70 14/21/28/35 35 14/21/28/35 35 35 35 46 69 NOTES: 1. Maximum Design Tension for Clamptop is 2500 pounds (11 kN) 2. 15, 25 & 28 kV Units use 1.5 inch (38 mm) Diameter Rod 3. 46 & 69 kV Units use 1.75 inch (44 mm) Diameter Rod Horizontal Clamptop & Gain Base (0100) OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA Vertical Clamptop & Stud Base (0209 & 0210) F-Neck & Stud Base (0F09 & 0F10) JUNE 2012 23-6 Post Base & Line Fittings ▲ ▲ Post Base Fittings Dimensions (in inches) 2.25 ▲ ▲ 2.11 4.0 ▼ ▼ 15, 25 & 35 kV Stud Base 15, 25 & 35 kV Horizontal Gain Base Post Line Fittings Dimensions (in inches) B F A C D H I 15-69 kV Horizontal Clamptop Cap 15-69 kV Vertical Clamptop Cap Line Post Line Fittings Dimensions (in inches) Type A B C D E F H I Material H. Clamptop Cap 4.00 4.75 0.62 0.38 0.69 5/8-11 UFS-2B - - 60-40-18 DI V. Clamptop Cap 4.00 5.38 1.12 0.38 - 5/8-11 UFS-2B 3.38 1.63 60-40-18 DI JUNE 2012 OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA 23-7 Post Base & Line Fittings B A E 3/4-10 UFS-2B THREAD 7/8-9 UFS-2B THREAD C D 46 & 69 kV Horizontal Gain Base 46 & 69 kV Stud Base 15-69 kV F-Neck Cap 46 & 69 kV Two Hole Blade Line Post Base Fittings Dimensions (in inches) Type A B H. Gain Base 14.50 7.00 Stud Base 4.22 Two Hole Blade 2.75 E F G H Material 12.00 10.00 6.75 1.25 x 0.88 0.88 4.00 60-40-18 DI 2.875 5.50 1.50 0.50 3/4-10 UFS-2B or 7/8-9 UFS-2B - - 60-40-18 DI 1.38 0.50 4.00 0.75 1.00 Dia. 0.50 R 0.44 R 60-40-18 DI OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA C D JUNE 2012 23-8 Application Curves for Veri*Lite Insulators How to use the application curves. After you have established the loading cases, you can use the curves to determine whether a specific Veri*Lite unit meets your loading requirement. For example, consider the installation of a Veri*Lite post number 80S025-0100 on a line with a vertical cantilever load of 800 pounds and a compression load of 900 pounds. By entering the curve at these values, find the allowable longitudinal load to be 900 pounds. When the posts are loaded in tension the cantilever loading due to the combined effects of longitudinal, vertical and tensile loads should not exceed the rated tension working value. IMPORTANT: The application curves should not be extrapolated. 80S015, 80S025 & 80S028 HORIZONTAL STYLE 1400 1200 VERTICAL LOAD, LBF 1000 800 0 Longitudinal 300 Longitudinal 600 Longitudinal 900 Longitudinal 1200 Longitudinal 600 VERTICAL LOAD, LBF 400 200 -3000 Compression -2000 0 -1000 0 1000 2000 TRANSVERSE LOAD, LBF 3000 LINE POST Tension APPLICATION CURVES 9-12-05 80S015, 80S025 & 80S028 VERTICAL STYLE 1400 1200 TRANSVERSE LOAD, LBF 1000 0 Longitudinal 300 Longitudinal 600 Longitudinal 900 Longitudinal 1200 Longitudinal 800 600 400 200 0 -3000 -2000 Compression -1000 0 VERTICAL LOAD, LBF 1000 2000 3000 LINE POST APPLICATION CURVES Tension 9-12-05 Maximum deflection for any of the post styles is approximately 1.75" at SCL. Curves are shown using a 2.0 safety margin to SCL JUNE 2012 OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA 23-9 Application Curves for Veri*Lite Insulators How to use the application curves. After you have established the loading cases, you can use the curves to determine whether a specific Veri*Lite unit meets your loading requirement. For example, consider the installation of a Veri*Lite post number 80S069-0100 on a line with a vertical cantilever load of 800 pounds and a compression load of 900 pounds. By entering the curve at these values, find the allowable longitudinal load to be 900 pounds. When the posts are loaded in tension the cantilever loading due to the combined effects of longitudinal, vertical and tensile loads should not exceed the rated tension working value. IMPORTANT: The application curves should not be extrapolated. 80S046 & 80S069 HORIZONTAL STYLE 1400 1200 VERTICAL LOAD, LBF 1000 800 0 Longitudinal 300 Longitudinal 600 Longitudinal 900 Longitudinal 1200 Longitudinal 600 VERTICAL LOAD, LBF 400 200 -3000 Compression -2000 -1000 0 0 1000 2000 TRANSVERSE LOAD, LBF 3000 LINE POST APPLICATION CURVES Tension 9-12-05 80S046 & 80S069 VERTICAL STYLE 1400 1200 TRANSVERSE LOAD, LBF 1000 0 Longitudinal 300 Longitudinal 600 Longitudinal 900 Longitudinal 1200 Longitudinal 800 600 400 200 -3000 Compression -2000 -1000 0 VERTICAL LOAD, LBF 1000 2000 3000 Tension LINE POST APPLICATION CURVES 9-12-05 Maximum deflection for any of the post styles is approximately 1.75" at SCL. Curves are shown using a 2.0 safety margin to SCL OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA JUNE 2012 23-10 Line Post Insulator Studs DF19M Series Serrated collar and lockwasher secure unit to line post insulator and prevent accidental disassembly. Cut threads above serrated collar, rolled threads below collar. DF19M3 For Steel Crossarms Dimensions (in.) Catalog No. “A” “B” “C” “D” Hardware Included Standard Package Weight 100 Pcs. DF19M1 1-1/8 1-3/4 5/8 3/4 (1) reg. hexnut and (2) spring lockwashers 100 pcs. 43 lbs. DF19M3 1-1/8 1-3/4 3/4 3/4 (1) reg. hexnut and (2) spring lockwashers 100 pcs. 54 lbs. 875833001 1-3/8 2 7/8 7/8 (1) reg. hexnut and (2) spring lockwashers 100 pcs. 85 lbs. For Wood Crossarms Dimensions (in.) Hardware Included Std. Pkg. Weight 100 Pcs. Catalog No. “A” “B” “C” “D” DF19M2 1-1/8 7 5/8 3/4 (1) sq. nut, (1 sq. washer, (1) spring lockwasher, (1) MF locknut 50 pcs. 102 lbs. DF19M4 1-1/8 7 3/4 3/4 (1) sq. nut, (1 sq. washer, (1) spring lockwasher, (1) MF locknut 40 pcs. 140 lbs. DF19M19 1-1/8 10 5/8 3/4 (1) sq. nut, (1 sq. washer, (1) spring lockwasher, (1) MF locknut 25 pcs. 176 lbs. DF19M20 1-1/8 12 5/8 3/4 (1) sq. nut, (1 sq. washer, (1) spring lockwasher, (1) MF locknut 25 pcs. 192 lbs. *DF19M29 1-1/8 14 3/4 3/4 (1) sq. nut, (1 sq. washer, (1) spring lockwasher, (1) MF locknut 20 pcs. 234 lbs. *DF19M32 1-1/8 24 3/4 3/4 (1) sq. nut, (1 sq. washer, (1) spring lockwasher, (1) MF locknut 15 pcs. 342 lbs. 875843001 1-3/8 8 7/8 7/8 (1) sq. nut, (1 sq. washer, (1) spring lockwasher, (1) MF locknut 50 pcs. 277 lbs. *DF19M29 and DF19M32 include (1) additional double coil lockwasher. JUNE 2012 DF19M2 OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA 23-11 Suspension Trunnion Bolted Aluminum Clamptop Clamps For standard voltage applications with all aluminum, ACSR or aluminum alloy conductor. Designed for use on tangent suspension spans with horizontal or vertical post insulators. Keeper is reversible for proper fit on different size conductors. Material: Body and Keeper—356-T6 aluminum alloy Hardware—Galvanized steel Anti-static spring 302 stainless steel Former Catalog Number Fig. No. 270660-3002 1 Catalog Number TSC57 1 TSC86 TSC106 270661-3002 1 TSC150 270662-3002 1 TSC200 270663-3002 2 NOTES: (1) (2) (3) Clamping Range Inches (mm) Ultimate Body Strength Lbs. (kN) .25-.57 (6.3-14.4) .35-.86 (8.8-21.8) .50-1.06 (12.7-26.9) 1.00-1.50 (25.4-38.1) 1.50-2.00 (38.1-50.8) 2,800 (12.46) 2,800 (12.46) 2,800 (12.46) 2,800 (12.46) 2,800 (12.46) Dimensions Inches (mm) L W J 5-1/4 (133.3) 5-1/4 (133.3) 5-1/4 (133.3) 5-1/4 (133.3) 5-1/4 (133.3) 3-7/8 (98.4) 3-7/8 (98.4) 3-7/8 (98.4) 3-7/8 (98.4) 3-7/8 (98.4) 1/2 (12.7) 1/2 (12.7) 1/2 (12.7) 1/2 (12.7) 1/2 (12.7) Approx. Wt. Each Lbs. (kg) .42 (.19) .45 (.20) .62 (.28) .64 (.29) .75 (.34) Recommended torque on bolts; 1/2”—480 in. lbs. Anti-static spring can be supplied by adding “ARIV” to catalog number. Example, TSC57ARIV. Clamptop clamps can be mounted directly on Veri*Lite posts, if the posts are ordered with the horizontal or vertical clamptop option. OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA JUNE 2012 23-12 Bracket, Pole Top Insulator Mounts post or pin type insulator to top of pole. Variety of bolt hole locations for mounting to pole. Catalog Mounting Insulator No. Bolt Dia. Bolt Dia. 5 5 IB2 /8" /8" or 3/4" 3 5 IB3 /4" /8" or 3/4" 5 5 †IB4 /8" /8" or 3/4" 3 5 75114 /4" /8" or 3/4" Dist. From Insul.Base Approx. Mtg. Bolt To Top Ship.Wt.Lbs. Per 100 Pcs. Spacing Hole 360 43/4" 43/4" 600 5" or 8" 63/8" 600 5" or 8" 5" 1000 6" or 8" 6" Ductile iron per ASTM A-536 Hot dipped galvanized per ASTM A-153 † RUS Listed 33⁄4" 41⁄2" 63⁄8" 33⁄4" 5" 2" 4 3 ⁄4 " 11 11 13 ⁄16" ⁄16" ⁄16" 153⁄8" 14" 8" 6" 105⁄8" 23⁄16" 5" 21⁄2" 13⁄16" 15⁄16" 13⁄16" 11 ⁄16" 3" 21⁄2" IB2 IB3 3" IB4 75114 JUNE 2012 OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA 23-13 Bracket, Horizontal Insulator 2IPTB 1IPTB Use for mounting one or two insulator(s) to pole for armless construction. Catalog No. 1IPTB 2IPTB Approx. Max. Space Ship. Insul. Mtg. Insul. Between Wt.Lbs. Bolt Bolt Angle Insul. Per Mtg. Bases 100 Pcs. Bolt Dia. Dia. Spacing Dim. 3 5", 6" /4" 5° — 333 Two 5/8" 3 5 4", 5" /4" — 14" 1025 Two /8" Ductile iron per ASTM A-536 Hot dipped galvanized per ASTM A-153 Bracket, Vertical Insulator Use for mounting pin or post vertical insulators, cutouts, arresters, or cable terminators. Three-hole style can be used for in-line deadending using suspension insulators. Max. Insul. Mtg. Catalog Bolt No. Dia. 3 LB12A1 /4" 3 LB18B1 /4" 3 LB18B3 /4" 3 *T2060594 /4" **LB18B3CH 3/4" Max. Equip. Mtg. Bolt Dia. 5 /8" 5 /8" 5 /8" 1 /2" 5 /8" Clearance Approx. Pole Pole Pole To Ship. Mtg. Mtg. Insul. Wt.Lbs. Bolt Bolt Bolt Per Dia. Spacing "A" 100 Pcs. Two 5/8" 5" 12" 860 Two 5/8" 5" 18" 1300 Two 5/8" 5" 18" 1400 Two 5/8" 5" 12" 86 Two 5/8" 5" 18" 1400 11/4" "A" LB18B3/LB18B3CH 4" 4" Ductile iron per ASTM A-536 Hot dipped galvanized per ASTM A-153 * T206-0594 has 3 captive 1/2" x 2" bolts and nuts included ** LB18B3CH has 2 captive 1/2" x 2" bolts and nuts included with LB18B3. 4" ⁄16" Dia. Hole 11 ⁄16" Dia. 13 LB12A1 & LB18B1 For 3⁄8" Carriage Bolt 41⁄2" 41⁄2" 4" R ⁄16" Dia. 11 "A" 4" T2060594 Side view with hardware "A" 4" 5" 4" T2060594 .58 sq. Hole OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA 4" JUNE 2012 23-14 Bracket, Pole Top Insulator BRACKET, ANGLE CROSSARM Mounts post insulators at 30° angle on crossarm for use on running corners. Catalog Crossarm No. Size 33/4" x 43/4" 1XAB Max. and Round Crossarms Mtg. Bolt Diameter Stud Bolt Diameter Approx. Ship Wt. Lbs. Per 100 Pcs. /4" 610 /4" 3 3 Ductile iron per ASTM A-536 Hot dipped galvanized per ASTM A-153 JUNE 2012 OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA 23-15 31/2" R BRACKETS, POST INSULATOR Curved base W /16" Dia. hole L 3 /8 " 11 X This bracket can be used for mounting distribution post-type insulators from 15 kV to 34.5 kV on the side of the pole. The base has a pole-shape back for convenient installation. Brackets can be placed in a phase-overphase arrangement or can be mounted on opposite sides of the pole for "armless" construction. A 41/2" 10" D load table /16" x 11/4" slot Insulators not included. 11 C2060009 Catalog Number *C2060009 †*C2060010 C2060011 51/4" 83/4" 3 /16" hole /16" hole /16" hole 13 13 41/2" 81/2" 81/2" /16" x 15/16" slot 13 /16" hole 11 D 13 /16 13 /16 13 /16 W 4 4 4 Angle A 15° 15° 15° 30° 13 30° L 91/2 12 15 Approx. Ship Wt. Lbs. Per 100 Pcs. 1220 1669 2066 *These brackets have 13/16" stringing block holes. †RUS listed /16" x 13/8" slot 11 /16" x 1 /8" slot 11 Dimensions In Inches BRACKETS, POST INSULATOR Side Mounted The bracket is formed of high-quality 3/8" x 21/2" bar steel and hot dip galvanized. It can be utilized to mount distribution post insulators from 15 kV to 34.5 kV. /16" hole 11 Pole Insulator Mounting Stud 11 /16" Hole Bolts Required Bolts Required 3 16919 Two 5/8" /4" 3 Two 5/8" /4" Catalog Number C2060162 C2060209 13 /16" Hole †*C2060209 C2060162 Approx. Ship Wt. Lbs. Per 100 Pcs. 650 440 *This bracket is designed to facilitate a stringing block. †RUS listed 1817/32" 81/4" 1 60° 9 /2" /16" Holes 11 /8" x 21/2" Stock 3 /16" Hole 13 /16" x 1 /4" Hole 13 1 BRACKETS, POST INSULATOR Uni-Brackets Chance Uni-Brackets are a clean-appearing, low-cost method of mounting three post-type insulators atop a pole completely eliminating the crossarm. The brackets can be installed on the pole in less than five minutes, requiring only two 3/4" bolts for attachment. Uni-Brackets fit poles having a pole-top diameter from 6" to 81/2". Slot on top is 11/16" x 21/4". No. 9183 brackets can be adapted to a variety of distribution construction using post-type insulators from 15 through 34.5 kV. No. 9183 Catalog Number †9183 Insulator Stud Bolts Required 5 /8" Approx. Ship Wt. Lbs. Per 100 Pcs. 2100 †Includes both sections of bracket OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA JUNE 2012 23-16 SUPER TOP-TIE® Line Ties • for Pin, Post and Spool Insulators Made of aluminum-clad steel compatible with aluminum, aluminum-alloy and ACSR conductors in the top grooves of vertical-mounted *ANSI Class C, F, J and many non-standard pin and post insulators (single-or double-support) or on *ANSI 53-2 spool insulators (horizontal or vertical). High-density polyethylene hooks provide the wide application range and ensure proper installation. If used over armor rods (not required), select tie size based on total conductor/ armor diameter. Semiconductive-rubber pad and high-densitypolyethylene on loops protect against abrasion of insulator, conductor and tie. Fit is resilient and provides superior performance under galloping and aeolian vibration. Install by hand or with hot-line tools. POST INSULATOR PIN INSULATOR NON-STANDARD INSULATOR ANSI 53-2 SPOOL *Super Top-Tie STT10 — STT130 also fit many foreign or reclaimed pin and post insulators with neck sizes 21/4" - 31/2". Consult Hubbell Power Systems, Inc. for use on pins and posts outside these dimensions. ORDERING INFORMATION Catalog Number STT10 STT20 STT30 STT40 STT50 STT60 STT70 STT80 STT90 STT100 STT110 STT120 STT130 Aluminum-Type Conductors, Typical Sizes AAC AAAC (All-Aluminum) (Alum.-Alloy) ACSR Diameter Range #6, 7W #6, 7W #6, 6/1 .184-.220" (4.67-5.59 mm) #4, 7W #4, 7W #4, 6/1 .221-.257" (5.61-6.53 mm) #3, 7W #3, 7W #3, 6/1 .258-.289" (6.55-7.34 mm) #2, 7W #2, 7W #2, 6/1 .290-.325" (7.37-8.26 mm) #1, 7W #1, 7W #1, 6/1 .326-.360" (8.28-9.14 mm) 1/0, 7W 1/0, 7W 1/0, 6/1 .361-.409" (9.17-10.39 mm) 2/0, 7W 2/0, 7W 2/0, 6/1 .410-.460" (10.41-11.68 mm) 3/0, 7W 3/0, 7W 3/0, 6/1 .461-.516" (11.71-13.11 mm) 4/0, 7W 4/0, 7W 4/0, 6/1 .517-.584" (13.13-14.83 mm) 266.8, 19W 266.8, 19W 266.8, 18/1 .585-.664" (14.86-16.87 mm) 336.4, 19W 336.4, 19W 336.4, 18/1 .665-.755" (16.89-19.18 mm) 477, 19W 477, 19W 477, 18/1 .756-.859" (19.20-21.82 mm) 636, 37W 556.5, 19W 556.5, 18/1 .860-.977" (21.84-24.82 mm) Color Code None Orange Purple Red Gray Yellow Blue Black Pink Green Brown Violet Gold Std. Pkg. 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 Wt. Per 100, Lb. 28 28 28 28 28 32 32 32 32 32 40 40 40 LEFT-HAND LAY STANDARD • • • • Applied Length: 29" - 48" (Depends on insulator make and conductor size). Strength: Exceeds Rule 261E.2(A) of National Electrical Safety Code. REA accepted. To obtain outside diameters of conductors, consult Conductor Chart. Web: http://www.hubbellpowersystems.com E-mail: hpsliterature@hps.hubbell.com JUNE 2012 OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA 23-17 Veri*Lite™ Silicone Rubber Line Post Insulators with Universal Clamp for 15-69kV Applications The Ohio Brass Universal Clamp end fitting is used with the Veri*LiteTM Line Post (VLLP) insulator family. Combining the proven direct bond silicone technology of the Ohio Brass VLLP design, the Universal Clamp offers a flexible range-taking connection that can be installed in either the vertical or horizontal direction. The Universal Clamp design eliminates the need for a separate additional conductor clamp; saving both money and installation time. In addition, the optional hotstickoperable feature provides flexibility for live-line work. Design Features • Proven direct bond interface • Weathersheds molded with proprietary silicone rubber compound • Universal clamp works for a conductor diameter range of 0.30” (7.6 mm) to 1.34” (34 mm) to provide flexibility in the field • Hotline option allows for live-line operability • Can be installed in vertical or horizontal directions, thus reducing inventory • Integral design eliminates need for additional trunnion clamp • Meets requirements of CEA LWIWG-02-1996 & ANSI C29.18-2003 CATALOG NUMBER KEY Veri*Lite Line Post Insulators - Silicone 8 0 S 0 6 9 0 U 0 9 Polymer Type 80S Veri*Lite - SR Polymer Bottom End Fitting 00 Gain Base - Transverse 09 3/4” Stud Base Hardware Finish 0 Standard 1 Dulled Rating 10 7/8” Stud Base Top End Fitting U Universal Clamptop H Hotstick Operable Universal Clamptop 15 15kV (1.5” rod) 25 25kV (1.5” rod) 28 35kV (1.5” rod) 0 ANSI C29.18 Quality Conformance Tests 46 46kV (1.75” rod) 6 LWIWG - 02 Sample Tests 69 69kV (1.75” rod) 9 Special OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA Dimensioning JUNE 2012 23-18 kV Line Fitting Base Fitting Catalog Number 60 Hz “X” Dry Arc Leakage Impulse Impulse MDCL/ (Low Frequency) Dimension Distance Distance Critical Positive SCL WCL Crate/ Flashover Inches Inches Inches Flashover Withstand pounds pounds Package Pallet (mm) (mm) (mm) Dry-kV Wet-kV Pos. kV kV (kN) (kN) Quantity Quantity Universal 3/4-10 Tap 80S015-0U09 13.0 (330) 15 Universal 7/8-9 Tap 80S015-0U10 13.0 (330) Universal Gain 80S015-0U00 12.4 (314) Universal 3/4-10 Tap 80S025-0U09 14.8 (375) 25 Universal 7/8-9 Tap 80S025-0U10 14.8 (375) Universal Gain 80S025-0U00 14.1 (357) Universal 3/4-10 Tap 80S028-0U09 17.0 (432) 35 Universal 7/8-9 Tap 80S028-0U10 17.0 (432) Universal Gain 80S028-0U00 16.4 (415) Universal 3/4-10 Tap 80S046-0U09 19.5 (495) 46 Universal 7/8-9 Tap 80S046-0U10 19.5 (495) Universal Gain 80S046-0U00 18.8 (478) Universal 3/4-10 Tap 80S069-0U09 26.1 (663) 69 Universal 7/8-9 Tap 80S069-0U10 26.1 (663) Universal Gain 80S069-0U00 25.4 (645) 7.4 (188) 9.6 (244) 11.7 (297) 14.4 (390) 22.3 (566) Universal Clamptop & Stud Base w/Bracket* (0U09 & 0U10 w/C2060009) 11.0 (279) 17.3 (439) 26.1 (662) 34.3 (872) 58.2 (1478) 90 110 135 170 230 70 75 100 125 180 150 185 215 260 360 140 170 200 235 330 2800 (12.5) 2800 (12.5) 2800 (12.5) 2800 (12.5) 2470 (11.0) 1235 (5.5) 1235 (5.5) 1235 (5.5) 3 60 3 60 3 60 3 60 3 60 3 60 3 60 3 60 3 60 - 35 - 35 - 35 - 35 - 35 - 35 1235 (5.5) 1235 (5.5) Universal Clamptop & Gain Base (0U00) Universal Clamptop & Stud Base (0U09 & 0U10) *Multiple bracket options available (see pages 13-15 of Section 23) Universal Clamptop Dimensions (in inches) JUNE 2012 OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA Supplemental Catalog 24C Horizontal Line Post Insulators 3.0” (76.2 mm) Rod Diameter Hubbell Power Systems offers a transmission product line to meet the needs of today’s power utility. The 3” Quadri*Sil® Line Post is an addition to the reliable product line that boasts a redundant four point sealing system. The Quadri*Sil® product line will ensure the utmost protection against weather and contaminants in an unpredictable environment. • Proprietary silicone rubber compound • Direct bond design • Uniform circumferential crimp Clamptop: Maximum Design Tension = 2,500 lbs. (11.1 kN) Two-Hole Blade Maximum Deign tension = 12,500 lbs. (55.6 kN) Horizontal Line Post Insulators 3.0” (76.2 mm) Rod Diameter ANSI Values Selection Guide: Typical Line Voltage, kV(1) Catalog Numbers(3) Nominal Polymer Length inches Section Length inches (mm) Strike Distance inches (mm) Leakage Distance inches (mm) 27.9 (708) 29.2 (741) 34.0 (863) 38.9 (988) 44.9 (1140) 49.8 (1265) 54.7 (1389) 55.9 (1420) 59.5 (1511) 60.7 (1542) 65.6 (1666) 66.8 (1697) 70.4 (1788) 71.6 (1819) 76.5 (1943) 81.4 (2068) 86.2 (2189) 87.4 (2220) 92.3 (2344) 97.1 (2466) 98.4 (2499) 102.0 (2591) 103.2 (2621) 108.0 (2743) 82 (2083) 88 (2223) 101 (2555) 116 (2934) 134 (3406) 149 (3785) 164 (4163) 168 (4260) 179 (4544) 183 (4638) 198 (5017) 201 (5110) 212 (5395) 216 (5489) 231 (5867) 246 (6246) 261 (6624) 265 (6721) 280 (7099) 294 (7478) 292 (7412) 309 (7856) 313 (7950) 328 (8329) 69 115 138 161 230 345 P300025S0020 P300026S0020 P300031S0020 P300036S0020 P300042S0020 P300047S0020 P300052S0020 P300053S0020 P300057S0020 P300058S0020 P300063S0020 P300064S0020 P300068S0020 P300069S0020 P300074S0020 P300078S0020 P300083S0020 P300085S0020 P300089S0020 P300094S0020 P300095S0020 P300099S0020 P300100S0020 P300105S0020 025 026 031 036 042 047 052 053 057 058 063 064 068 069 074 078 083 085 089 094 095 099 100 105 38.5 (978) 39.7 (1008) 44.4 (1128) 49.1 (1247) 55.0 (1397) 59.7 (1516) 64.4 (1636) 65.6 (1666) 69.1 (1755) 70.3 (1786) 75.0 (1905) 76.2 (1935) 79.7 (2024) 80.9 (2055) 85.6 (2174) 90.3 (2294) 95.0 (2413) 96.2 (2443) 100.9(2563) 105.6(2682) 106.8(2713) 110.4(2804) 111.5(2832) 116.2(2951) 60-Hz Dry Flashover (kV) (2) 275 290 335 385 445 490 540 550 585 600 645 660 695 705 755 800 850 860 910 955 970 1005 1015 1065 60-Hz Wet Flashover (kV) (2) 245 255 300 345 400 445 490 500 535 545 590 600 635 645 690 735 780 790 835 880 890 925 935 980 Critical Impulse Positive (kV) (2) 425 445 520 595 690 765 840 860 915 935 1010 1030 1085 1105 1180 1255 1330 1350 1425 1500 1520 1575 1595 1670 IEC Values Critical Impulse Negative (kV) 60-Hz 1-minute Wet Withstand (kV) Impulse Positive Withstand (kV) Impulse Negative Withstand (kV) SCL lbs. (kN) 520 540 615 690 785 860 935 955 1010 1030 1105 1125 1180 1200 1275 1350 1430 1445 1520 1600 1615 1675 1690 1770 200 215 255 285 340 375 410 425 450 460 495 510 535 545 585 620 655 670 705 740 755 780 790 825 400 415 490 560 685 725 790 810 865 880 950 970 1025 1045 1115 1185 1255 1275 1345 1420 1435 1490 1510 1580 485 505 575 650 740 815 884 900 955 975 1045 1065 1120 1140 1210 1280 1350 1370 1440 1515 1530 1585 1605 1675 7500 (33.4) 7500 (33.4) 7500 (33.4) 6670 (29.7) 5810 (25.8) 5261 (23.4) 4820 (21.4) 4720 (20.9) 4440 (33.4) 4350 (19.3) 4040 (17.9) 3970 (17.7) 3770 (16.8) 3710 (16.5) 3480 (15.5) 3280 (14.6) 3100 (13.8) 3050 (13.6) 2900 (12.9) 2760 (12.3) 2720 (12.1) 2630 (11.7) 2600 (11.6) 2480 (11.0) (2) (2) (2) Notes: 1) For voltages above 345 kV, other section lengths, or end fitting combinations, please contact your HPS representative. 2) Electrical values are without corona ring. For voltages equal to or greater than 220 kV, please contact your HPS representative. 3) The catalog number shown in the table is for a 3.0’’ (76.2mm) rod diameter line post with a two hole blade on the line end and an aluminum gain base on the tower end. For other end fitting combinations, please contact your HPS representative. hubbellpowersystems.com hpsliterature@hps.hubbell.com ® 1850 Richland Avenue East, Aiken, SC 29801 http://www.hubbellpowersystems.com E-mail: quadrisil@hps.hubbell.com ©Copyright Hubbell Inc. 2010 NOTE: Because Hubbell has a policy of continuous product improvement, we reserve the right to change design and specifications without notice. (2) Section 26-1 26 Hi*Lite® XL Transmission Insulators A ® NOTE: Because Hubbell has a policy of continuous product improvement, we reserve the right to change design and specifications without notice. Copyright 2010 Hubbell Incorporated © OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA Printed in USA JULY 2010 26-2 Warranty - Material Hubbell Power Systems, Inc. warrants all products sold by it to be merchantable (as such term is defined in the Uniform Commercial Code) and to be free from defects in material and workmanship. Buyer must notify the Company promptly of any claim under this warranty. The Buyer's exclusive remedy for breach of this warranty shall be the repair or replacement, F.O.B. factory, at the Company's option, of any product defective under the warranty which is returned to the Company within one year from the date of shipment. NO OTHER WARRANTY, WHETHER EXPRESS OR ARISING BY OPERATION OF LAW, COURSE OF DEALING, USAGE OF TRADE OR OTHERWISE IMPLIED, SHALL EXIST IN CONNECTION WITH THE COMPANY'S PRODUCTS OR ANY SALE OR USE THEREOF. The Company shall in no event be liable for any loss of profits or any consequential or special damages incurred by Buyer. The Company's warranty shall run only to the first Buyer of a product from the Company, from the Company's distributor, or from an original equipment manufacturer reselling the Company's product, and is non-assignable and non-transferable and shall be of no force and effect if asserted by any person other than such first Buyer. This warranty applies only to the use of the product as intended by Seller and does not cover any misapplication or misuse of said product. Warranty - Application Hubbell Power Systems, Inc. does not warrant the accuracy of and results from product or system performance recommendations resulting from any engineering analysis or study. This applies regardless of whether a charge is made for the recommendation, or if it is provided free of charge. Responsibility for selection of the proper product or application rests solely with the purchaser. In the event of errors or inaccuracies determined to be caused by Hubbell Power Systems, Inc., its liability will be limited to the re-performance of any such analysis or study. NOTE: Because Hubbell has a policy of continuous product improvement, we reserve the right to change design and specifications without notice. Copyright 2010 Hubbell Incorporated © JULY 2010 OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA 26-3 Hi*Lite® XL Transmission Insulators Section 26 OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA Suspensions A Line Posts B Braced Posts C Station Posts D Sample Polymer Specs E JULY 2010 26-4 JULY 2010 OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA 26-5 Hi*Lite XL Suspension Insulators ® A Table of Contents Page Design............................................................... 26-6 Rod.................................................................... 26-6 End Fittings........................................................ 26-6 Weathersheds................................................... 26-6 Interface............................................................. 26-6 Leakage Distance.............................................. 26-6 Washability........................................................ 26-6 Mechanical Ratings........................................... 26-6 Lengths Available.............................................. 26-6 Product Updates................................................ 26-6 Packaging.......................................................... 26-6 Corona Performance......................................... 26-7 Hi*Lite XL 25k SML Data................................... 26-8 Hi*Lite XL 30k SML Data................................... 26-9 Hi*Lite XL 50k SML Data................................. 26-10 End Fitting Detail............................................. 26-11 Key to the Catalog Numbers............................ 26-11 OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA JULY 2010 26-6 Hi*Lite® XL Insulators Hi*Lite XL suspension insulators in this publication embody the latest features available in polymer insulator design and manufacture. From the early prototypes in 1971, through full scale introduction in 1976, and through the succeeding years, Hi*Lite insulators have featured conservative design and high-quality manufacture. Today’s Hi*Lite insulators will add to the over 1,000,000 already in service worldwide. Design The structural design of the Hi*Lite XL consists of these basic parts: Rod - Hi*Lite insulator fiberglass rod is produced from the highest quality materials. Strands are aligned for maximum tensile strength. The rod is more than 50 percent glass fibers in cross section. End Fittings - End fittings are steel or ductile iron. They are crimped directly to the rod by a special process originated by Ohio Brass, and later adopted by many other producers. The crimp develops a high percentage of the rod’s inherent tensile strength. It requires no intermovement of the parts to achieve high strength, nor does it introduce potting compounds or adhesives. Weathersheds - Weathersheds are high pressure injection molded by Ohio Brass, from the proprietary com- Leakage Distance Hi*Lite XL insulators feature high leakage distance for maximum resistance to contamination and leakage currents. Specific leakage distance (leakage divided by dry arcing distance) is higher than porcelain. Contact Ohio Brass if you have extra-high leakage distance needs. Washability Hi*Lite insulators listed in this catalog are suitable for flood washing up to 200 psi. The design incorporates positive, labyrinth seals to ensure long-term security against water entry. Conventional dry-particle, airpressure cleaning methods may also be employed. A cleaning guideline is available from Ohio Brass. If your washing requirements exceed flood washing, contact Ohio Brass. Mechanical Ratings Hi*Lite XL suspension insulators are rated and tested in accordance with ANSI Standard C29.11. Certified test reports in detail are available. SML ratings are 25k, 30k and 50k pounds. RTL ratings are consistent with the ANSI standard. Actual factory routine tests are conducted at loads equal to or greater than the RTL rating. Markings for XL insulator designs are permanently embossed into the ground end corona shielding rings. Markings include SML and RTL, part number, assembly date code, and Ohio Brass identification. Lengths Available Hi*Lite suspension insulators are available in lengths appropriate for 69 kV through 765 kV. Longer lengths can be produced for special projects. Length increments are approximately three inches. Product Updates pound ESP™. Housings manufactured with ESP silicone alloy rubber exhibit hydrophobicity, high mechanical strength, high corona resistance and low permeability to moisture. Interface - Hi*Lite insulators use Ohio Brass’ live silicone interface. This feature prevents intrusion of moisture and contaminating elements. If the exterior seal is damaged, redundant o-ring seals within the live silicone interface prohibit the lengthwise migration of intrusive elements between shed and rod. JULY 2010 Hi*Lite XL insulator end fittings are attached with an improved crimping process using the successful principles of earlier Hi*Lite designs. The corona shield has been refined; a more compact Corona Shielding Ring (CSR) provides both electrical stress relief and a mechanical seal at the housing-to-end fitting interface. Packaging Hi*Lite suspension insulators are packaged in appropriate quantities in wood crates. As an option, Ohio Brass offers packaging of the insulators in individual sleeves. OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA 26-7 Corona Performance Hi*Lite XL suspension insulators are RIV and corona free through 161 kV, by the use of integral Corona Shield Rings (CSR). Due to the small diameter of the end fittings, corona shielding is necessary at 230 kV and above. The table below details the rings necessary for voltages equal to or exceeding that listed in the column header. Normal Applications: Top Grounded, Bottom Energized Insulator Orientation 230 kV Ring 345 kV Ring 500 kV Rings Suspension 25/30 K SML Top Bottom NONE 2717613001 NONE 2717053001 2717613001 2717513001 Suspension 50 K SML Top Bottom NONE 2717613002 NONE 2717053002 2717613002 2717513002 The physical and electrical values for the insulators on pages 26-8 through 26-10 are shown without corona protection above 161 kV. Ohio Brass has therefore provided the table below that yields the physical and electrical changes to the insulator when rings are installed for voltages above 161 kV. 8.0" Part Number 271761 15.0" 12.0" Part Number 271705 Part Number 271751 Physical & Electrical Change Table 230 kV Ring 345 kV Ring 500 kV Rings Dry Arc Distance inches (mm) -1.2 (-30.48) -2 (-50.8) -5 (-127.0) Leakage Distance inches (mm) 0 0 0 60 Hz Flashover Dry - kV -10 -15 -30 60 Hz Flashover Wet - kV 0 0 0 Critical Flashover Positive - kV -15 -25 -65 Critical Flashover Negative - kV -20 -30 -65 3 (1.8) 3 (1.8) 5.1 (2.29) Physical & Electrical Characteristics Net Weight pounds (kg) OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA JULY 2010 A 26-8 5/8" (16mm) Rod Diameter Suspension Insulators Section Length Mechanical Ratings SML = 25,000 lbs. 111 kN RTL = 12,500 lbs. 56 kN Catalog Selection Guide Number Typical with Line Voltage, kV (1) Y-Clevis 69 115 138 161 230 345 52.5 Ball Section Dry Arc Leakage Length Number Distance Distance Inches inches inches of (mm) Sheds (mm) (mm) 5110041201 5110051201 5110061201 5110071201 5110081201 5110091201 5110101201 5110111201 5110121201 5110131201 5110141201 5110151201 5110161201 5110171201 5110181201 5110191201 Notes: (1) (2) 3.7" 34.7 (881) 40.7 (1034) 46.8 (1189) 53.0 (1346) 59.1 (1501) 65.1 (1654) 71.3 (1811) 77.4 (1966) 83.5 (2121) 89.5 (2273) 95.7 (2431) 101.8 (2586) 108.0 (2743) 114.0 (2896) 120.1 (3051) 126.2 (3205) 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 24.7 (627) 30.7 (780) 36.8 (935) 42.9 (1090) 49.1 (1247) 55.1 (1397) 61.2 (1554) 67.4 (1712) 73.5 (1867) 79.5 (2019) 85.6 (2174) 91.7 (2329) 97.9 (2487) 103.9 (2639) 110.0 (2794) 116.2 (2951) 61 (1549) 76 (1930) 92 (2337) 107 (2718) 122 (3099) 138 (3505) 152 (3861) 168 (4267) 184 (4674) 198 (5029) 214 (5436) 229 (5817) 245 (6223) 260 (6604) 275 (6985) 290 (7366) 60 Flashover ANSI (2) Critical Net Flashover Weight ANSI pounds (kg) Pos-kV Neg-kV (2) Dry-kV Wet-kV 245 240 410 390 310 295 505 490 370 350 605 595 430 405 700 695 490 455 795 795 545 505 890 890 600 555 985 990 655 605 1080 1090 710 655 1170 1185 760 700 1260 1280 810 750 1350 1370 855 790 1440 1465 905 835 1530 1560 945 880 1615 1650 990 920 1705 1740 1030 960 1790 1830 4.8 (2.2) 5.6 (2.5) 6.4 (2.9) 7.1 (3.2) 8.0 (3.6) 8.8 (4.0) 9.5 (4.3) 10.4 (4.7) 11.2 (5.1) 11.9 (5.4) 12.7 (5.8) 13.5 (6.1) 14.4 (6.5) 15.2 (6.9) 15.9 (7.2) 16.7 (7.6) For voltages above 345 kV, and other section lengths, contact Ohio Brass. Tests in accordance with ANSI C29.1-1982. Electrical values are without corona ring. For voltages above 161 kV refer to Page 26-7 for Corona Rings, and associated physical/electrical changes to above data. Dimensions are within allowable tolerances as specified in ANSI C29.11. Ground Fitting Line Fitting Suffix Code Eye Eye Socket Clevis Y-Clevis Clevis Ball Eye Ball Ball Eye Eye 1001 1000 1301 1401 1200 1400 Length Change Weight Change kg Inches mm Pounds -.06 1.28 -.97 -1.00 1.34 .34 -1.5 32.5 -24.6 -25.4 34.0 8.6 -2.5 -2.5 -.05 -.15 0 -.15 -.11 -.11 -.01 -.07 0 -.007 For configurations not shown contact Ohio Brass. JULY 2010 OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA 26-9 5/8" (16mm) Rod Diameter Suspension Insulators Section Length Mechanical Ratings SML = 30,000 lbs. 133 kN RTL = 15,000 lbs. 67 kN Catalog Selection Guide Number Typical with Line Voltage, kV (1) Y-Clevis 69 115 138 161 230 345 52.5 Ball Section Dry Arc Leakage Length Number Distance Distance Inches inches inches of (mm) Sheds (mm) (mm) 5150041201 5150051201 5150061201 5150071201 5150081201 5150091201 5150101201 5150111201 5150121201 5150131201 5150141201 5150151201 5150161201 5150171201 5150181201 5150191201 Notes: (1) (2) 3.7" 34.7 (881) 40.7 (1034) 46.8 (1189) 53 (1346) 59.1 (1501) 65.1 (1654) 71.3 (1811) 77.4 (1966) 83.5 (2121) 89.5 (2273) 95.7 (2431) 101.8 (2586) 108 (2743) 114 (2896) 120.1 (3051) 126.2 (3205) 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 24.7 (627) 30.7 (780) 36.8 (935) 42.9 (1090) 49.1 (1247) 55.1 (1397) 61.2 (1554) 67.4 (1712) 73.5 (1867) 79.5 (2019) 85.6 (2174) 91.7 (2329) 97.9 (2487) 103.9 (2639) 110 (2794) 116.2 (2951) 61 (1549) 76 (1930) 92 (2337) 107 (2718) 122 (3099) 138 (3505) 152 (3861) 168 (4267) 184 (4674) 198 (5029) 214 (5436) 229 (5817) 245 (6223) 260 (6604) 275 (6985) 290 (7366) 60 Flashover ANSI (2) Critical Net Flashover Weight ANSI pounds (kg) Neg-kV Pos-kV (2) Dry-kV Wet-kV 245 240 410 390 310 295 505 490 370 350 605 595 430 405 700 695 490 455 795 795 545 505 890 890 600 555 985 990 655 605 1080 1090 710 655 1170 1185 760 700 1260 1280 810 750 1350 1370 855 790 1440 1465 905 835 1530 1560 945 880 1615 1650 990 920 1705 1740 1030 960 1790 1830 4.8 (2.2) 5.6 (2.5) 6.4 (2.9) 7.1 (3.2) 8 (3.6) 8.8 (4.0) 9.5 (4.3) 10.4 (4.7) 11.2 (5.1) 11.9 (5.4) 12.7 (5.8) 13.5 (6.1) 14.4 (6.5) 15.2 (6.9) 15.9 (7.2) 16.7 (7.6) For voltages above 345 kV, and other section lengths, contact Ohio Brass. Tests in accordance with ANSI C29.1-1982. Electrical values are without corona ring. For voltages above 161 kV refer to Page 26-7 for Corona Rings, and associated physical/electrical changes to above data. Dimensions are within allowable tolerances as specified in ANSI C29.11. Y-Clevis Tower Attachment Detail for 25k, 30k, and 50k SML Insulators “D” Max. 1" Dia. Minimum 1/8" x 45° Chamfer SML 25/30k 50k 3/4" Max. “D” Max. Inches .531 1.0 To achieve insulator SML value, proper grade steel should be used OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA Ground Fitting Line Fitting Suffix Code Eye Eye Socket Clevis Y-Clevis Clevis Ball Eye Ball Ball Eye Eye 1001 1000 1301 1401 1200 1400 Length Change Weight Change kg Inches mm Pounds -0.06 1.28 -0.97 -1.00 1.34 0.34 -1.5 32.5 -24.6 -25.4 34.0 8.6 -2.50 -2.50 -0.05 -0.15 0.00 -0.15 -0.110 -0.110 -0.010 -0.070 0.000 -0.007 For configurations not shown contact Ohio Brass. JULY 2010 A 26-10 7/8" (22mm) Rod Diameter Suspension Insulators Section Length Mechanical Ratings SML = 50,000 lbs. 222 kN RTL = 25,000 lbs. 111 kN 4.0" Catalog Selection Guide Dry Arc Leakage Number Section Typical Length Number Distance Distance with Line Voltage, kV (1) Chain Eye - Inches inches inches of (mm) Sheds (mm) (mm) 115 138 161 230 345 500 52.11 Ball 5130071001 5130081001 5130091001 5130101001 5130111001 5130131001 5130141001 5130151001 5130171001 5130181001 5130191001 5130211001 5130231001 5130251001 5130271001 5130281001 Notes: (1) (2) 55.8 (1417) 62.0 (1574) 68.0 (1727) 74.1 (1882) 80.3 (2040) 92.4 (2347) 98.5 (2502) 104.7 (2659) 116.8 (2967) 123.0 (3124) 129.1 (3279) 141.2 (3586) 153.5 (3899) 165.7 (4209) 177.9 (4519) 184.1 (4676) 28 32 36 40 44 52 56 60 68 72 76 84 92 100 108 112 42.9 (1090) 49.0 (1245) 55.0 (1397) 61.2 (1554) 67.3 (1709) 79.5 (2019) 85.6 (2174) 91.7 (2329) 103.9 (2639) 110.0 (2794) 116.2 (2951) 128.3 (3259) 140.6 (3271) 152.7 (3879) 165.0 (4191) 171.1 (4346) 106 (2692) 121 (3073) 136 (3454) 151 (3835) 167 (4242) 197 (5004) 212 (5385) 228 (5791) 258 (6553) 273 (6934) 288 (7315) 319 (8103) 349 (8885) 379 (9627) 410 (10414) 425 (10795) 60 Flashover ANSI (2) Critical Net Flashover Weight ANSI pounds (kg) Pos-kV Neg-kV (2) Dry-kV Wet-kV 430 400 700 695 490 455 795 795 545 505 890 890 600 555 985 990 655 605 1080 1090 760 700 1260 1280 810 745 1350 1370 855 790 1440 1465 945 875 1615 1650 990 915 1705 1740 1030 955 1790 1830 1110 1035 1960 2005 1180 1105 2125 2175 1245 1175 2285 2345 1305 1240 2445 2510 1330 1270 2520 2590 12.7 (5.8) 13.7 (6.2) 14.8 (6.7) 15.9 (7.2) 16.9 (7.7) 19.1 (8.7) 20.2 (9.2) 21.2 (9.6) 24.4 (11.1) 24.5 (11.1) 25.5 (11.6) 27.6 (12.5) 29.8 (13.5) 31.9 (14.5) 34.0 (15.4) 35.1 (15.9) For voltages above 500 kV, and other section lengths, contact Ohio Brass. Tests in accordance with ANSI C29.1-1982. Electrical values are without corona ring. For voltages above 161 kV refer to Page 26-7 for Corona Rings, and associated physical/electrical changes to above data. Dimensions are within allowable tolerances as specified in ANSI C29.11. End Fitting Example You need the electrical and mechanical characteristics of Catalog #5130101001. But, a Y-clevis is needed at the ground end instead of an eye. From the table at the right, find the code for the Y-clevis/ball configuration 1201. You should order Catalog #5130101201. The same process is used for 5/8" (25k) and 7/8" (30k) insulators. JULY 2010 Ground Fitting Line Fitting Suffix Code Y-Clevis Eye Socket Y-Clevis Ball Eye Ball Eye 1201 1000 1301 1200 Length Change Weight Change kg Inches mm Pounds -.58 1.26 -.72 -.58 -14.7 32.0 -18.3 -14.7 .4 -.4 .4 0 .18 -.18 .18 0 For configurations not shown contact Ohio Brass. OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA 26-11 Most Common End Fittings A Chain Eye ANSI Ball* FITTING TYPE CHAIN EYE BALL & SOCKET Y-CLEVIS CLEVIS SML k-LB (kN) 25 (111) - 30 (133) 50 (222) 25 (111) - 30 (133) 50 (222) 25 (111) - 30 (133) 50 (222) 25 (111) - 30 (133) Y-Clevis Fitting ANSI CLASS 52-5 52-11 52-6 ANSI Socket* dimensions in. (mm) B C 1.00 2.00 1.00 2.00 1.29 1.63 1.53 1.59 0.75 1.50 A 0.62 0.75 0.73 0.92 0.75 0.88 0.62 ANSI Clevis D 0.62 0.85 1.10 * For IEC 16mm and 20mm Ball and Socket fittings, contact Ohio Brass. Hi*Lite XL Suspension Insulators: Key to the Catalog Numbers 5 1 1 0 1 2 1 2 0 1 Line End Fittings Hi*Lite XL Chain Eye..................................00 ANSI Ball (1)..............................01 Y-Clevis......................................02 ANSI Socket (1).........................03 ANSI Straight Clevis..................04 Strength 1 = 25K SML 5 = 30K SML 3 = 50K SML Ground End Fittings Construction Chain Eye....................................0 ANSI Ball (1)................................1 Y-Clevis........................................2 ANSI Socket (1)...........................3 ANSI Straight Clevis....................4 0 = Standard Hardware/0 Added Sheds 1 = Dull Hardware/0 Added Sheds 2 = Standarad Hardware/2 Added Sheds 3 = Dull Hardware/2 Added Sheds Weathershed Configuration Number of sheds equals this number times four, plus any added sheds listed in the construction digit. (1) For IEC Ball and Socket fittings, contact Ohio Brass. (2) Metric labeling of ANSI, or IEC insulators. OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA Labeling 1 = English 2 = Metric (2) R = English w/8" Corona Ring W = English w/12" Corona Ring T = English w/15" and 8" Corona Ring JULY 2010 26-12 JULY 2010 OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA 26-13 Hi*Lite® XL Line Post Insulators B Table of Contents Page Design............................................................. 26-14 Rod.................................................................. 26-14 End Fittings...................................................... 26-14 Weathersheds................................................. 26-14 Interface........................................................... 26-14 Leakage Distance............................................ 26-14 Washability...................................................... 26-14 Mechanical Ratings......................................... 26-14 Corona Rings................................................... 26-15 Packaging........................................................ 26-15 Key to 2.5" Catalog Numbers.......................... 26-15 Hi*Lite XL 2.5" Rod Horizontal Line Posts....... 26-16 Hi*Lite XL 2.5" Rod Vertical Line Posts........... 26-17 Hi*Lite XL 2.5" Rod Vertical Line Post Assembly..................................................... 26-18 Hi*Lite XL 2.5" Rod Base Fittings.................... 26-19 Hi*Lite XL 2.5" Rod Line Fittings..................... 26-20 Hi*Lite XL 3.0" Rod Horizontal Line Posts....... 26-21 Key to 3.0" Catalog Numbers.......................... 26-21 Hi*Lite II 3.0" Rod Horizontal Line Posts......... 26-22 Hi*Lite II 3.0" Rod Vertical Line Posts.............. 26-23 Hi*Lite XL 3.0" Rod. Dia. Base Fittings............ 26-24 Hi*Lite XL 3.0" Rod. Dia. Line Fittings............. 26-25 Clamps and Assemblies.................................. 26-26 OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA JULY 2010 26-14 Hi*Lite*® XL Insulators Hi*Lite XL line post insulators in this publication embody the latest features available in polymer insulator design and manufacture. From the early prototypes in 1971, through full scale introduction in 1976, and through the succeeding years, Hi*Lite insulators have featured conservative design and high-quality manufacture. Today’s Hi*Lite insulators will add to the over 1,000,000 already in service worldwide. Design The structural design of the Hi*Lite XL consists of these basic parts: Rod - Hi*Lite insulator fiberglass rod is produced from the highest quality materials. Strands are aligned for maximum tensile strength. The rod is more than 50 percent glass fibers in cross section. End Fittings - End fittings are aluminum or ductile iron. They are crimped directly to the rod by a special process originated by Ohio Brass, and later adopted by many other producers. The crimp requires no intermovement of the parts to achieve high strength, nor does it introduce potting compounds or adhesives. Weathersheds - Weathersheds are high pressure injection molded by Ohio Brass, from the proprietary compound ESP™. Housings manufactured with ESP silicone alloy rubber exhibit hydrophobicity, high mechanical strength, high corona resistance and low permeability to moisture. Interface - Hi*Lite insulators use Ohio Brass’ live silicone interface. This feature prevents intrusion of moisture and contaminating elements. If the exterior seal is damaged, redundant o-ring seals within the live silicone interface prohibit the lengthwise migration of intrusive elements between shed and rod. Leakage Distance Hi*Lite XL insulators feature high leakage distance for maximum resistance to contamination and leakage currents. Washability Hi*Lite Line Post insulators listed in this catalog are suitable for flood washing up to 200 psi. The design incorporates positive, labyrinth seals to ensure long-term security against water entry. Conventional dry-particle, air-pressure cleaning methods may also be employed. A cleaning guideline is available from Ohio Brass. If your washing requirements exceed flood washing, contact Ohio Brass. JULY 2010 Mechanical Ratings Line post insulators are basically cantilever support members, with ratings defined as follows: Specified Cantilever Load (SCL) SCL is the ultimate cantilever strength rating of the Hi*Lite XL line post insulator. SCL is identical to the minimum average breaking load (ABL) rating in previous catalogs. Reference Cantilever Load (RCL) RCL is the maximum recommended load in cantilever that a Hi*Lite XL post insulator is designed to withstand during its life, and is equal to 50% of the SCL. RCL is identical to maximum working load (MWL) listed in previous catalogs. Line design loads applied to post insulators often include tension, or compression, in addition to the primary vertical cantilever load. In addition, some longitudinal load is usually designed for as well. Combined Load Contact your Hubbell Power Systems representative for combined load applications. OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA 26-15 2.5" (63.5mm) Rod Diameter Horizontal Line Posts Recommended Torque 10 Ft.-Lb. Corona Rings Hi*Lite XL line post insulators are corona free through 161 kV. 161 kV & below Application Line End Energized 230 kV Recommended Torque 45 Ft.-Lb. 345 kV Top - NONE Top - 2721273001 Top - 2721273001 Bott - NONE Bott - NONE Bott - NONE Bottom End Top - NONE Top - NONE Top - NONE Energized Bott - NONE Bott - 2721273001 Bott - 2721273001 B 3.4375 12 Packaging Hi*Lite XL line post insulators are packaged in appropriate quantities in open wood crates. As an option, Ohio Brass offers packaging of the insulators in individual sleeves. Part Number 2721273001 Control Ring Hi*Lite XL Line Post Insulators: Key to the Catalog Numbers Hi*Lite XL XL Post 5 2 2 0 0 8 1 1 0 0 Base End Fittings Unitary D.I. Gain (15/16" Holes)........... 00 Unitary Flat 8x10 (15/16" Holes).......... 01 Al Gain 12 CL (15/16" Holes)............... 02 Al Flat 8x10 (15/16" Holes)................... 03 Al Flat 8x13 (15/16" Holes)................... 04 5" Bolt Circle (tapped 11/16" Holes)..... 05 Steel Gain (15/16" Holes)..................... 07 Steel Flat 8 x 13 (15/16" Holes)............ 08 Strength 2 = 2.5" DIA Construction 0 = Standard 1 = Dulled HDW Line End Fittings Weathershed Configuration To determine the number of insulator sheds, multiply this number by two. (1) Metric labeling only. Insulators and hardware are ANSI. OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA Labeling 1 = English 2 = Metric (1) M = English w/12" Corona Ring Two Hole Blade............................0 Horizontal Clamptop....................1 Vertical Clamptop........................2 5" Bolt Circle (through)................5 Two Hole Long Blade...................9 JULY 2010 26-16 2.5" (63.5mm) Rod Diameter Horizontal Line Posts X See Page 26-20 Two Hole Blade End Fitting Reduces the “X” dimension by .75" 12? Clamptop: Maximum Design Tension = 2,500 lb (11.1 kN) Two-Hole Blade: Maximum Design Tension = 7,500 lb. (33.4 kN) 7.62 DIA Line & Base Detail see pages 26-19 & 26-20 Catalog # (1) (1) 60 Critical Dry Arc Leakage Net “X” with No. Flashover Flashover Distance Distance RCL Weight Gain Base Length ANSI ANSI inches inches pounds pounds & Clamptop Inches of Sheds (mm) (mm) Dry-kV Wet-kV Pos-kV Neg-kV (kN) (kg) 69 115 138 161 230 345 End Fittings (mm) Selection Guide Typical Line Voltage, kV 5220041100 5220051100 5220061100 5220071100 5220081100 5220091100 5220101100 5220111100 5220121100 5220131100 5220141100 5220151100 5220161100 5220171100 5220181100 5220191100 33.5 (851) 38.6 (980) 43.9 (1115) 49.2 (1250) 54.5 (1384) 59.6 (1514) 64.8 (1646) 70.1 (1781) 75.4 (1915) 80.5 (2045) 85.8 (2180) 91.1 (2314) 96.3 (2446) 101.4 (2575) 106.7 (2710) 112.0 (2845) 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 23 (584) 28 (711) 33 (838) 39 (991) 44 (1118) 49 (1245) 55 (1397) 60 (1524) 65 (1651) 71 (1803) 76 (1930) 81 (2057) 87 (2210) 92 (2337) 97 (2464) 103 (2616) 54 (1372) 68 (1727) 82 (2083) 96 (2438) 110 (2794) 124 (3150) 138 (3505) 152 (3861) 166 (4216) 180 (4572) 194 (4928) 208 (5283) 222 (5639) 236 (5994) 250 (6350) 264 (6706) 215 195 340 455 270 245 420 535 325 295 505 620 385 340 590 705 440 385 675 785 490 430 760 865 545 475 845 950 600 520 930 1035 650 560 1015 1115 700 600 1095 1195 755 635 1180 1280 805 675 1265 1365 855 710 1350 1445 905 745 1435 1525 955 780 1520 1610 1005 810 1605 1695 2500 (11.1) 2500 (11.1) 2135 (9.5) 1865 (8.3) 1650 (7.3) 1490 (6.6) 1350 (6.0) 1235 (5.5) 1140 (5.0) 1060 (4.7) 990 (4.4) 925 (4.1) 870 (3.6) 820 (3.6) 780 (3.5) 740 (3.3) 47 (21.3) 50 (22.7) 54 (24.5) 57 (25.9) 61 (27.7) 65 (29.5) 68 (30.9) 72 (32.7) 75 (34.1) 79 (35.9) 82 (37.2) 86 (39.0) 89 (40.4) 93 (42.2) 97 (44.0) 100 (45.4) Notes: (1) Tests in accordance with ANSI C29.1-1982. Electrical values are without corona ring. (2) RCL is the maximum continuous load at which the post should be applied. For voltages above 161 kV refer to Page 26-15 for Corona Rings. Dimensions are within allowable tolerances as specified in ANSI C29.11. JULY 2010 OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA 26-17 2.5" (63.5mm) Rod Diameter Vertical Line Posts Maximum Design Tension 2,500 lb (11.1 kN) B Aluminum Alloy A356-T6 Catalog No. 75115 134,400 In.-Lb. Rating Line & Base Fitting Detail see pages 26-19 & 26-20 Selection Guide (1) (1) Dry Arc Leakage 60 Critical Net Catalog # “X” Typical No. Distance Distance Flashover Flashover RCL Weight with 5" Bolt Length Line Voltage, kV of inches inches ANSI ANSI pounds pounds Circle & Vert. Inches (mm) Dry-kV Wet-kV Pos-kV Neg-kV (kN) (kg) 69 115 138 161 Clamptop(3) (mm) Sheds (mm) 5220041205 5220051205 5220061205 5220071205 5220081205 5220091205 30.7 (780) 35.9 (912) 41.3 (1049) 46.7 (1186) 52.1 (1323) 57.4 (1458) 8 10 12 14 16 18 23 (584) 28 (711) 33 (838) 39 (991) 44 (1118) 49 (1245) 54 (1371) 68 (1727) 82 (2083) 96 (2438) 110 (2734) 124 (3150) 215 195 340 455 270 245 420 535 325 295 505 620 385 340 590 705 440 385 675 785 490 430 760 865 2500 (11.1) 2475 (11.0) 2115 (9.4) 1850 (8.2) 1640 (7.3) 1480 (6.6) 27 (12.3) 30 (13.6) 34 (15.4) 37 (16.8) 41 (18.6) 45 (20.4) Notes: (1) Tests in accordance with ANSI C29.1-1982. (2) RCL is the maximum cantilever continuous load at which the post should be applied. (3) Mounting Base Catalog No. 75115 may be ordered with these Catalog numbers for a vertical assembly. OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA JULY 2010 26-18 2.5" (63.5mm) Rod Diameter Vertical Line Post Assembly 0.678 DIA. 4 HOLES 1.625 7.438 5.75 Aluminum Alloy 6063-T5 Base Detail Line End Fitting Detail see pages 26-19 & 26-20 Selection Guide (1) Catalog # “A” Typical with Vertical Length Line Voltage, kV Clamptop & Inches 69 115 138 161 Base Code (mm) 52200412XX 52200512XX 52200612XX 52200712XX 52200812XX 52200912XX 30.4 (772) 35.6 (904) 41.0 (1041) 46.4 (1179) 51.8 (1316) 57.0 (1448) (1) Insulators in Table A have the same electrical and mechanical characteristics as those on Page 26-17 with Code 1205. Table A To Order an Assembly - Pick an insulator from Table A based on your Electrical and Mechanical needs — next, select a Base configuration from Table B, for your mounting position needs. “XX” Code Style 20 Face 21 Side 22 Face 23 Side 24 Face 25 Side 26 Face 27 Side “B” Length Inches (mm) 20 (508) 20 (508) 20 (508) 20 (508) 31.75 (806) 31.75 (806) 31.75 (806) 31.75 (806) “C” “D” Length Diameter Inches Inches (mm) (mm) 12 (305) 12 (305) 12 (305) 12 (305) 16 (406) 16 (406) 16 (406) 16 (406) .8125 (21) .8125 (21) .9375 (24) .9375 (24) .8125 (21) .8125 (21) .9375 (24) .9375 (24) Table B JULY 2010 OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA 26-19 2.5" (63.5 mm) Rod Diameter Base Fittings G A H I C B Unitary Gain Unitary Flat Standard Gain Base has a 90° opening. For other available openings, contact Ohio Brass. Al & Steel Gain Al & Steel Flat Horizontal & Vertical Bases Dimensions (in inches) B C D E F G H I J K Material Unitary D.I. Gain (00) 12.0 Type (Code)* A 14.0 1.75 8.06 - 3.54 0.5 12° 0.94 0.94 x 1.31 1.90 60-45-12 D.I. Unitary D.I. Flat (01) 10.0 12.2 8.0 10.0 5.0 - 0.8 12° 0.94 - - 60-45-12 D.I. 5" B.C. (15) 4.75 6.25 3.63 0.90 5.0 - - - 0.69 - - 60-45-12 D.I. 5" B.C. (05) 4.75 6.25 3.63 0.90 5.0 - - - 5/8 - 11 UFS - - 60-45-12 D.I. Al Gain (02) 12.0 14.0 - 8.06 6.13 5.56 0.5 12° 0.94 0.94 x 1.31 - 6063 T5 Al Al Gain (12) 12.0 14.0 - 8.06 6.13 5.56 0.5 12° 0.81 0.94 x 1.31 - 6063 T5 Al Steel Gain (07) 12.0 15.0 - 8.33 6.5 6.04 0.38 12° 0.94 0.94 x 2.0 - Low Carbon Steel Al Flat (03) 10.0 12.0 8.0 10.0 5.0 4.0 0.5 12° 0.94 - - 6063 T5 Al Al Flat (13) 10.0 12.0 8.0 10.0 5.0 4.0 0.5 12° 0.81 - - 6063 T5 Al Steel Flat (08) 13.0 15.0 8.0 10.0 6.5 4.0 0.5 12° 1.125 x 0.94 0.94 x 2 12.0 Low Carbon Steel Al Flat (04) 13.0 15.0 8.0 10.0 6.5 4.0 0.5 12° 0.94 0.94 x 1.31 12.0 6063 T5 Al Al Flat (14) 13.0 15.0 8.0 10.0 6.5 4.0 0.5 12° 0.81 0.81 x 1.31 12.0 6063 T5 Al *Code is the third and fourth numbers in the Suffix Code of the Catalog Number. OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA JULY 2010 26-20 2.5" (63.5 mm) Rod Diameter Line Fittings Transverse Compressing Swing Angle for Conductor Suspension Clamp 2 Hole Blade (Std.) 40 deg. max. 2 Hole Long Blade 64 deg. max. Two Hole Blade Horizontal Clamptop *12° upsweep post angles 5" Bolt Circle Vertical Clamptop Line or Base Fitting Part per ANSI C29.7 Horizontal & Vertical End Fittings Dimensions (in inches) Type (Code)* A B C D E F G H I J 2 Hole Blade (0) 5.73 4.0 - 0.75 5.25 1.25 1.50 2.00 1.0 1.44 0.5R 0.44 R 60-40-18 D.I. 2 Hole Long Blade (9) 5.73 4.0 - 0.75 7.75 1.25 4.0 4.5 1.0 1.44 0.5R 0.44R 60-40-18 D.I. H. Clamptop (1) 8.24 4.0 3.30 1.12 4.72 4.0 - - 5/8 - 11 UFS 0.75 - - 60-40-18 D.l. 5" B.C. (3) 4.75 6.25 3.63 0.90 5.0 - - - 5/8 - 11 UFS - - - 60-45-12 D.I. 5" B.C. (5) 4.75 6.25 3.63 0.90 5.0 - - - 0.69 x Holes - - - 60-45-12 D.I. V. Clamptop (2) 5.88 4.0 3.30 1.12 5.37 4.0 1.06 - 5/8 - 11 UFS - - - 60-40-18 D.I. L M Material *Code is the 2nd number in the Suffix Code of the Catalog Number. JULY 2010 OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA 26-21 3.0" (76.2 mm) Rod Diameter Line Posts Corona Rings Hi*Lite XL line post insulators are corona-free through 230 kV line-to-ground. Application 138/161 kV Line End Energized 230 kV Top - NONE Top - NONE Bott. - NONE Bott. - NONE 345 kV Top - 2737743001 Bott. - NONE Recommended Torque 10 FT.-Lb. B Recommended Torque 45 FT.-Lb. Part Number 2737743001 Control Ring Hi*Lite XL Line Post Insulators: Key to the Catalog Numbers Hi*Lite XL XL Post 5 2 3 0 0 8 1 1 0 4 Base End Fittings Strength Al Gain (1-1/16" Hole and 1-1/16" x 2-5/9" Slot).......02 St Flat 14" CL (1-1/16" x 2-9/16" Slots).....................04 5" Bolt Circle (Tapped)...............................................05 St Gain (1-1/16" Hole and 1-1/16" x 2-5/9" Slot).......07 St Flat 9" x 13" (59/64" Holes)...................................08 3 = 3.0" DIA Construction 0 = Standard 1 = Dulled HDW Line End Fittings Weathershed Configuration To determine the number of insulator sheds, multiply this number by two. Labeling 1 = English 2 = Metric (1) M = English w/15" Corona Ring Two Hole Blade............................0 Horizontal Clamptop....................1 Vertical Clamptop........................2 (1) Metric labeling only. Insulators and hardware are ANSI. OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA JULY 2010 26-22 3.0" (76.2mm) Rod Diameter Horizontal Line Posts See Page 26-25 Horizontal Clamptop End Fitting Increases the “X” dimension by 1" Clamptop: Maximum Design Tension = 2,500 lb (11.1 kN) Two-Hole Blade: Line & Base Detail see Pages 26-24 & 26-25 Maximum Design Tension = 12,500 lb. (55.6 kN) Catalog # (1) (1) 60 Critical Dry Arc Leakage Net with “X” (2) No. Flashover Flashover Distance Distance Weight RCL Flat Base Length ANSI ANSI inches inches pounds pounds & Two Hole Inches of Sheds (mm) (mm) (kg) Wet-kV Pos-kV (kN) Neg-kV Dry-kV Blade (mm) 69 115 138 161 230 345 Selection Guide Typical Line Voltage, kV 5230051004 5230061004 5230071004 5230081004 5230091004 5230101004 5230111004 5230121004 5230131004 5230141004 5230151004 5230161004 5230171004 5230181004 5230191004 5230201004 Notes: (1) (2) 38.8 (986) 43.8 (1113) 49.0 (1245) 54.8 (1392) 59.3 (1506) 64.5 (1638) 69.5 (1765) 74.7 (1897) 79.9 (2029) 85.0 (2159) 90.2 (2291) 95.2 (2418) 100.4 (2550) 105.5 (2680) 110.7 (2812) 115.9 (2944) 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 29 (737) 34 (864) 39 (991) 45 (1143) 50 (1270) 55 (1397) 60 (1524) 66 (1676) 71 (1803) 76 (1930) 82 (2083) 87 (2210) 92 (2337) 98 (2489) 103 (2616) 108 (2743) 77 (1956) 93 (2362) 108 (2743) 124 (3150) 140 (3556) 156 (3962) 171 (4343) 187 (4750) 203 (5156) 218 (5537) 234 (5944) 250 (6350) 265 (6731) 281 (7137) 297 (7544) 313 (7950) 295 250 445 540 345 295 530 620 395 335 615 705 445 380 695 790 495 420 780 870 545 465 865 955 590 505 950 1035 640 550 1035 1120 685 590 1120 1200 735 640 1205 1285 780 670 1290 1365 825 710 1370 1445 870 755 1455 1530 915 795 1540 1615 960 835 1625 1695 1000 875 1710 1780 4405 (19.6) 3780 (16.8) 3295 (14.7) 2920 (13.0) 2620 (11.7) 2380 (10.6) 2185 (9.7) 2015 (9.0) 1865 (8.3) 1740 (7.7) 1630 (7.2) 1535 (6.8) 1450 (6.5) 1370 (6.1) 1300 (5.8) 1240 (5.5) 90 (40.8) 95 (43.1) 100 (40.9) 106 (48.1) 110 (49.9) 115 (52.2) 120 (54.4) 125 (56.7) 130 (58.9) 135 (61.2) 141 (63.9) 146 (66.2) 151 (68.5) 156 (70.8) 161 (73.1) 166 (75.3) Tests in accordance with ANSI C29.1-1982. Electrical values are without corona ring. RCL is the maximum continuous load at which the post should be applied. For voltages above 230 kV refer to Page 26-21 for Corona Rings. Electrical values are shown for insulators without rings. For electricals with rings, contact Ohio Brass. JULY 2010 OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA 26-23 3.0" (76.2 mm) Rod Diameter Vertical Line Posts Maximum Design Tension 2,500 lb (11.1 kN) B Line & Base Fitting Detail see pages 26-24 & 26-25 Selection Guide (1) (1) Dry Arc Leakage 60 Critical Net Catalog # “X” Typical Distance Distance Flashover Flashover (2)RCL Weight with 5" Bolt Length No. Line Voltage, kV inches inches ANSI ANSI pounds pounds Circle & Vert. Inches of (mm) Dry-kV Wet-kV Pos-kV Neg-kV (kN) (kg) (mm) Sheds (mm) 69 115 138 161 Clamptop 5230051205 5230061205 5230071205 5230081205 5230091205 5230101205 38.0 (965) 43.2 (1097) 48.5 (1219) 53.8 (1367) 59.2 (1504) 64.5 (1638) 10 12 14 16 18 20 29 (737) 34 (864) 39 (991) 45 (1143) 50 (1270) 55 (1397) 77 (1956) 93 (2362) 108 (2743) 124 (3150) 140 (3556) 156 (3962) 295 250 445 540 345 295 530 620 395 335 615 705 445 380 695 785 495 420 780 870 545 465 865 950 2500 (11.1) 2500 (11.1) 2500 (11.1) 2500 (11.1) 2500 (11.1) 2335 (10.4) 54 (24.5) 59 (26.8) 64 (29.1) 69 (31.4) 74 (33.6) 79 (35.9) Notes: (1) Tests in accordance with ANSI C29.1-1982. (2) RCL is the maximum cantilever continuous load at which the post should be applied. OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA JULY 2010 26-24 Hi*Lite XL 3.0" Rod Dia. Base Fittings Aluminum Gain 5" Bolt Circle Steel Gain Steel Flat Horizontal & Vertical Bases Dimensions (in inches) Type (Code)* A B C D E F G H I J Material 5" B.C. (05) 6.36 5.9 4.37 1.2 5.0 - - - 5/8 - 11 UFS - 60-40-18 D.I. Al Gain (02) 14.0 17.0 - 8.079 7.75 5.949 0.53 14° 1.06 1.06 x 2.56 6063 T5 Al Steel Gain (07) 14.0 17.0 - 9.65 7.75 7.03 0.5 14° 1.06 1.06 x 2.56 Low Carbon Steel Steel Flat (08) 13.0 15.0 9.0 11.0 6.5 4.12 0.5 14° 0.938 - Low Carbon Steel Steel Flat (04) 14.0 17.0 - 10.0 7.75 4.12 0.5 14° - 1.06 x 2.56 Low Carbon Steel *Code is the 2nd number in the Suffix Code of the Catalog Number. JULY 2010 OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA 26-25 Hi*Lite XL 3.0" Rod Dia. Line Fittings B Vertical Clamptop Horizontal Clamptop Part per ANSI C29.7 Part per ANSI C29.7 Two Hole Blade Horizontal & Vertical End Fittings Dimensions (in inches) Type (Code)* A B C D E F G H I J K 2 Hole End (0) 6.16 5.63 3.84 0.75 6.12 1.57 2.0 2.5 - 1.44 H. Clamptop (1) 8.64 5.63 3.84 1.12 4.72 4.0 - - 5/8 - 11 UFS 0.75 - - V. Clamptop (2) 6.31 5.63 3.84 1.12 5.37 4.0 1.06 - 5/8 - 11 UFS - - - L M Material 1.24 0.5R 0.44 R 60-40-18 D.I. - 60-40-18 D.l. - 60-40-18 D.I. *Code is the 2nd digit in the Suffix Code of the Catalog Number. OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA JULY 2010 26-26 Clamptop Clamp Figure 1 Figure 2 Clamptop clamps can be mounted directly on Hi*Lite XL 250 posts if the posts are ordered with the horizontal or vertical clamptop option. Catalog Number Fig. No. TSC57 TSC106 TSC150 TSC200 1 1 1 2 Body & Keeper Material 356-T6 Al 356-T6 Al 356-T6 Al 356-T6 Al Clamping Range Inches (mm) 0.25-057 (6.3-14.4) 0.50-1.06 (12.7-26.9) 1.00-1.50 (25.4-38.1) 1.50-2.00 (38.1-50.8) Ultimate Body Strength Lbs. (kN) 2800 (1.273) 2800 (1.273) 2800 (1.273) 2800 (1.273) Jumper Clamps and Assemblies A practical application of Hi*Lite line posts is for support of jumper loops on transmission lines. Horizontal motion of the jumper is restricted, and the factor of wind sway is eliminated. Additionally the crossarm length may be reduced. The Difference in cost of insulation is not significant but, the savings in tower cost can be attractive. Regardless of cost, the use of a jumper support improves construction. If using a single clamp, clamp position relative to the insulator may be changed by bolting the clamp through the upper hole in the insulator end fitting. Figure 1 Figure 2 JULY 2010 Jumper clamps are not intended for tangent span applications. Figure Catalog Number 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 976423002 976423003 600643001 2717243001 2717253001 2717263001 2738383001 2738393001 2738403001 2721763001 2721773001 2721783001 2738413001 2738423001 2738433001 2721793001 2721803001 2721813001 2738443001 2738453001 2738463001 Clamping Yoke Type Range (Inches) None None None Dual Dual Dual Dual Dual Dual Triple Triple Triple Triple Triple Triple Quad Quad Quad Quad Quad Quad 1.00 - 1.40 1.40 - 1.60 1.60 - 2.00 1.00 - 1.40 1.40 - 1.60 1.60 - 2.00 1.00 - 1.40 1.40 - 1.60 1.60 - 2.00 1.00 - 1.40 1.40 - 1.60 1.60 - 2.00 1.00 - 1.40 1.40 - 1.60 1.60 - 2.00 1.00 - 1.40 1.40 - 1.60 1.60 - 2.00 1.00 - 1.40 1.40 - 1.60 1.60 - 2.00 Figure 3 Post Type Any Any Any 250 250 250 300 300 300 250 250 250 300 300 300 250 250 250 300 300 300 Figure 4 OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA 26-27 Hi*Lite® XL Braced Posts Table of Contents Page Dimension and Strength Ratings..................... 26-28 Assembly Drawings......................................... 26-29 C OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA JULY 2010 26-28 Hi*Lite® XL Assemblies DIMENSIONS AND STRENGTH RATINGS Catalog number covers complete assembly including insulator and hardware as illustrated. The need to minimize the tower size and visual impact of transmission lines has prompted increased interest in braced line posts, horizontal-V, and pivoting V assemblies. These insulating structures offer vastly improved vertical load capabilities over conventional lines posts while retaining the advantages of a fixed conductor position. A braced line post uses a conventional line post with a suspension string tied to the tower face with a link. A horizontal-V replaces the link with a fixed offset extending from the tower face adding a stabilizing force to the assembly. Both these assemblies are available with flat or gain bases. A pivoting horizontal-V assembly utilizes a line post insulator fastened to the structure with a hinged base. Alternatively, the base may be replaced with a universal joint. These assemblies are available for voltages up to and including 345 kV with a wide variety of hardware to meet the needs of your application. The figures illustrated depict typical arrangements which provide an economical means of withstanding unusual loads. For more information on these and numerous other variations of line post assemblies, contact your Ohio Brass representative. Braced Line Post Assembly Typical System kV 115/138 115/138 161 161 230 * 230 * Cat # Gain Base 234220 234222 234224 234226 234228 234230 Cat # Flat Base 234221 234223 234225 234227 234229 234231 Component Insulators Post Suspension 522008 511010 522009 511211 522010 511013 522011 511014 522014 511018 522015 511219 Dimensions (in.) A 53.7 58.8 64.1 69.4 85.0 90.3 D C B 72.8 74.0 79.8 81.9 83.0 88.9 91.1 91.0 98.1 97.2 96.0 104.2 121.6 118.0 128.6 130.7 127.0 137.7 X 2 2 2 2 2 2 Vertical 11280 11280 11280 11280 11280 11280 Maximum Loadings** (lb.) CompresLongitudinal Tension sion 1730 7500 12500 1550 7500 12500 1410 7500 12500 1280 7500 12500 1020 7500 11810 960 7500 10470 HORIZONTAL V Assembly Typical System kV 115/138 115/138 161 161 230 * 230 * Cat # Gain Base 234232 234234 234236 234238 234240 234242 Cat # Flat Base 234233 234235 234237 234239 234241 234243 Component Insulators Post Suspension 522008 511007 522009 511008 522010 511009 522011 511010 522014 511013 522015 511014 Cat # Flat Base 234244 234245 234246 234247 234248 234249 Component Insulators Post Suspension 522008 511007 522009 511008 522010 511009 522011 511010 522014 511013 522015 511014 Dimensions (in.) Maximum Loadings** (lb.) CompresLongitudinal D X Vertical Tension C B sion A 1680 7500 9980 12500 54.9 54.6 51.0 61.6 18 1510 7500 9980 12500 60.1 60.7 56.0 67.7 20 1370 7500 9980 12500 65.5 66.7 61.0 73.7 22 1250 7500 9980 12500 70.9 72.8 66.0 79.8 24 1000 7500 9980 12500 86.9 91.1 80.0 98.1 28 930 7500 9980 12500 92.3 97.2 85.0 104.2 30 pIVOTING HORIZONTAL V Assembly Typical Cat # System Gain kV Base 115/138 — 115/138 — 161 — 161 — 230 * — 230 * — Dimensions (in.) Maximum Loadings** (lb.) CompresLongitudinal D X Vertical Tension C B sion A — 7500 9980 12500 55.2 54.6 51.0 61.6 18 — 7500 9980 12500 60.4 60.7 56.0 67.7 20 — 7500 9980 12500 65.8 66.7 61.0 73.7 22 — 7500 9980 12500 71.2 72.8 66.0 79.8 24 — 7500 9980 12500 87.2 91.1 80.0 98.1 28 — 7500 9980 12500 92.6 97.2 85.0 104.2 30 Contact your Ohio Brass representative for designs utilizing the optional pivoting strut member. * Corona rings are required for 230 kV and above. ** Maximum loads are for single loads in the specified direction. JULY 2010 OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA 26-29 Assembly Drawings C BRACED LINE POST HORIZONTAL-V GAIN BASE MOUNTING FLAT BASE MOUNTING PIVOTING HORIZONTAL-V PIVOTING BASE MOUNTING OPTIONAL PIVOTING STRUT MEMBER OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA JULY 2010 26-30 JULY 2010 OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA 26-31 HI*LITE II STATION POST INSULATORS Table of Contents Page Station Post Insulator Ratings......................... 26-31 Series 175: 3" Bolt Circles............................... 26-32 Series 250: 3" and 5" Bolt Circles.................... 26-33 NOTE: Insulators listed here are Hi-Lite II design having individual weathersheds assembled to the core rod and sealed via axial compression in the polymer rubber material. HI-LITE II POST INSULATORS Maximum Design Cantilever Rating (MDC) MDC is the maximum recommended load in cantilever that a Hi*Lite post insulator is designed to withstand during its service life. Average Failing Load (AFL) AFL is the average failing load of a Hi*Lite line or station post insulator.This value can be determined by multiplying the MDC by a factor of 2.5. Selection If you need a Hi*Lite post that is different from those shown in this catalog, please contact your OB representative. Hi*Lite station posts meet electrical and dimensional specifications of their porcelain equivalents. Mechanically, the Hi*Lite are less rigid with more deflection under both cantilever and torsional loading. OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA JULY 2010 D 26-32 HI*LITE II STATION POST INSULATORS Series 175 3" (76mm) Bolt Circles 2326863001 NOTE: CATALOG NUMBER (3" BOLT CIRCLES) BIL (kV) Height — X in. (mm) Leakage Distance in. (mm) 60-Hz Withstand — 10 sec/wet (kV) Maximum Design Cantilever lb. (kN) Maximum Design Tension lb. (kN) Maximum Design Compression lb. (kN) Maximum Design Torsion in.-lb. (N-meter) Deflection at Stated Cantilever in. (mm) Weathersheds Net Weights lb. (kg.) 2326863001 150 14 (356) 27 (685) 80 2390 (10.67) 10,000 (44.5) 10,000 (44.5) 3000 (339) 0.31 (7.9) 4 22.5 (10.2) Insulators listed here are Hi-Lite II design having individual weathersheds assembled onto the core rod and sealed via axial compression in the polymer shed material. 2326853001 200 18 (457) 40 (1015) 120 1750 (7.78) 10,000 (44.5) 15,000 (66.7) 3000 (339) 0.62 (15.9) 6 25 (11.3) 2331923001 250 22 (559) 49 (1240) 150 1390 (6.23) 10,000 (44.5) 15,000 (66.7) 3000 (339) 1.02 (25.9) 7 28 (12.7) 2331873001 350 30 (762) 76 (1930) 230 980 (4.39) 10,000 (44.5) 15,000 (66.7) 3000 (339) 2.16 (54.9) 11 33 (15.0) Note: Station Posts are also available in non-standard section lengths. Contact your Ohio Brass representative. JULY 2010 OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA 26-33 HI*LITE II STATION POST INSULATORS Series 250 5" (127mm) Bolt Circles 2321993001 D 2323373001 CATALOG NUMBER (3" BOLT CIRCLES) BIL (kV) Height — X in. (mm) Leakage Distance in. (mm) 60-Hz Withstand — 10 sec/wet (kV) Maximum Design Cantilever lb. (kN) Maximum Design Tension lb. (kN) Maximum Design Compression lb. (kN) Maximum Design Torsion in.-lb. (N-meter) Deflection at Stated Cantilever in. (mm) Weathersheds Net Weights lb. (kg.) CATALOG NUMBER (5" BOLT CIRCLES) BIL (kV) Height — X in. (mm) Leakage Distance in. (mm) 60-Hz Withstand — 10 sec/wet (kV) Maximum Design Cantilever lb. (kN) Maximum Design Tension lb. (kN) Maximum Design Compression lb. (kN) Maximum Design Torsion in.-lb. (N-meter) Deflection at Stated Cantilever in. (mm) Weathersheds Net Weights lb. (kg.) 2323013001 350 30 (762) 63 (1570) 190 1400 (6.23) 30,000 (133) 50,000 (222) 9,000 (1000) 1.0 (25) 7 30 (13.6) 2323363001 350 30 (762) 64 (1626) 190 2900 (12.90) 30,000 (133) 50,000 (222) 9000 (1000) 1.77 (45 8 30 (13.6) 2321993001 550 45 (1143) 102 (2590) 300 930 (4.14) 30,000 (133) 50,000 (222) 9,000 (1000) 2.3 (58) 11 42 (19) 2323003001 650 54 (1372) 128 (3250) 380 770 (3.42) 30,000 (133) 50,000 (222) 9,000 (1000) 3.4 (86) 14 51 (23) 2323093001 750 62 (1575) 148 (3760) 430 670 (2.98) 30,000 (133) 50,000 (222) 9,000 (1000) 4.5 (114) 16 54 (24.5) 2323373001 2323383001 2323393001 2323753001 900 550 650 750 80 (2032) 45 (1143) 54 (1372) 62 (1575) 204 (5180) 109 (2770) 130 (3300) 156 (3960) 560 320 380 450 990 (4.45) 1850 (8.23) 1520 (6.76) 1310 (5.83) 30,000 (133) 30,000 (133) 30,000 (133) 30,000 (133) 50,000 (222) 50,000 (222) 50,000 (222) 35,000 (156) 9000 (1000) 9000 (1000) 9000 (1000) 9,000 (66.7) 13.50 (343) 4.13 (105) 6.00 (152) 8.00 (203) 22 12 14 17 72 (32.7) 42 (19) 51 (23) 54 (24.5) Notes: 1. Station Posts are also available in non-standard section lengths. Contact Ohio Brass. 2. At 230 kV, corona ring 2721273001 may be required. 3. For through holes, specify code 3002. OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA JULY 2010 26-34 JULY 2010 OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA 26-35 Sample Polymer Specification Purpose: To ensure a suitable service life of polymer insulating materials. I. Material Design Tests - The following must be performed to certify a material for use in production. 1. Tracking test: Performed on a sample of material inclined at 30° and electrodes positioned 35mm apart. Samples are sprayed with a conductive solution (400Ωcm) and energized at 10kV. The cycle is repeated every 90 seconds. The sample passes if there is: 1. No carbonization or tracking. 2. No erosion through sample. 3. No leakage current flow at the end of 90 seconds. The sample must withstand 15,000 test cycles. 2. Ultraviolet Test: Samples of the rubber must be tested in a QUV tester or equivalent cyclic weatherometer. The samples are exposed to high ultraviolet radiation and high humidity without cracking, checking or becoming hydrophilic. The sample is judged to have passed this test if it exceeds 8,000 hours of exposure without damage. 3. Corona Cutting: Samples 5 cm by 7 cm are subjected to mechanical stress of 300,000 µstrain by bending samples around a grounded electrode. A needle-like electrode is placed 1 mm from the surface of the sample and energized at 12 kV in a controlled humidity chamber. The sample is judged to have passed this test if there is no splitting or cutting. Samples must pass 1,000 hours of exposure to this test. 4. Oxidative Stability: Samples of the polymer compound are tested using differential scanning calorimetry. Samples are heated rapidly in a nitrogen atmosphere to the test temperature of 200°C. The atmosphere is then changed to air and the temperature is maintained until the antioxidant is consumed, as measured by an exothermic chemical reaction. The time to this reaction must exceed 300 minutes. 5. Tear Strength: Rubber test slabs are prepared in accordance with ASTM Standards and are tested to determine tear strength of the material. The minimum acceptable tear strength is 150 lb./in. II. Other Requirements - The manufacturer must supply upon request a listing of routine tests performed to ensure production compliance with design tests. OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA JULY 2010 E 26-36 Web: http://www.hubbellpowersystems.com E-mail: hpsliterature@hps.hubbell.com UNITED STATES CANADA, INTERNATIONAL HUBBELL POWER SYSTEMS, INC. 210 N. Allen Street Centralia, Mo 65240-1395 Phone: 1-573-682-5521 Fax: 1-573-682-8714 e-mail: hpsliterature@hps.hubbell.com JULY 2010 MEXICO HUBBELL DE MEXICO, S.A. DE C.V. Av. Insurgentes Sur #1228, Piso 8 Col. Tlacoquemacatl Del Valle Mexico, D.F. 03200 Phone: 52-55-9151-9999 Fax: 52-55-9151-9988 Website: hubbell.com.mx OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA 27-127 Hi*Lite® XL Suspension Insulators Table of Contents Page Design............................................................................. 2 Rod.................................................................................. 2 End Fittings..................................................................... 2 Weathersheds.................................................................. 2 Interface.......................................................................... 2 Leakage Distance............................................................ 2 Washability...................................................................... 2 Mechanical Ratings......................................................... 2 Lengths Available............................................................ 2 Product Updates............................................................. 2 Packaging........................................................................ 2 Corona Performance....................................................... 3 Key to the Catalog Numbers........................................... 4 End Fitting Detail............................................................. 4 Hi*Lite XL 120kN SML Data............................................ 5 Hi*Lite XL 125kN SML Data............................................ 6 Hi*Lite XL 160kN SML Data............................................ 7 Hi*Lite XL 210kN SML Data............................................ 8 Warranty - Material Hubbell Power Systems, Inc. warrants all products sold by it to be merchantable (as such term is defined in the Uniform Commercial Code) and to be free from defects in material and workmanship. Buyer must notify the Company promptly of any claim under this warranty. The Buyer's exclusive remedy for breach of this warranty shall be the repair or replacement, F.O.B. factory, at the Company's option, of any product defective under the warranty which is returned to the Company within one year from the date of shipment. NO OTHER WARRANTY, WHETHER EXPRESS OR ARISING BY OPERATION OF LAW, COURSE OF DEALING, USAGE OF TRADE OR OTHERWISE IMPLIED, SHALL EXIST IN CONNECTION WITH THE COMPANY'S PRODUCTS OR ANY SALE OR USE THEREOF. The Company shall in no event be liable for any loss of profits or any consequential or special damages incurred by Buyer. The Company's warranty shall run only to the first Buyer of a product from the Company, from the Company's distributor, or from an original equipment manufacturer reselling the Company's product, and is non-assignable and non-transferable and shall be of no force and effect if asserted by any person other than such first Buyer. This warranty applies only to the use of the product as intended by Seller and does not cover any misapplication or misuse of said product. Warranty - Application Hubbell Power Systems, Inc. does not warrant the accuracy of and results from product or system performance recommendations resulting from any engineering analysis or study. This applies regardless of whether a charge is made for the recommendation, or if it is provided free of charge. Responsibility for selection of the proper product or application rests solely with the purchaser. In the event of errors or inaccuracies determined to be caused by Hubbell Power Systems, Inc., its liability will be limited to the re-performance of any such analysis or study. ANSI C29.12/IEC 1109 TESTED ® NOTE: Because Hubbell has a policy of continuous product improvement, we reserve the right to change design and specifications without notice. Copyright 2010 Hubbell Incorporated © OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA Printed in USA JULY 2010 RGS 2M 27-2 Hi*Lite® XL Insulators Hi*Lite XL suspension insulators in this publication embody the latest features available in polymer insulator design and manufacture. From the early prototypes in 1971, through full scale introduction in 1976, and through the succeeding years, Hi*Lite insulators have featured conservative design and high-quality manufacture. Today’s Hi*Lite insulators will add to the over 1,000,000 Hi*Lite transmission insulators already in service worldwide. Washability Hi*Lite XL insulators listed in this catalog are suitable for flood washing up to 1,380 kPA (200 psi) at the ground pump level at a distance not less than 4.6 meters (15 ft.) The design incorporates positive, labyrinth seals to ensure long-term security against water entry. Conventional dry-particle, air-pressure cleaning methods may be employed. The structural design of the Hi*Lite XL consists of these basic parts: High Pressure wash designs are also available. Washing is permissible for up to 6,900 kPA (1,000 psi) ground pump pressure at a distance no less than 1.8 meters (6 feet). Rod - Hi*Lite insulator fiberglass rod is produced from the highest quality materials. Strands are aligned for maximum tensile strength. The rod is more than 50 percent glass fibers in cross section. Cleaning guidelines (Ohio Brass publication #EU1272-H for flood and #EU1273-H for high pressure wash) are available from your representative. End Fittings - End fittings are steel or ductile iron. They are crimped directly to the rod by a special process originated by Ohio Brass, and later adopted by many other producers. The crimp develops a high percentage of the rod’s inherent tensile strength. It requires no inter-movement of the parts to achieve high strength, nor does it introduce potting compounds or adhesives. Mechanical Ratings Design Hi*Lite XL suspension insulators are rated and tested in accordance with IEC 1109-1992 and ANSI C29.12-1997. Certified test reports in detail are available. SML ratings are 120 kN, 160 kN and 210 kN for insulators furnished with IEC fittings. For insulators furnished with ANSI fittings, SML ratings available are 111 kN (25K lbs.), 133 kN (30K lbs.), 160 kN (36K lbs.) and 222 kN (50K lbs.) RTL ratings are consistent with the IEC and ANSI standard. Actual factory routine tests are conducted at loads equal to or greater than the RTL rating. Markings for XL insulator design are permanently embossed into the ground end corona shielding rings (CSR). Markings include SML and RTL, part number, assembly date code, and Ohio Brass identification. These marks are consistent with the IEC and ANSI standard. Lengths Available Weathersheds - Weathersheds are high pressure injection molded by Ohio Brass, from the proprietary compound ESP™. Housings manufactured with ESP silicone alloy rubber exhibit long-term hydrophobicity, high mechanical strength, excellent corona resistance and low permeability to moisture. Interface - Hi*Lite insulators use Ohio Brass’ live silicone interface. This feature prevents intrusion of moisture and contaminating elements. In the unlikely event the exterior seal is damaged, redundant o-ring seals within the live silicone interface will prohibit the lengthwise migration of intrusive elements between shed and rod. Hi*Lite XL suspension insulators are available in lengths appropriate for 69 kV through 765 kV. Longer lengths can be produced for special projects. Intermediate lengths (utilizing an additional 2 sheds) are also available (those that fall in between the catalog numbers listed in the tables). Length increments are approximately 76 mm (3 inches). Testing The Hi*Lite XL suspension insulator has been successfully "Design" tested to IEC 1109 at an independent laboratory. In addition, the Hi*Lite XL suspension insulator has successfully completed the 5,000 hour accelerated aging test detailed in Annex C of IEC 1109. A certified test report is available by contacting your Ohio Brass representative and requesting bulletin EU1348-H. Since the ANSI "Prototype" and IEC "Design" testing requirements are virtually identical, the "Design" test report per IEC 1109 can serve as verification of compliance to ANSI. O-RINGS Packaging Hi*Lite suspension insulators are packaged in appropriate quantities in wooden crates 111.7 cm (44 inches) wide with the length of the crate determined by the length of the insulator. The height of the crate is normally less than 114.3 cm (45 inches). The gross weight will not exceed 909 kg (2,000 lbs.). Crates are available for both domestic and export transportation. ROD SILICONE COMPOUND Leakage Distance Hi*Lite XL insulators feature high leakage distance for maximum resistance to contamination and leakage currents. Specific leakage distance (leakage divided by dry arcing distance) is higher than that of porcelain. Hi*Lite XL insulators are offered in standard uniform weathershed configuration and alternating (major/minor) weathershed configuration for applications requiring increased specified leakage distances. Uniform Profile JULY 2010 Alternating Profile Export Crate OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA 27-3 Corona Performance Hi*Lite XL suspension insulators are RIV and corona free through 161 kV, by the use of integral Corona Shield Rings (CSR). Corona shielding is necessary at 220/230 kV and above. The table below details the rings necessary for voltages equal to or less than that listed in the column header. Normal Applications: Top Grounded, Bottom Energized Insulator Orientation 220/230 kV 330/345 kV 400 kV 500 kV 120 & 111 kN (25K lbs.) Top Bottom NONE 2717613001* NONE 2717053001 2717613001 2717053001 2717613001 2717513001 160/210 kN & 133-222 kN (30-50K lbs.) Top Bottom NONE 2717613002* NONE 2717053002 2717613002 2717053002 2717613002 2717513002 *For 96 mm (3.8") S.L. ratio designs, 271705 rings must be used in lieu of 271761 at the bottom end (energized) of insulator at 220/230 kV operating system voltage. The physical and electrical values for the insulators on pages 5 through 8 are shown without corona protection. The table below yields the physical and electrical changes to the insulator when rings from table are installed for voltages above 161 kV. Physical & Electrical Change Table Physical & Electrical Characteristics 220/230 kV Ring 330/345 kV Ring 400 kV Rings 500 kV Rings Dry Arc Distance mm (inches) -20.3 (-1.2) -50.8 (-2.0) 63.5 (2.5) -127.0 (-5.0) Leakage Distance mm (inches) 0 0 0 0 60 Hz Flashover Dry - kV (ANSI) -10 -15 -20 -30 60 Hz Flashover Wet - kV (ANSI) 0 0 0 0 Critical Impulse Flashover Positive - kV (ANSI) -15 -25 -35 -65 Critical Impulse Flashover Negative - kV (ANSI) -20 -30 -35 -65 0 0 0 0 Lightning Impulse Withstand Positive - kV (IEC) -20 -25 -30 -60 Lightning Impulse Withstand Negative - kV (IEC) -15 -25 -35 -65 +0.9 (2.0) +1.4 (3.0) + 2.3 (5.0) + 3.6 (8.0) Power Frequency 1 minute Wet Withstand - kV (IEC) Net Weight kg (pounds) 203 (8.0) 62 (2.44) HI-LITE Suspension Insulator 381 (15.00) 305 (12.0) Part Number 271761 OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA 87 (3.44) 104 (4.10) HI-LITE Suspension Insulator HI-LITE Suspension Insulator Part Number 271705 Part Number 271751 JULY 2010 27-4 Most Common End Fittings Chain Eye Y-Clevis Straight Clevis Dimensions mm (in.) Dimensions mm (in.) Dimensions mm (in.) SML A B C D SML A B Bolt Dia. SML 111 kN 15.74 25.4 50.8 15.74 111 kN 19.05 38.86 19 111 kN (25K lbs.) (0.62) (1.00) (2.00) (0.62) (25K lbs.) (0.75) (1.53) (0.75) (25K lbs.) 15.74 25.4 50.8 15.74 19.05 38.86 19 (0.62) (1.00) (2.00) (0.62) (0.75) (1.53) (0.75) 22.35 40.39 22 133 kN (30K lbs.) (0.88) (1.59) (0.88) (30K lbs.) 120 kN 133 kN 19.05 25.4 50.8 21.59 (30K lbs.) (0.75) (1.00) (2.00) (0.85) 160 kN 19.05 25.4 50.8 21.59 (36K lbs.) (0.75) (1.00) (2.00) (0.85) 210 kN 222 kN 19.05 25.4 50.8 21.59 (0.75) (1.00) (2.00) (0.85) 19.05 25.4 50.8 21.59 (50K lbs.) (0.75) (1.00) (2.00) (0.85) 120 kN 133 kN 160 kN 120 kN 22.35 40.39 22 160 kN (36K lbs.) (0.88) (1.59) (0.88) (36K lbs.) 22.35 40.39 22 (0.88) (1.59) (0.88) 22.35 40.39 22 222 kN (50K lbs.) (0.88) (1.59) (0.88) (50K lbs.) 210 kN 222 kN Ball/Socket 210 kN Class ANSI 52-6 IEC 16C ANSI 52-6 IEC 19L IEC 19L A B PD SML 36 19 16 111 kN (1.41) (0.75) (0.62) (25K lbs.) 36 19 16 (1.41) (0.75) (0.62) 120 kN 36 19 16 133 kN (1.41) (0.75) (0.62) (30K lbs.) Class ANSI 52-5 IEC 16 mm ANSI 52-5 46 21 19 160 kN IEC 20 mm (1.81) (0.83) (0.75) (36K lbs.) (ANSI 52-8) 210 kN IEC 20 mm 46 21 19 (1.81) (0.83) (0.75) 222 kN N/A (50K lbs.) ANSI 52-11 Hi*Lite XL Suspension Insulators: Key to the Catalog Numbers D1 0 0 0 8 2A0 7 AA = Hi*Lite XL 51 = 63 mm (2.5" S.L.) A1 = 73 mm (2.9" S.L.) D1 = 83 mm (3.3" S.L.) G1 = 96 mm (3.8" S.L) S.L. = Specified Leak (approx. leak/dry arc) +These codes apply to our ESP silicone alloy compound. For other polymer materials contact Ohio Brass AA B C B = Strength 0 = 120 kN SML 1 = 111 kN (25K lbs.) SML 2 = 160 kN (36K lbs.), 133 kN (30K lbs.) SML 3 = 210 kN, 222 kN (50K lbs.) SML C = Construction 0 = Standard Hardware/0 Added Sheds 2 = Standard Hardware/2 Added Sheds DD E F GG GG = Line End Fittings Chain Eye.............................................00 ANSI Ball..............................................01 Y-Clevis................................................02 ANSI Straight Clevis.............................04 IEC Ball................................................07* IEC Straight Clevis...............................08 *For 160 kN, 20 mm ball, use “09” code. E = Labeling 1 = English 2 = Metric F = Ground End Fittings Chain Eye...............................................0 Y-Clevis..................................................2 ANSI Socket...........................................3 ANSI Straight Clevis...............................4 IEC Straight Clevis.................................8 IEC Socket............................................. A DD = Weathershed Configuration To determine the number of sheds in your insulator, multiply this number by four, then add any additional sheds as listed in the Construction digit. JULY 2010 OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA 27-5 16 mm (5/8") Rod Diameter Suspension Insulators Section Length Section Length Mechanical Ratings SML = 111 kN (25,000 lbs.) RTL = 55 kN (12,500 lbs.) x y 94 mm (3.7") Standard Design Leakage Distance mm (in.) XX = Selection Guide Typical Line Voltage, kV (1) 70 110 132 161 220 330 400 51 1160 (45) 1550 (61) 1940 (76) 2320 (91) 2710 (107) 3100 (122) 3490 (137) 3880 (152) 4270 (168) 4660 (183) 5040 (198) 5430 (214) 5820 (229) 6210 (244) 6600 (260) 6990 (275) 7380 (290) 7770 (306) 8150 (321) 8540 (336) 8930 (351) A1 D1 G1 1340 1530 1760 (53) (60) (69) 1790 2040 2350 (70) (80) (92) 2230 2540 2920 (88) (100) (115) 2680 3060 3520 (105) (120) (138) 3130 3570 4110 (122) (140) (162) 3580 4080 4700 (141) (160) (185) 4020 4580 5280 (158) (180) (207) 4480 5100 5870 (176) (200) (231) 4930 5610 6460 (194) (221) (254) 5370 6120 7050 (211) (241) (277) 5820 6620 7630 (229) (261) (300) 6270 7140 8220 (247) (281) (323) 6720 7650 8810 (264) (301) (347) 7170 8160 9400 (282) (321) (370) 7610 8670 9980 (299) (341) (393) 8060 9180 10570 (317) (361) (416) 8510 9700 11170 (335) (381) (439) 8960 10210 11760 (353) (402) (463) 9400 10710 12330 (370) (421) (485) 9860 11220 12930 (388) (442) (509) 10310 11740 13520 (406) (462) (532) High Leak Design Type x mm (in.) A11.. 97 (3.8) D11.. 109 (4.3) G11.. 130 (5.1) y mm (in.) 114 (4.5) 140 (5.5) 160 (6.3) (2) (2) IEC IEC Wet (2) IEC LightPower Switching ning Impulse Freq. Wet Catalog Impulse Withstand (ANSI Dry Arc Withstand Withstand Number Section Critical Impulse with ANSI Length No. Distance (ANSI 60 (ANSI 60 F.O.) kV Hz. Wet mm 52-5 ball and mm Hz. Dry of Neg-kV Pos-kV F.O.) kV (in.) Y-Clevis (in.) F.O.) kV Sheds 255 275 135 470 725 260 XX10032201 12 (285) (310) (180) (18.5) (28.6) (180) 350 365 180 625 881 345 XX10042201 16 (390) (410) (240 (24.6) (34.7) (245) 440 450 220 775 1033 420 XX10052201 20 (490) (505) (295) (30.6) (40.7) (310) 530 540 260 930 1189 500 XX10062201 24 (595) (605) (350) (36.8) (46.8) (370) 620 630 305 1090 1345 570 XX10072201 28 (695) (700) (405) (42.9) (53.0) (430) 710 715 340 1245 1501 650 XX10082201 32 (795) (795) (455) (49.0) (59.1) (490) 800 800 380 1395 1654 720 XX10092201 36 (890) (890) (505) (55.0) (65.1) (545) 890 885 420 1555 1810 790 XX10102201 40 (990) (985) (555) (61.2) (71.3) (600) 975 970 455 1710 1966 860 XX10112201 44 (1080) (1090) (605) (67.3) (77.4) (655) 1065 1050 490 1865 2121 930 XX10122201 48 (1170) (1185) (655) (73.5) (83.5) (710) 1145 1135 525 2015 2274 995 XX10132201 52 (1260) (1280) (700) (79.5) (89.5) (760) 1230 1215 560 2175 2430 1060 XX10142201 56 (1350) (1370) (750) (85.6) (95.7) (810) 1315 1295 595 2330 2586 1120 XX10152201 (101.8) 60 (1440) (1465) (790) (91.7) (855) 1400 1375 625 2485 2742 1185 XX10162201 (108.0) 64 (1530) (1560) (835) (97.9) (905) 1480 1455 655 2635 2894 1240 XX10172201 (114.0) 68 (1615) (1650) (880) (103.9) (945) 1565 1530 690 2795 3050 1300 XX10182201 (120.1) 72 (1705) (1740) (920) (110.0) (990) 1645 1610 720 2950 3206 1355 XX10192201 (126.2) 76 (1790) (1830) (960) (116.2) (1030) 1725 1685 745 3105 3362 1410 XX10202201 (132.4) 80 (1875) (1920) (1000) (122.3) (1070) 1800 1760 775 3260 3514 1460 XX10212201 (138.4) 84 (1960) (2005) (1040) (128.3) (1110) 1880 1835 800 3415 3670 1510 XX10222201 (144.5) 88 (2040) (2090) (1075) (134.4) (1145) 1955 1910 830 3570 3826 1560 XX10232201 (150.7) 92 (2125) (2175) (1110) (140.6) (1180) Notes: (1) For voltages above 400 kV, and other section lengths, contact your Ohio Brass representative. (2) Electrical values are without corona ring. For voltages above 161 kV refer to Page 3 for Corona Rings, and associated physical/electrical changes to above data. Dimensions are within allowable tolerances as specified by IEC 1109 and ANSI C29.12. End Fitting Example You need the electrical and mechanical charactieristics of Catalog #5110102201. But chain eye is needed at the ground end instead of a Y-clevis. From the table at the right, find the code for the chain eye/ANSI ball configuration 2001. You should order catalog number 5110102001. The same process is used for other strength Hi*Lite XL insulators. OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA Ground Fitting Line Fitting Eye Eye Eye ANSI 52-5 Ball ANSI 52-5 Socket ANSI 52-5 Ball Y-Clevis Eye ANSI 52-6 Clevis Eye Suffix Code 2000 2001 2301 2200 2400 Length Change mm Inches +39 +1 - 25 +37 +11 +1.5 +0.0 - 0.9 +1.4 +0.4 JULY 2010 27-6 16 mm (5/8") Rod Diameter Suspension Insulators Section Length Mechanical Ratings SML = 120 kN RTL = 60 kN x 94 mm (3.7") y Standard Design Selection Guide Typical Line Voltage, kV (1) 70 110 132 161 220 330 400 Leakage Distance mm (in.) XX = 51 1160 (45) 1550 (61) 1940 (76) 2320 (91) 2710 (107) 3100 (122) 3490 (137) 3880 (152) 4270 (168) 4660 (183) 5040 (198) 5430 (214) 5820 (229) 6210 (244) 6600 (260) 6990 (275) 7380 (290) 7770 (306) 8150 (321) 8540 (336) 8930 (351) A1 D1 G1 1340 1530 1760 (53) (60) (69) 1790 2040 2350 (70) (80) (92) 2230 2540 2920 (88) (100) (115) 2680 3060 3520 (105) (120) (138) 3130 3570 4110 (122) (140) (162) 3580 4080 4700 (141) (160) (185) 4020 4580 5280 (158) (180) (207) 4480 5100 5870 (176) (200) (231) 4930 5610 6460 (194) (221) (254) 5370 6120 7050 (211) (241) (277) 5820 6620 7630 (229) (261) (300) 6270 7140 8220 (247) (281) (323) 6720 7650 8810 (264) (301) (347) 7170 8160 9400 (282) (321) (370) 7610 8670 9980 (299) (341) (393) 8060 9180 10570 (317) (361) (416) 8510 9700 11170 (335) (381) (439) 8960 10210 11760 (353) (402) (463) 9400 10710 12330 (370) (421) (485) 9860 11220 12930 (388) (442) (509) 10310 11740 13520 (406) (462) (532) Section Length Catalog Number with IEC 16 mm ball - socket XX00032A07 XX00042A07 XX00052A07 XX00062A07 XX00072A07 XX00082A07 XX00092A07 XX00102A07 XX00112A07 XX00122A07 XX00132A07 XX00142A07 XX00152A07 XX00162A07 XX00172A07 XX00182A07 XX00192A07 XX00202A07 XX00212A07 XX00222A07 XX00232A07 High Leak Design Type x mm (in.) A10.. 97 (3.8) D10.. 109 (4.3) G10.. 130 (5.1) y mm (in.) 114 (4.5) 140 (5.5) 160 (6.3) (2) (2) IEC Wet IEC (2) IEC LightSwitching Power ning Impulse Impulse Freq. Wet Withstand (ANSI Dry Arc Withstand Withstand Critical Impulse Section Length No. Distance (ANSI 60 (ANSI 60 F.O.) kV mm mm Hz. Dry Hz. Wet of Neg-kV Pos-kV (in.) (in.) F.O.) kV F.O.) kV Sheds 255 275 470 731 260 135 12 (285) (310) (18.5) (28.8) (180) (180) 350 365 625 886 345 180 16 (390) (410) (24.6) (34.9) (245) (240 440 450 775 1039 420 220 20 (490) (505) (30.6) (40.9) (310) (295) 530 540 930 1195 500 260 24 (595) (605) (36.8) (47.1) (370) (350) 620 630 1090 1351 570 305 28 (695) (700) (42.9) (53.2) (430) (405) 710 715 1245 1507 650 340 32 (795) (795) (49.0) (59.3) (490) (455) 800 800 1395 1659 720 380 36 (890) (890) (55.0) (65.3) (545) (505) 890 885 1555 1815 790 420 40 (990) (985) (61.2) (71.5) (600) (555) 975 970 1710 1971 860 455 44 (1080) (1090) (67.3) (77.6) (655) (605) 1065 1050 1865 2127 930 490 48 (1170) (1185) (73.5) (83.8) (710) (655) 1145 1135 2015 2279 995 525 52 (1260) (1280) (79.5) (89.8) (760) (700) 1230 1215 2175 2435 1060 560 56 (1350) (1370) (85.6) (95.9) (810) (750) 1315 1295 2330 2591 1120 595 60 (1440) (1465) (91.7) (102.1) (855) (790) 1400 1375 2485 2747 1185 625 64 (1530) (1560) (97.9) (108.2) (905) (835) 1480 1455 2635 2900 1240 655 68 (1615) (1650) (103.9) (114.2) (945) (880) 1565 1530 2795 3056 1300 690 72 (1705) (1740) (110.0) (120.3) (990) (920) 1645 1610 2950 3212 1355 720 76 (1790) (1830) (116.2) (126.5) (1030) (960) 1725 1685 3105 3368 1410 745 80 (1875) (1920) (122.3) (132.6) (1070) (1000) 1800 1760 3260 3520 1460 775 84 (1960) (2005) (128.3) (138.6) (1110) (1040) 1880 1835 3415 3676 1510 800 88 (2040) (2090) (134.4) (144.8) (1145) (1075) 1955 1910 3570 3832 1560 830 92 (2125) (2175) (140.6) (150.9) (1180) (1110) Notes: (1) For voltages above 400 kV, and other section lengths, contact your Ohio Brass representative. (2) Electrical values are without corona ring. For voltages above 161 kV refer to Page 3 for Corona Rings, and associated physical/electrical changes to above data. Dimensions are within allowable tolerances as specified by IEC 1109 and ANSI C29.12. Y-Clevis Tower Attachment Detail for all Hi*Lite XL Insulators “D” Max. 25 mm (1") Dia. Minimum 19 mm (3/4") Max. 3 mm (1/8") x 45° Chamfer Rod Dia. mm (in.) “D” Max. mm (in.) 16 (5/8") 13 (.53) 22 (7/8") 25 (1.0) To achieve insulator SML value, proper grade steel should be used JULY 2010 Ground Fitting Line Fitting Suffix Code Eye Eye Y-Clevis Y-Clevis IEC 16C Clevis Eye IEC 16 mm Ball IEC 16 mm Ball Eye Eye 2000 2007 2207 2200 2800 Length Change mm Inches +59 +26 +24 +57 +31 +2.3 +1.0 +0.9 +2.2 +1.2 OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA 27-7 22 mm (7/8") Rod Diameter Suspension Insulators Mechanical Ratings SML = 160 kN (36,000 lbs.) RTL = 80 kN (18,000 lbs.) Section Length Insulators with either ANSI ball and/ or socket end-fittings will be rated 133 kN (30,000 lbs.) SML and 66 kN (15,000 lbs.) RTL. 101 mm (4.0") Standard Design Leakage Distance mm (in.) XX = Selection Guide Typical Line Voltage, kV (1) 70 110 132 161 220 330 400 51 1150 (45) 1540 (60) 1920 (75) 2310 (91) 2700 (106) 3080 (121) 3470 (136) 3850 (151) 4240 (167) 4630 (182) 5010 (197) 5400 (212) 5790 (228) 6170 (243) 6560 (258) 6940 (273) 7330 (288) 7720 (304) 8100 (319) 8490 (334) 8870 (349) A1 D1 G1 1340 1530 1760 (53) (60) (69) 1790 2040 2350 (70) (80) (92) 2230 2540 2920 (88) (100) (115) 2680 3060 3520 (105) (120) (138) 3130 3570 4110 (123) (140) (162) 3580 4080 4700 (141) (160) (185) 4020 4580 5280 (158) (180) (207) 4480 5100 5870 (176) (200) (231) 4930 5610 6460 (194) (221) (254) 5370 6120 7050 (211) (241) (277) 5820 6620 7630 (229) (261) (300) 6270 7140 8220 (247) (281) (323) 6720 7650 8810 (264) (301) (347) 7170 8160 9400 (282) (321) (370) 7610 8670 9980 (299) (341) (393) 8060 9180 10570 (317) (361) (416) 8510 9700 11170 (335) (381) (439) 8960 10210 11760 (353) (402) (463) 9400 10710 12330 (370) (421) (485) 9860 11220 12930 (388) (442) (509) 10310 11740 13520 (406) (462) (532) Catalog Number with IEC 20 mm ball and socket XX20032A09 XX20042A09 XX20052A09 XX20062A09 XX20072A09 XX20082A09 XX20092A09 XX20102A09 XX20112A09 XX20122A09 XX20132A09 XX20142A09 XX20152A09 XX20162A09 XX20172A09 XX20182A09 XX20192A09 XX20202A09 XX20212A09 XX20222A09 XX20232A09 x Section Length y High Leak Design Type x mm (in.) A12.. 97 (3.8) D12.. 109 (4.3) G12.. 130 (5.1) y mm (in.) 114 (4.5) 140 (5.5) 160 (6.3) (2) (2) IEC Wet IEC (2) IEC LightSwitching Power ning Impulse Impulse Freq. Wet Withstand (ANSI Dry Arc Withstand Withstand Section Critical Impulse Length No. Distance (ANSI 60 (ANSI 60 F.O.) kV mm mm Hz. Dry Hz. Wet of (in.) (in.) F.O.) kV F.O.) kV Pos-kV Neg-kV Sheds 470 795 260 135 275 255 12 (18.5) (30.8) (180) (180) (310) (285) 625 951 345 180 365 350 16 (24.6) (37.0) (245) (240 (410) (390) 775 1104 420 220 450 440 20 (30.6) (43.5) (310) (295) (505) (490) 930 1260 500 260 540 530 24 (36.8) (49.6) (370) (350) (605) (595) 1090 1416 570 305 630 620 28 (42.9) (55.8) (430) (405) (700) (695) 1245 1572 650 340 715 710 32 (49.0) (61.9) (490) (455) (795) (795) 1395 1724 720 380 800 800 36 (55.0) (67.9) (545) (505) (890) (890) 1555 1880 790 420 885 890 40 (61.2) (74.0) (600) (555) (985) (990) 1710 2036 860 455 970 975 44 (67.3) (80.2) (655) (605) (1080) (1090) 1865 2192 930 490 1050 1065 48 (73.5) (86.3) (710) (655) (1170) (1185) 2015 2344 995 525 1135 1145 52 (79.5) (92.3) (760) (700) (1260) (1280) 2175 2500 1215 1060 560 1230 56 (85.6) (98.5) (1350) (1370) (810) (750) 2330 1295 2656 1120 595 1315 60 (91.7) (1440) (1465) (104.6) (855) (790) 2485 2812 1375 1185 625 1400 64 (97.9) (1530) (1560) (110.7) (905) (835) 2635 2965 1455 1240 655 1480 68 (103.9) (1615) (1650) (116.7) (945) (880) 2795 1530 3120 1300 690 1565 72 (110.0) (122.9) (1705) (1740) (990) (920) 2950 1610 3276 1355 720 1645 76 (116.2) (128.9) (1790) (1830) (1030) (960) 3105 3432 1685 1410 745 1725 80 (122.3) (1875) (1920) (135.2) (1070) (1000) 3260 3585 1460 775 1760 1800 84 (128.3) (141.2) (1110) (1040) (1960) (2005) 3415 3741 1835 1510 800 1880 88 (134.4) (147.3) (2040) (2090) (1145) (1075) 3570 3897 1910 1560 830 1955 92 (140.6) (153.4) (2125) (2175) (1180) (1110) Notes: (1) For voltages above 400 kV, and other section lengths, contact your Ohio Brass representative. (2) Electrical values are without corona ring. For voltages above 161 kV refer to Page 3 for Corona Rings, and associated physical/electrical changes to above data. Dimensions are within allowable tolerances as specified by IEC 1109 and ANSI C29.12. Corona Ring Example Yo u h a v e s e l e c t e d C a t a l o g #D120122A09, the typical application is 220kV. From page 3, you would select ring 2717613002 on the bottom end. The physical/electrical characteristics would change per the table on page 3. OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA Ground Fitting Eye Eye Y-Clevis Eye Y-Clevis Y-Clevis ANSI 52-5 Socket Suffix Line Fitting SML kN (lbs.) Code Eye 160 kN (36K) 2000 IEC 20 mm Ball 160 kN (36K) 2009 Eye 160 kN (36K) 2200 ANSI 52-5 Ball 133 kN (30K) 2001 IEC 20 mm Ball 160 kN (36K) 2209 ANSI 52-5 Ball 133 kN (30K) 2201 ANSI 52-5 Ball 133 kN (30K) 2301 Length Change mm In. +40 +1.5 +21 +0.8 +27 +1.0 +2 +0.1 +8 +0.3 - 11 - 0.4 - 35 - 1.3 JULY 2010 27-8 22 mm (7/8") Rod Diameter Suspension Insulators Section Length Mechanical Ratings SML = 210 kN RTL = 55 kN x 101 mm (4.0") ANSI fittings are capable of 222 kN SML (50K lbs.) Standard Design Leakage Distance mm (in.) XX = Selection Guide Typical Line Voltage, kV (1) 69 115 138 161 220 330 400 51 1150 (45) 1540 (60) 1920 (75) 2310 (91) 2700 (106) 3080 (121) 3470 (136) 3850 (151) 4240 (167) 4630 (182) 5010 (197) 5400 (212) 5790 (228) 6170 (243) 6560 (258) 6940 (273) 7330 (288) 7720 (304) 8100 (319) 8490 (334) 8870 (349) A1 D1 G1 1340 1530 1760 (53) (60) (69) 1790 2040 2350 (70) (80) (92) 2230 2540 2920 (88) (100) (115) 2680 3060 3520 (105) (120) (138) 3130 3570 4110 (123) (140) (162) 3580 4080 4700 (141) (160) (185) 4020 4580 5280 (158) (180) (207) 4480 5100 5870 (176) (200) (231) 4930 5610 6460 (194) (221) (254) 5370 6120 7050 (211) (241) (277) 5820 6620 7630 (229) (261) (300) 6270 7140 8220 (247) (281) (323) 6720 7650 8810 (264) (301) (347) 7170 8160 9400 (282) (321) (370) 7610 8670 9980 (299) (341) (393) 8060 9180 10570 (317) (361) (416) 8510 9700 11170 (335) (381) (439) 8960 10210 11760 (353) (402) (463) 9400 10710 12330 (370) (421) (485) 9860 11220 12930 (388) (442) (509) 10310 11740 13520 (406) (462) (532) Catalog Number with IEC 20 mm ball and socket XX30032A07 XX30042A07 XX30052A07 XX30062A07 XX30072A07 XX30082A07 XX30092A07 XX30102A07 XX30112A07 XX30122A07 XX30132A07 XX30142A07 XX30152A07 XX30162A07 XX30172A07 XX30182A07 XX30192A07 XX30202A07 XX30212A07 XX30222A07 XX30232A07 Section Length y High Leak Design Type x mm (in.) A13.. 97 (3.8) D13.. 109 (4.3) G13.. 130 (5.1) y mm (in.) 114 (4.5) 140 (5.5) 160 (6.3) (2) (2) IEC Wet IEC (2) IEC LightSwitching Power ning Impulse Impulse Freq. Wet Withstand (ANSI Dry Arc Withstand Withstand Critical Impulse Section Length No. Distance (ANSI 60 (ANSI 60 F.O.) kV mm mm Hz. Dry Hz. Wet of (in.) (in.) F.O.) kV F.O.) kV Pos-kV Neg-kV Sheds 470 795 260 135 275 255 12 (18.5) (30.8) (180) (180) (310) (285) 625 951 345 180 365 350 16 (24.6) (37.0) (245) (240 (410) (390) 775 1104 420 220 450 440 20 (30.6) (43.5) (310) (295) (505) (490) 930 1260 500 260 540 530 24 (36.8) (49.6) (370) (350) (605) (595) 1090 1416 570 305 630 620 28 (42.9) (55.8) (430) (405) (700) (695) 1245 1572 650 340 715 710 32 (49.0) (61.9) (490) (455) (795) (795) 1395 1724 720 380 800 800 36 (55.0) (67.9) (545) (505) (890) (890) 1555 1880 790 420 885 890 40 (61.2) (74.0) (600) (555) (985) (990) 1710 2036 860 455 970 975 44 (67.3) (80.2) (655) (605) (1080) (1090) 1865 2192 930 490 1050 1065 48 (73.5) (86.3) (710) (655) (1170) (1185) 2015 2344 995 525 1135 1145 52 (79.5) (92.3) (760) (700) (1260) (1280) 2175 2500 1215 1060 560 1230 56 (85.6) (98.5) (1350) (1370) (810) (750) 2330 1295 2656 1120 595 1315 60 (91.7) (1440) (1465) (104.6) (855) (790) 2485 2812 1375 1185 625 1400 64 (97.9) (1530) (1560) (110.7) (905) (835) 2635 2965 1455 1240 655 1480 68 (103.9) (1615) (1650) (116.7) (945) (880) 2795 1530 3120 1300 690 1565 72 (110.0) (122.9 (1705) (1740) (990) (920) 2950 1610 3276 1355 720 1645 76 (116.2) (128.9) (1790) (1830) (1030) (960) 3105 3432 1685 1410 745 1725 80 (122.3) (1875) (1920) (135.2) (1070) (1000) 3260 3585 1460 775 1760 1800 84 (128.3) (141.2) (1110) (1040) (1960) (2005) 3415 3741 1835 1510 800 1880 88 (134.4) (147.3) (2040) (2090) (1145) (1075) 3570 3897 1910 1560 830 1955 92 (140.6) (153.4) (2125) (2175) (1180) (1110) Notes: (1) For voltages above 400 kV, and other section lengths, contact your Ohio Brass representative. (2) Electrical values are without corona ring. For voltages above 161 kV refer to Page 3 for Corona Rings, and associated physical/electrical changes to above data. Dimensions are within allowable tolerances as specified by IEC 1109 and ANSI C29.12. Y-Clevis Tower Attachment Detail for all Hi*Lite XL Insulators “D” Max. 25 mm (1") Dia. Minimum 3 mm (1/8") x 45° Chamfer Rod Dia. mm (in.) 16 (5/8") 22 (7/8") 19 mm (3/4") Max. “D” Max. mm (in.) 13 (.53) 25 (1.0) To achieve insulator SML value, proper grade steel should be used. JULY 2010 Line Ground Fitting Fitting Eye Eye IEC 20mm Ball Eye ANSI 52-11 Socket ANSI 52-11 Ball ANSI 52-11 Ball Eye Eye Y-Clevis ANSI 52-11 Ball Y-Clevis IEC 20 mm Ball Y-Clevis IEC 19L Clevis Eye Suffix Code 2000 2007 2301 2001 2200 2201 2207 2800 Length Change mm Inches +40 +1.5 +18 +0.7 - 16 - 0.6 +2 +0.1 +19 +0.7 - 13 - 0.5 +4 +0.1 +31 +1.2 OHIO BRASS – AIKEN, SC, USA Catalog 24 A Better Design. A Better Insulator. ® Insulators ® LIMITED WARRANTY AND LIMITATION OF LIABILITY MATERIAL: HPS warrants all products sold by it to be merchantable (as such term is defined in the Uniform Commercial Code) and to be free from defects in material and workmanship. Buyer must notify HPS promptly of any claim under this warranty. The Buyer’s exclusive remedy for breach of this warranty shall be the repair or replacement, F.O.B. factory, at HPS’s option, of any product defective under the warranty, which is returned to HPS within one year from the date of shipment. NO OTHER WARRANTY, WHETHER EXPRESS OR ARISING BY OPERATION OF THE LAW, COURSE OF DEALING, USAGE OF TRADE OR OTHERWISE IMPLIED, SHALL EXIST IN CONNECTION WITH HPS’S PRODUCTS OR ANY SALE OR USE THEREOF. HPS SHALL IN NO EVENT BE LIABLE FOR ANY LOSS OF PROFITS OR CONSEQUENTIAL OR SPECIAL DAMAGES INCURRED BY BUYER. HPS’s warranty shall run only to the first Buyer of a product from HPS, from HPS’s Buyer, or from an original equipment manufacturer reselling HPS’s product, and is non-assignable and non-transferable and shall be of no force and effect if asserted by any person other than such first Buyer. This warranty applies only to the use of the product as intended by HPS and does not cover any modification, misapplication, or misuse of said product. APPLICATION: HPS does not warrant the accuracy of and results from product or system performance recommendations resulting from any engineering analysis or study. This applies regardless of whether a charge is made for the recommendation, or if it is provided free of charge. Responsibility for selection of the proper product of application rests solely with the purchaser. In the event of errors or inaccuracies determined to be caused by HPS, its liability will be limited to the reperformance of any such analysis or study. PURCHASER INSPECTIONS: Tests, inspections and acceptance of all material must be made at the factory. Purchasers’ inspectors are welcome at the factories and are provided with the necessary facilities for carrying out their work. Name and phone number of who should be contacted for inspection should be given to HPS no later than two weeks prior to scheduled shipment date. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY: IN NO EVENT, WHETHER AS A RESULT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT OR WARRANTY OR ALLEGED NEGLIGENCE, SHALL HPS BE LIABLE FOR SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, LOSS OF PROFITS OR REVENUE, LOSS OF USE OF THE EQUIPMENT OR ANY ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT, LOSS OF CAPITAL, COST OF SUBSTITUTE EQUIPMENT, FACILITIES OR SERVICES, DOWNTIME COSTS, OR CLAIMS OF THIRD PARTIES OF THE BUYER FOR SUCH DAMAGES. Any claim by Buyer for breach of the foregoing warranty shall be deemed waived by Buyer unless submitted to HPS in writing within thirty (30) days from the date Buyer discovered, or by reasonable inspection should have discovered the alleged breach. Any cause of action for breach of the foregoing warranty shall be brought within one year after the cause of action has accrued. 1850 Richland Avenue East, Aiken, SC 29801 http://www.hubbellpowersystems.com E-mail: quadrisil@hps.hubbell.com ©Copyright 2010 NOTE: Because Hubbell has a policy of continuous product improvement, we reserve the right to change design and specifications without notice. A Better Design. A Better Insulator. Polymer (RTV) Seal Counterbore Compression Seal Radial Compression Seal Overlap Compression Seal Our Exclusive Four-Point Seal ® Quadri*Sil® Insulators — A Century in the Making With nearly 100 years of Ohio Brass insulator experience and product innovation, it’s no surprise that the next generation of insulator reliability carries the trusted name of Ohio Brass. Ohio Brass (Hubbell Power Systems) is proud to offer a transmission insulator that triumphs over today’s unpredictable environment. Appropriately named, the Quadri*Sil® insulator incorporates a revolutionary four-point seal that, quite simply. . . prohibits moisture intrusion. The Ohio Brass commitment is simple and complete: we provide our customers the finest, most advanced products and expert technical assistance, before and after purchase. Every day. Worldwide. In addition, the Quadri*Sil® insulator optimizes the Ohio Brass commitment to excellence and the advancement of processes and materials. With a proprietary siliconerubber compound and end-seal design, this direct-bonded insulator offers assurance that moisture penetration does not occur. Today’s environment is unpredictable. Your insulator can’t be. January 2011 page 1 page 2 January 2011 Quadri*Sil® General Information Page 4 The Heart of Quadri*Sil® Insulators........................................................................ 4 Key to the Catalog Numbers......................................................................8 and 33 Technical Terms Reference Guide........................................................................ 34 Suspension insulators Page 11 Corona Performance.......................................................................................... 12 End Fitting Detail................................................................................................ 13 Quadri*Sil® 25 kip / 120 kN SML Data................................................................ 14 Quadri*Sil® 30 kip SML Data.............................................................................. 15 Quadri*Sil® 160 kN SML Data............................................................................. 16 Quadri*Sil® 50 kip / 210 kN SML Data................................................................ .17 Line Post insulators Page 19 Mechanical Ratings and Corona Performance...................................................... .20 Quadri*Sil® Horizontal Line Posts........................................................................ .21 Quadri*Sil® Vertical Line Posts............................................................................ .22 Quadri*Sil® Base Fittings.................................................................................... .24 Quadri*Sil® Line Fittings..................................................................................... .25 Clamps and Assemblies..................................................................................... .26 Braced post Insulators Page 29 Braced Line Post Assemblies.............................................................................. 30 Assembly Drawings............................................................................................ 31 Dimensions and Strength Ratings....................................................................... 32 January 2011 page 3 Design Sealing System — This four-point sealing system provides superior performance by preventing moisture penetration between the silicone rubber and end-fitting interface. The design is based on four redundant seals that provide unmatched protection to the fiberglass core rod. RTV (Room Temperature Vulcanate) is completely encapsulated within the interior of the end-fitting and is not utilized as an exterior seal as with other silicone designs. [ Revolutionary Four-Point Seal ] Corona Shielding Ring (CSR) — The Quadri*Sil® end-fitting design provides superior electric field shielding of the silicone rubber adjacent to the end-fitting. The superior shielding protects the silicone rubber on applications where an external corona ring is not required. Direct Bond — The silicone rubber material is bonded directly to the fiberglass core rod during the molding process. The resulting bond between the silicone rubber and fiberglass rod is mechanically stronger than the tear strength of the silicone rubber. Crimp Method — A circumferential crimp creates a more uniform stress distribution to ensure the mechanical integrity of the Quadri*Sil® insulator. Ohio Brass pioneered the crimping process in 1976 — today it has become the industry standard. page 4 January 2011 Components and Materials Polymer Weathersheds — The polymer weathershed material utilized in the Quadri*Sil® insulator design is a proprietary silicone-rubber compound specifically designed by Ohio Brass engineers for high-voltage insulator applications. The polymer weathershed material starts with 100-percent base silicone rubber before additives and fillers are compounded with the base rubber. Hubbell Power Systems (HPS) controls the entire process from the proprietary formulation to the complete mixing process. The proprietary formulation incorporates the inherent hydrophobicity and UV performance of silicone rubber while providing superior tracking performance as demonstrated in dry-band arcing tests. For more information about our silicone rubber, please contact your HPS representative. Fiberglass Core Rod — The Quadri*Sil® suspension insulator’s fiberglass core rod is produced with boron-free, corrosion-resistant E-glass and epoxy resin. Quadri*Sil® line post insulators are manufactured with electrical grade glass and epoxy resin. End Fittings — Made of steel or ductile iron, the end-fittings are directly attached to the fiberglass core rod by a circumferential crimping process. This crimping process allows the end fittings to utilize the rod’s inherent tensile strength. Grading Rings — Also known as corona rings, grading rings are manufactured using high-grade aluminum alloy, making them strong, light, and corrosion-resistant. Grading (corona) rings can be packaged separately or inside the insulator crates with all mounting hardware included. Leakage Distance Quadri*Sil® suspension insulators feature standard and high leakage distance weathershed profiles for maximum resistance to contamination and leakage currents in various environmental applications. The hydrophobic nature of our silicone rubber ensures superior performance in contaminated environments. January 2011 page 5 High Pressure Washing Quadri*Sil® transmission insulators normally do not require washing or other routine maintenance. Washing may be required if the insulators are installed in an area of severe environmental contamination. In the event that washing is required, the procedures outlined in Section IX of the “IEEE GUIDE FOR INSULATOR CLEANING,” IEEE STD 957-2005 are generally applicable. Mechanical Ratings Quadri*Sil® suspension insulators are rated and tested in accordance with IEC 61109 and ANSI C29.12. Quadri*Sil® line post insulators are rated and tested in accordance with IEC 61952 and ANSI C29.17. Certified test reports are available. For suspension insulators, SML ratings are 120 kN, 160 kN, 210 kN, 25 kip, 30 kip, and 50 kip with appropriate rod size and end fittings. RTL ratings are consistent with the IEC and ANSI standards. Factory routine tests are conducted on 100 percent of all insulators to the RTL rating. Markings Markings for Quadri*Sil® suspension insulators are placed on a UV-resistant label located on the ground end fitting. Markings for Quadri*Sil® line post insulators are placed on a metal plate on the mounting base of the insulator. Markings include SML and RTL (for suspension), SCL and RCL (for line post), part number, assembly date code, and Hubbell Power Systems identification. These markings are consistent with applicable IEC and ANSI standards. Insulator Lengths Quadri*Sil® suspension insulators are available in lengths appropriate for 69 kV through 765 kV. Longer lengths can be produced for special projects. Intermediate lengths – those that fall in between the catalog numbers listed in the tables – are also available. Length increments are approximately 2.2 inches (56 mm) for suspension insulators and 2.4 inches (61 mm) for vertical and horizontal line post insulators. page 6 January 2011 Testing Quadri*Sil® insulators have been tested successfully to meet the requirements of IEC 61109 and ANSI C29.11. For a certified test report or additional information related to product testing, please contact your HPS representative. Packaging Quadri*Sil® suspension insulators are packaged in wooden crates 44 inches (111.7 cm) wide with the length of the crate determined by the length of the insulator. The height of the crate is normally less than 45 inches (114.3 cm). The gross weight will not exceed 2,000 pounds (909 kg). Crates are available for both domestic and export transportation. The Quadri*Sil® line post insulators are packaged in appropriate quantities in open wood crates. Line post insulators are packaged to prevent the metal bases from resting on the polymer weathershed material. January 2011 page 7 Catalog Number Key The Quadri*Sil ® Insulators Numbering Scheme is organized according to a smart numbering system. Each group of digits defines a characteristic of the product you are ordering. To fill out this form, start on “a: Insulator Type.” Then, fill in your selection in the box corresponding to the letter “a.” Apply the same rule for all the other sections. a Insulator Type P — Post or S — Suspension d Weathershed Profile Suspension S — Standard Leakage Distance (2.5) H — High Leakage Distance (2.9 or 3.3) a) Insulator type. Defines your insulator type: Post or Suspension. Select “P” or “S” for Post or Suspension, respectively, and fill in your selection in the box designated for “a.” In this example, we selected a suspension insulator. Post S — Standard Leakage Distance S b d) Weathershed Profile. Defines the leakage distance design. For a suspension insulator with standard leakage distance, use “S.” For a suspension insulator with high leakage distance, use “H.” For a line post, only the standard leakage distance design is available. Fill in your selection in the box designated for “d.” For example, if you want an insulator with high leakage distance, you would place an “H” in the box designated “d.” Mechanical Strength Suspension (SML), Rod Diameter 025 — 25 kip, 5/8” (16 mm) 030 — 30 kip, 5/8” (16 mm) 050 — 50 kip, 7/8” (22 mm) 120 — 120 kN, 5/8” (16 mm) 160 — 160 kN, 7/8” (22 mm) 210 — 210 kN, 7/8” (22 mm) Post 250 — Series 250, standard strength 2.5”, (63.5 mm) b) Strength. Defines the mechanical strength of your insulator. Fill in your selection in the boxes designated for “b.” 0 S e 2 5 0 4 9 H Top Fitting Post Insulators LineLine Post Insulators Suspension Insulators Suspension Insulators 0 — Chain Eye 0 — Tear Drop Blade 1 — ANSI Ball 1 — Horizontal Clamptop 2 — Y-Clevis 2 — Vertical Clamptop 3 — ANSI Socket 3 — 5” (127 mm) Bolt Circle 5/8” (16 mm) Tapped Hole Note: kip = Kilopound, kN = Kilonewton For example, if you want a Suspension insulator with 25 kip, this is what your form would look like so far: 4 — ANSI Straight Clevis S c 0 2 5 7 — IEC Ball Fitting 16 mm for 120 kN 20 mm for 160 kN and 210 kN Polymer Length c) Polymer length. Defines the polymer length of the insulator (please use catalog tables for possible polymer lengths). Fill in your selection in the boxes designated for section “c.” For example, if you want a 49-inch polymer length, enter: 0 2 5 0 4 9 A — IEC Socket 16 mm for 120 kN 20 mm for 160 kN and 210 kN e) top Fitting. Defines the top end fitting of your insulator. Fill in your selection in the box designated for “e.” For example, if you want a suspension insulator with a Y-clevis top end fitting, you would place a “2” in the box designated for “e.” S page 8 9 — Long Tear Drop Blade 8 — IEC Straight Clevis 3 digits for distance between metal parts, in inches S 5 — 5” (127 mm) Bolt Circle 5/8” (16 mm) Through Hole January 2011 0 2 5 0 4 9 H 2 f Examples: Bottom Fitting f) Bottom Fitting. Defines the bottom end fitting of your insulator. Fill in your selection in the boxes designated for “f.” For example, if you want an ANSI ball bottom end fitting, you would place “01” in the boxes designated for “f.” S 0 2 5 0 4 Suspension Insulators 9 H 0 2 1 Line Post Insulators 00 - Chain Eye Suspension Insulator, 25 kip, 49” of Polymer Length, Standard Leakage Distance Profile (2.5), Top Fitting: Y-Clevis, Bottom Fitting: ANSI Ball, No Corona Ring S025049S2010 02 - Aluminum Gain 12” (305 mm) CL1 mounting 03 - Aluminum Flat 8”x 10” (203 mm x 254 mm), 15/16” (24 mm) hole diameter 01 - ANSI Ball 04 - Aluminum Flat 8”x 13” (203 mm x 330 mm), 15/16” (24 mm) hole diameter 02 - Y-Clevis 05 - 5” (127 mm) Bolt Circle, 5/8” (16 mm) tapped hole 03 - ANSI Socket 07 - Steel Gain 12” (305 mm) CL mounting, 15/16” (24 mm) hole diameter 04 - ANSI Straight Clevis 08 - Steel Flat 8”x 13” (203 mm x 330 mm) MS2, 15/16” (24 mm) hole diameter 07 - IEC Ball Fitting 15 - 5” (127 mm) Bolt Circle, 5/8” (16 mm) through hole 16 mm for 120 kN or 20 mm for 160 kN and 210 kN 08 - IEC Straight Clevis Vertical Gain - See page 23 Table B 0A - IEC Socket 16 mm for 120 kN or 20 mm for 160 kN and 210 kN g 1 2 Center Line Horizontal x Vertical Mounting Pattern Spacing Rings 0 — No ring required A — >220 kV, 8” (203 mm) ring for suspension, 12” (305 mm) ring for series 250 post B — >330 kV, 12” (305 mm) ring for suspension, 15” (381 mm) ring for series 250 post C — >400 kV, 12” (305 mm) line end and 8” (203 mm) ground end ring for suspension D — >500 kV, 15” (381 mm) line end and 8” (203 mm) ground end ring for suspension E — >735 kV, 15” (381 mm) line end and 12” (305 mm) ground end ring for suspension Line Post Insulator, 2.5” (63.5 mm) Rod Diameter, 21.9” Polymer Length, Standard Leakage Distance, Top Fitting: Tear Drop Blade, Bottom Fitting: 2-Piece Aluminum Gain Base, No Corona Ring P250021S0020 g) rings. Defines your need for a Corona Ring. Fill in your selection in the box designated for “g.” The example below shows a selection of a corona ring for 220 kV, 8” (203 mm) for a suspension insulator. Thus, “A” was placed in the box designated for “g.” S 0 2 5 0 4 9 H 2 0 1 A Your complete part number will be S025049H201A your final catalog number should look like this Fill out boxes according to instructions January 2011 page 9 page 10 January 2011 Suspension Insulators Table of Contents Page Corona Performance......................................................................................... 12 End Fitting Detail............................................................................................... 13 Quadri*Sil® 25 kip / 120 kN SML Data............................................................... 14 Quadri*Sil® 30 kip SML Data............................................................................. 15 Quadri*Sil® 160 kN SML Data............................................................................ 16 Quadri*Sil® 50 kip / 210 kN SML Data............................................................... 17 ® January 2011 page 11 Corona Performance Quadri*Sil® insulators are RIV and corona free through 161 kV. The use of an external corona shielding ring is required at 220 / 230 kV and above. The table below details the rings necessary for 220 / 230 kV and above. Recommended Corona Ring Installation Table Normal Applications: Top Grounded, Bottom Energized Corona Ring Part Numbers Recommended Corona Rings by Line Voltage Ground End Line Voltage (kV) Line End 25 kip, 30 kip, 120 kN, 133 kN Ground End 220/230 kV None 8" (203 mm) 330/345 kV None 400 kV 8" (203 mm) 500 kV 8" (203 mm) Ground End Line End - 2717613002 - 2717613001 12" (305 mm) - 2717053001 - 2717053002 12" (305 mm) 2717613001 2717053001 2717613002 2717053002 15" (381 mm) 2717613001 2717513001 2717613002 2717513002 8.0” (203 mm) 12.0” (305 mm) 15.00” (381 mm) 2.44” (62 mm) Quadri*Sil Suspension Insulator Line End 50 kip, 160 kN, 210 kN 3.44” (87 mm) Quadri*Sil Suspension Insulator Part Number 271761 4.10” (104 mm) Quadri*Sil Suspension Insulator Part Number 271705 Part Number 271751 Electrical/Dimensional Changes to the Suspension Insulator with External Corona Ring Physical and Electrical Characteristics Dry Arc Distance inches (mm) Leakage Distance inches (mm) ANSI 60 Hz Flashover Dry — kV ANSI 60 Hz Flashover Wet — kV ANSI Critical Flashover Positive — kV ANSI Critical Flashover Negative — kV IEC Wet Switching Impulse Withstand — kV IEC Power Frequency Wet Withstand — kV IEC Lightning Impulse Withstand Positive — kV IEC Lightning Impulse Withstand Negative — kV Net Weight pounds (kg) page 12 January 2011 220/230 kV Ring 330/345 kV Ring 400 kV Ring 500 kV Ring -0.63 (-16) 0 -10 -10 -10 -10 N/A -10 -10 -10 2.1 (1.0) -1.32 (33.5) 0 -20 -10 -20 -20 N/A -10 -20 -20 2.9 (1.3) -1.95 (49.5) 0 -20 -20 -30 -30 N/A -20 -30 -30 5.0 (2.3) -2.67 (67.8) 0 -30 -30 -40 -50 N/A -30 -40 -50 6.5 (2.9) Most Common End Fittings 45º øD Chain Eye A B C SML A Y-Clevis A A Dimensions in. (mm) B C D SML B Dimensions in. (mm) B Bolt Dia. A 25 kip 0.62 1.00 2.00 0.62 25 kip 0.75 1.53 (111 kN) (15.74) (25.4) (50.8) (15.74) (111 kN) (19.05) (38.86) (19) 0.62 1.00 2.00 0.62 0.75 1.53 0.75 120 kN 120 kN 0.75 (15.74) (25.4) (50.8) (15.74) (19.05) (38.86) (19) 30 kip 0.75 1.00 2.00 0.85 30 kip 0.88 1.59 0.88 (133 kN) (19.05) (25.4) (50.8) (21.59) (133 kN) (22.35) (40.39) (22) 36 kip 0.75 1.00 2.00 0.85 36 kip 0.88 1.59 0.88 (160 kN) (19.05) (25.4) (50.8) (21.59) (160 kN) (22.35) (40.39) (22) 0.75 1.00 2.00 0.85 0.88 1.59 0.88 210 kN 210 kN (19.05) (25.4) (50.8) (21.59) (22.35) (40.39) (22) 50 kip 0.75 1.00 2.00 0.85 50 kip 0.88 1.59 0.88 (222 kN) (19.05) (25.4) (50.8) (21.59) (222 kN) (22.35) (40.39) (22) B A Straight Clevis PD A SML 25 kip (111 kN) 120 kN 30 kip (133 kN) 36 kip (160 kN) 210 kN 50 kip (222 kN) Ball/Socket Dimensions in. (mm) Class A B PD ANSI 52-6 IEC 16C ANSI 52-6 IEC 19L IEC 19L N/A B Class SML 1.41 0.75 0.62 25 kip (36) (19) (16) (111 kN) 1.41 0.75 0.62 (36) (19) (16) 1.41 0.75 0.62 30 kip (36) (19) (16) (133 kN) 1.81 0.83 0.75 36 kip ANSI 52-8 (46) (21) (19) (160 kN) (IEC 20 mm) 1.81 0.83 0.75 (46) (21) (19) 210 kN IEC 20 mm 120 kN 50 kip (222 kN) ANSI 52-5 IEC 16 mm ANSI 52-5 ANSI 52-11 January 2011 page 13 Section Length High Leak Design Section Length Suspension Insulators Standard Design Mechanical Ratings SML = 25 kip/120 kN RTL = 12.5 kip/60 kN Rod Diameter: 5/8" (16 mm) ANSI Values Selection Guide: Typical Line Voltage, kV Catalog Numbers ANSI / IEC Nominal Polymer Length inches Section Length inches (mm) Strike Distance inches (mm) 021 021 023 023 030 030 036 036 043 043 047 047 051 051 056 056 060 060 064 064 069 069 073 073 077 077 081 081 086 086 090 090 094 094 099 099 103 103 107 107 112 112 116 116 120 120 125 125 129 129 133 133 138 138 142 142 33.3 (846) 33.3 (846) 35.4 (899) 35.4 (899) 41.9 (1064) 41.9 (1064) 48.4 (1229) 48.4 (1229) 54.9 (1394) 54.9 (1394) 59.2 (1504) 59.2 (1504) 63.5 (1613) 63.5 (1613) 67.8 (1722) 67.8 (1722) 72.1 (1831) 72.1 (1831) 76.5 (1943) 76.5 (1943) 80.8 (2052) 80.8 (2052) 85.1 (2162) 85.1 (2162) 89.4 (2271) 89.4 (2271) 93.7 (2380) 93.7 (2380) 98.1 (2492) 98.1 (2492) 102.4 (2601) 102.4 (2601) 106.7 (2710) 106.7 (2710) 111 (2819) 111 (2819) 115.3 (2929) 115.3 (2929) 119.7 (3040) 119.7 (3040) 124 (3150) 124 (3150) 128.3 (3259) 128.3 (3259) 132.6 (3368) 132.6 (3368) 136.9 (3477) 136.9 (3477) 141.3 (3589) 141.3 (3589) 145.6 (3698) 145.6 (3698) 149.9 (3807) 149.9 (3807) 154.2 (3917) 154.2 (3917) 21.5 (546) 22 (559) 23.7 (602) 24.1 (612) 30.2 (767) 30.6 (777) 36.6 (930) 37.1 (942) 43.1 (1095) 43.6 (1107) 47.4 (1204) 47.9 (1217) 51.8 (1316) 52.2 (1326) 56.1 (1425) 56.5 (1435) 60.4 (1534) 60.9 (1547) 64.7 (1643) 65.2 (1656) 69 (1753) 69.5 (1765) 73.4 (1864) 73.8 (1875) 77.7 (1974) 78.1 (1984) 82 (2083) 82.5 (2096) 86.3 (2192) 86.8 (2205) 90.6 (2301) 91.1 (2314) 95 (2413) 95.4 (2423) 99.3 (2522) 99.7 (2532) 103.6 (2631) 104.1 (2644) 107.9 (2741) 108.4 (2753) 112.2 (2850) 112.7 (2863) 116.6 (2962) 117 (2972) 120.9 (3071) 121.3 (3081) 125.2 (3180) 125.7 (3193) 129.5 (3289) 130 (3302) 133.8 (3399) 134.3 (3411) 138.2 (3510) 138.6 (3520) 142.5 (3620) 142.9 (3630) Leakage Distance inches (mm) 69 110 132 161 220 330 400 S025021S2010 / S120021S2010 S025021H2010 / S120021H2010 S025023S2010 / S120023S2010 S025023H2010 / S120023H2010 S025030S2010 / S120030S2010 S025030H2010 / S120030H2010 S025036S2010 / S120036S2010 S025036H2010 / S120036H2010 S025043S2010 / S120043S2010 S025043H2010 / S120043H2010 S025047S2010 / S120047S2010 S025047H2010 / S120047H2010 S025051S2010 / S120051S2010 S025051H2010 / S120051H2010 S025056S2010 / S120056S2010 S025056H2010 / S120056H2010 S025060S2010 / S120060S2010 S025060H2010 / S120060H2010 S025064S2010 / S120064S2010 S025064H2010 / S120064H2010 S025069S2010 / S120069S2010 S025069H2010 / S120069H2010 S025073S2010 / S120073S2010 S025073H2010 / S120073H2010 S025077S2010 / S120077S2010 S025077H2010 / S120077H2010 S025081S2010 / S120081S2010 S025081H2010 / S120081H2010 S025086S2010 / S120086S2010 S025086H2010 / S120086H2010 S025090S2010 / S120090S2010 S025090H2010 / S120090H2010 S025094S2010 / S120094S2010 S025094H2010 / S120094H2010 S025099S2010 / S120099S2010 S025099H2010 / S120099H2010 S025103S2010 / S120103S2010 S025103H2010 / S120103H2010 S025107S2010 / S120107S2010 S025107H2010 / S120107H2010 S025112S2010 / S120112S2010 S025112H2010 / S120112H2010 S025116S2010 / S120116S2010 S025116H2010 / S120116H2010 S025120S2010 / S120120S2010 S025120H2010 / S120120H2010 S025125S2010 / S120125S2010 S025125H2010 / S120125H2010 S025129S2010 / S120129S2010 S025129H2010 / S120129H2010 S025133S2010 / S120133S2010 S025133H2010 / S120133H2010 S025138S2010 / S120138S2010 S025138H2010 / S120138H2010 S025142S2010 / S120142S2010 S025142H2010 / S120142H2010 Notes: n Dimensional and electrical values displayed in main table are for an insulator with Y-clevis and Ball end fittings. n For voltages above 400 kV, other section lengths, or end fitting combinations, please contact your HPS representative. values are without corona ring. For voltages equal to or greater than 220 kV, refer to page 12 for corona rings and associated physical/electrical changes to the above data. Dimensions are within allowable tolerances as specified by IEC 61109 and ANSI C29.12. n Electrical page 14 January 2011 55 (1397) 64 (1626) 60 (1524) 71 (1803) 77 (1956) 90 (2286) 93 (2362) 110 (2794) 110 (2794) 129 (3277) 121 (3073) 142 (3607) 132 (3353) 155 (3937) 143 (3632) 168 (4267) 154 (3912) 181 (4597) 165 (4191) 194 (4928) 176 (4470) 207 (5258) 187 (4750) 220 (5588) 198 (5029) 233 (5918) 209 (5309) 246 (6248) 220 (5588) 259 (6579) 231 (5867) 272 (6909) 242 (6147) 285 (7239) 253 (6426) 298 (7569) 264 (6706) 310 (7874) 275 (6985) 323 (8204) 286 (7264) 336 (8534) 297 (7544) 349 (8865) 308 (7823) 362 (9195) 319 (8103) 375 (9525) 330 (8382) 388 (9855) 341 (8661) 401 (10185) 352 (8941) 414 (10516) 363 (9220) 427 (10846) 60-Hz Dry Flashover (kV) 60-Hz Wet Flashover (kV) 220 220 250 250 315 320 385 390 460 465 500 510 540 540 585 585 625 625 660 665 695 700 735 740 780 780 815 820 860 860 890 895 925 930 960 965 990 995 1010 1015 1040 1045 1070 1075 1100 1105 1125 1130 1155 1160 1180 1185 1205 1210 1230 1235 210 210 235 235 305 305 365 370 435 440 475 475 510 510 545 550 580 585 615 615 650 650 685 690 720 720 745 750 780 795 815 820 850 855 875 880 890 895 920 920 945 950 975 980 1000 1005 1030 1035 1055 1060 1080 1085 1105 1110 1130 1135 IEC Values Critical Impulse Positive (kV) 370 370 415 415 525 535 635 645 730 740 800 805 865 875 935 940 1000 1010 1065 1070 1130 1135 1200 1205 1260 1270 1325 1330 1400 1410 1460 1470 1520 1540 1575 1585 1640 1645 1690 1695 1750 1755 1815 1820 1875 1880 1935 1940 1990 1995 2050 2055 2110 2115 2165 2170 Critical Impulse Negative (kV) 350 350 395 395 510 515 620 620 725 730 795 800 865 870 935 940 1005 1010 1075 1075 1140 1145 1210 1215 1275 1280 1345 1345 1420 1420 1485 1495 1545 1560 1600 1610 1670 1670 1725 1730 1790 1795 1850 1855 1915 1920 1975 1980 2040 2045 2100 2105 2160 2165 2220 2225 60-Hz 1-minute Wet Withstand (kV) 145 150 165 165 210 210 255 260 300 305 330 330 360 360 385 390 410 415 435 440 465 465 490 495 515 515 540 540 560 565 585 585 610 615 630 635 655 660 675 675 695 700 720 720 735 740 760 760 780 780 795 800 815 820 835 835 Impulse Positive Withstand (kV) Impulse Negative Withstand (kV) 315 325 350 355 445 450 540 540 630 635 690 695 750 760 810 815 870 880 930 940 990 995 1050 1055 1105 1115 1165 1170 1220 1225 1275 1285 1335 1340 1395 1395 1445 1450 1500 1510 1555 1565 1615 1620 1665 1670 1720 1725 1770 1780 1825 1830 1880 1885 1930 1935 300 305 330 335 430 435 525 535 625 630 685 690 750 755 810 815 875 880 940 945 995 1005 1060 1065 1120 1125 1180 1185 1240 1245 1300 1305 1355 1365 1415 1425 1475 1485 1530 1535 1590 1595 1645 1655 1705 1710 1755 1765 1815 1820 1870 1875 1925 1930 1980 1980 Section Length Adjustment Table, Base End Fittings: Y-clevis-Ball (201) Top Fitting Bottom Fitting Y-Clevis Eye Eye ANSI 52-5 Socket IEC 16 mm Socket ANSI 52-6 Clevis ANSI 52-6 Clevis Eye ANSI 52-5 Ball Eye ANSI 52-5 Ball IEC 16 mm Ball Eye ANSI 52-5 Ball Top and Bottom End Fitting Digits Length Change (“e” & “f”) in Catalog Number inches (mm) 200 001 000 301 A07 400 401 1.62 (41) 0.02 (0) 1.64 (42) -1.15 (-29) -0.03 (-1) 0.82 (21) -0.8 (-20) To determine the section length for an insulator with a different end fitting combination, please add or subtract the displayed length change in the table above. For configurations not shown, use the Catalog Number Key or contact your HPS representative. Section Length High Leak Design Section Length Suspension Insulators Standard Design Mechanical Ratings SML = 30 kip RTL = 15 kip Rod Diameter: 5/8" (16 mm) Selection Guide: Typical Line Voltage, kV ANSI Nominal Polymer Length inches Section Length inches (mm) Strike Distance inches (mm) Leakage Distance inches (mm) S030021S2010 S030021H2010 S030023S2010 S030023H2010 S030030S2010 S030030H2010 S030036S2010 S030036H2010 S030043S2010 S030043H2010 S030047S2010 S030047H2010 S030051S2010 S030051H2010 S030056S2010 S030056H2010 S030060S2010 S030060H2010 S030064S2010 S030064H2010 S030069S2010 S030069H2010 S030073S2010 S030073H2010 S030077S2010 S030077H2010 S030081S2010 S030081H2010 S030086S2010 S030086H2010 S030090S2010 S030090H2010 S030094S2010 S030094H2010 S030099S2010 S030099H2010 S030103S2010 S030103H2010 S030107S2010 S030107H2010 S030112S2010 S030112H2010 S030116S2010 S030116H2010 S030120S2010 S030120H2010 S030125S2010 S030125H2010 S030129S2010 S030129H2010 S030133S2010 S030133H2010 S030138S2010 S030138H2010 S030142S2010 S030142H2010 021 021 023 023 030 030 036 036 043 043 047 047 051 051 056 056 060 060 064 064 069 069 073 073 077 077 081 081 086 086 090 090 094 094 099 099 103 103 107 107 112 112 116 116 120 120 125 125 129 129 133 133 138 138 142 142 33.3 (846) 33.3 (846) 35.4 (899) 35.4 (899) 41.9 (1064) 41.9 (1064) 48.4 (1229) 48.4 (1229) 54.9 (1394) 54.9 (1394) 59.2 (1504) 59.2 (1504) 63.5 (1613) 63.5 (1613) 67.8 (1722) 67.8 (1722) 72.1 (1831) 72.1 (1831) 76.5 (1943) 76.5 (1943) 80.8 (2052) 80.8 (2052) 85.1 (2162) 85.1 (2162) 89.4 (2271) 89.4 (2271) 93.7 (2380) 93.7 (2380) 98.1 (2492) 98.1 (2492) 102.4 (2601) 102.4 (2601) 106.7 (2710) 106.7 (2710) 111 (2819) 111 (2819) 115.3 (2929) 115.3 (2929) 119.7 (3040) 119.7 (3040) 124 (3150) 124 (3150) 128.3 (3259) 128.3 (3259) 132.6 (3368) 132.6 (3368) 136.9 (3477) 136.9 (3477) 141.3 (3589) 141.3 (3589) 145.6 (3698) 145.6 (3698) 149.9 (3807) 149.9 (3807) 154.2 (3917) 154.2 (3917) 21.5 (546) 22 (559) 23.7 (602) 24.1 (612) 30.2 (767) 30.6 (777) 36.6 (930) 37.1 (942) 43.1 (1095) 43.6 (1107) 47.4 (1204) 47.9 (1217) 51.8 (1316) 52.2 (1326) 56.1 (1425) 56.5 (1435) 60.4 (1534) 60.9 (1547) 64.7 (1643) 65.2 (1656) 69 (1753) 69.5 (1765) 73.4 (1864) 73.8 (1875) 77.7 (1974) 78.1 (1984) 82 (2083) 82.5 (2096) 86.3 (2192) 86.8 (2205) 90.6 (2301) 91.1 (2314) 95 (2413) 95.4 (2423) 99.3 (2522) 99.7 (2532) 103.6 (2631) 104.1 (2644) 107.9 (2741) 108.4 (2753) 112.2 (2850) 112.7 (2863) 116.6 (2962) 117 (2972) 120.9 (3071) 121.3 (3081) 125.2 (3180) 125.7 (3193) 129.5 (3289) 130 (3302) 133.8 (3399) 134.3 (3411) 138.2 (3510) 138.6 (3520) 142.5 (3620) 142.9 (3630) 55 (1397) 64 (1626) 60 (1524) 71 (1803) 77 (1956) 90 (2286) 93 (2362) 110 (2794) 110 (2794) 129 (3277) 121 (3073) 142 (3607) 132 (3353) 155 (3937) 143 (3632) 168 (4267) 154 (3912) 181 (4597) 165 (4191) 194 (4928) 176 (4470) 207 (5258) 187 (4750) 220 (5588) 198 (5029) 233 (5918) 209 (5309) 246 (6248) 220 (5588) 259 (6579) 231 (5867) 272 (6909) 242 (6147) 285 (7239) 253 (6426) 298 (7569) 264 (6706) 310 (7874) 275 (6985) 323 (8204) 286 (7264) 336 (8534) 297 (7544) 349 (8865) 308 (7823) 362 (9195) 319 (8103) 375 (9525) 330 (8382) 388 (9855) 341 (8661) 401 (10185) 352 (8941) 414 (10516) 363 (9220) 427 (10846) Catalog Numbers 69 110 132 161 220 330 400 Notes: n Dimensional and electrical values displayed in main table are for an insulator with Y-clevis and Ball end fittings. n For voltages above 400 kV, other section lengths, or end fitting combinations, please contact your HPS representative. values are without corona ring. For voltages equal to or greater than 220 kV, refer to page 12 for corona rings and associated physical/electrical changes to the above data. Dimensions are within allowable tolerances as specified by IEC 61109 and ANSI C29.12. n Electrical ANSI Values 60-Hz Dry Flashover (kV) 60-Hz Wet Flashover (kV) 220 220 250 250 315 320 385 390 460 465 500 510 540 540 585 585 625 625 660 665 695 700 735 740 780 780 815 820 860 860 890 895 925 930 960 965 990 995 1010 1015 1040 1045 1070 1075 1100 1105 1125 1130 1155 1160 1180 1185 1205 1210 1230 1235 210 210 235 235 305 305 365 370 435 440 475 475 510 510 545 550 580 585 615 615 650 650 685 690 720 720 745 750 780 795 815 820 850 855 875 880 890 895 920 920 945 950 975 980 1000 1005 1030 1035 1055 1060 1080 1085 1105 1110 1130 1135 IEC Values Critical Impulse Positive (kV) 370 370 415 415 525 535 635 645 730 740 800 805 865 875 935 940 1000 1010 1065 1070 1130 1135 1200 1205 1260 1270 1325 1330 1400 1410 1460 1470 1520 1540 1575 1585 1640 1645 1690 1695 1750 1755 1815 1820 1875 1880 1935 1940 1990 1995 2050 2055 2110 2115 2165 2170 Critical Impulse Negative (kV) 60-Hz 1-minute Wet Withstand (kV) 350 350 395 395 510 515 620 620 725 730 795 800 865 870 935 940 1005 1010 1075 1075 1140 1145 1210 1215 1275 1280 1345 1345 1420 1420 1485 1495 1545 1560 1600 1610 1670 1670 1725 1730 1790 1795 1850 1855 1915 1920 1975 1980 2040 2045 2100 2105 2160 2165 2220 2225 145 150 165 165 210 210 255 260 300 305 330 330 360 360 385 390 410 415 435 440 465 465 490 495 515 515 540 540 560 565 585 585 610 615 630 635 655 660 675 675 695 700 720 720 735 740 760 760 780 780 795 800 815 820 835 835 Impulse Positive Withstand (kV) Impulse Negative Withstand (kV) 315 325 350 355 445 450 540 540 630 635 690 695 750 760 810 815 870 880 930 940 990 995 1050 1055 1105 1115 1165 1170 1220 1225 1275 1285 1335 1340 1395 1395 1445 1450 1500 1510 1555 1565 1615 1620 1665 1670 1720 1725 1770 1780 1825 1830 1880 1885 1930 1935 Section Length Adjustment Table, Base End Fittings: Y-clevis-Ball (201) Top Fitting Bottom Fitting Y-Clevis Eye Eye ANSI 52-5 Socket IEC 16 mm Socket ANSI 52-6 Clevis ANSI 52-6 Clevis Eye ANSI 52-5 Ball Eye ANSI 52-5 Ball IEC 16 mm Ball Eye ANSI 52-5 Ball Top and Bottom End Fitting Digits Length Change (“e” & “f”) in Catalog Number inches (mm) 200 001 000 301 A07 400 401 1.62 (41) 0.02 (0) 1.64 (42) -1.15 (-29) -0.03 (-1) 0.82 (21) -0.8 (-20) To determine the section length for an insulator with a different end fitting combination, please add or subtract the displayed length change in the table above. For configurations not shown, use the Catalog Number Key or contact your HPS representative. January 2011 page 15 300 305 330 335 430 435 525 535 625 630 685 690 750 755 810 815 875 880 940 945 995 1005 1060 1065 1120 1125 1180 1185 1240 1245 1300 1305 1355 1365 1415 1425 1475 1485 1530 1535 1590 1595 1645 1655 1705 1710 1755 1765 1815 1820 1870 1875 1925 1930 1980 1980 Section Length High Leak Design Section Length Suspension Insulators Standard Design Mechanical Ratings SML = 160 kN RTL = 80 kN Rod Diameter: 7/8" (22 mm) ANSI Values Selection Guide: Typical Line Voltage, kV Catalog Numbers IEC Section Length inches (mm) Strike Distance inches (mm) Leakage Distance inches (mm) 35.7 (907) 35.7 (907) 37.9 (963) 37.9 (963) 44.4 (1128) 44.4 (1128) 50.8 (1290) 50.8 (1290) 57.3 (1455) 57.3 (1455) 61.6 (1565) 61.6 (1565) 66 (1676) 66 (1676) 70.3 (1786) 70.3 (1786) 74.6 (1895) 74.6 (1895) 78.9 (2004) 78.9 (2004) 83.2 (2113) 83.2 (2113) 87.6 (2225) 87.6 (2225) 91.9 (2334) 91.9 (2334) 96.2 (2443) 96.2 (2443) 100.5 (2553) 100.5 (2553) 104.8 (2662) 104.8 (2662) 109.2 (2774) 109.2 (2774) 113.5 (2883) 113.5 (2883) 117.8 (2992) 117.8 (2992) 122.1 (3101) 122.1 (3101) 126.4 (3211) 126.4 (3211) 130.8 (3322) 130.8 (3322) 135.1 (3432) 135.1 (3432) 139.4 (3541) 139.4 (3541) 143.7 (3650) 143.7 (3650) 148 (3759) 148 (3759) 152.4 (3871) 152.4 (3871) 156.7 (3980) 156.7 (3980) 21.6 (549) 22.5 (572) 23.8 (605) 24.7 (627) 30.3 (770) 31.1 (790) 36.8 (935) 37.6 (955) 43.2 (1097) 44.1 (1120) 47.6 (1209) 48.4 (1229) 51.9 (1318) 52.7 (1339) 56.2 (1427) 57.1 (1450) 60.5 (1537) 61.4 (1560) 64.8 (1646) 65.7 (1669) 69.2 (1758) 70 (1778) 73.5 (1867) 74.3 (1887) 77.8 (1976) 78.7 (1999) 82.1 (2085) 83 (2108) 86.4 (2195) 87.3 (2217) 90.8 (2306) 91.6 (2327) 95.1 (2416) 95.9 (2436) 99.4 (2525) 100.3 (2548) 103.7 (2634) 104.6 (2657) 108 (2743) 108.9 (2766) 112.4 (2855) 113.2 (2875) 116.7 (2964) 117.5 (2985) 121 (3073) 121.9 (3096) 125.3 (3183) 126.2 (3205) 129.6 (3292) 130.5 (3315) 134 (3404) 134.8 (3424) 138.3 (3513) 139.1 (3533) 142.6 (3622) 143.5 (3645) 55 (1397) 74 (1880) 60 (1524) 82 (2083) 77 (1956) 104 (2642) 93 (2362) 126 (3200) 110 (2794) 149 (3785) 121 (3073) 164 (4166) 132 (3353) 179 (4547) 143 (3632) 194 (4928) 154 (3912) 209 (5309) 165 (4191) 224 (5690) 176 (4470) 239 (6071) 187 (4750) 254 (6452) 198 (5029) 268 (6807) 209 (5309) 283 (7188) 220 (5588) 298 (7569) 231 (5867) 313 (7950) 242 (6147) 328 (8331) 253 (6426) 343 (8712) 264 (6706) 358 (9093) 275 (6985) 373 (9474) 286 (7264) 388 (9855) 297 (7544) 403 (10236) 308 (7823) 418 (10617) 319 (8103) 433 (10998) 330 (8382) 448 (11379) 341 (8661) 463 (11760) 352 (8941) 478 (12141) 363 (9220) 493 (12522) Nominal Polymer Length inches 69 110 132 161 220 330 400 S160021S2010 S160021H2010 S160023S2010 S160023H2010 S160030S2010 S160030H2010 S160036S2010 S160036H2010 S160043S2010 S160043H2010 S160047S2010 S160047H2010 S160051S2010 S160051H2010 S160056S2010 S160056H2010 S160060S2010 S160060H2010 S160064S2010 S160064H2010 S160069S2010 S160069H2010 S160073S2010 S160073H2010 S160077S2010 S160077H2010 S160081S2010 S160081H2010 S160086S2010 S160086H2010 S160090S2010 S160090H2010 S160094S2010 S160094H2010 S160099S2010 S160099H2010 S160103S2010 S160103H2010 S160107S2010 S160107H2010 S160112S2010 S160112H2010 S160116S2010 S160116H2010 S160120S2010 S160120H2010 S160125S2010 S160125H2010 S160129S2010 S160129H2010 S160133S2010 S160133H2010 S160138S2010 S160138H2010 S160142S2010 S160142H2010 021 021 023 023 030 030 036 036 043 043 047 047 051 051 056 056 060 060 064 064 069 069 073 073 077 077 081 081 086 086 090 090 094 094 099 099 103 103 107 107 112 112 116 116 120 120 125 125 129 129 133 133 138 138 142 142 Notes: n Dimensional and electrical values displayed in main table are for an insulator with Y-clevis and Ball end fittings. n For voltages above 400 kV, other section lengths, or end fitting combinations, please contact your HPS representative. values are without corona ring. For voltages equal to or greater than 220 kV, refer to page 12 for corona rings and associated physical/electrical changes to the above data. Dimensions are within allowable tolerances as specified by IEC 61109 and ANSI C29.12. n Electrical page 16 January 2011 60-Hz Dry Flashover (kV) 60-Hz Wet Flashover (kV) 220 225 250 255 320 320 385 395 460 470 500 515 540 545 585 590 625 630 660 670 695 705 735 745 780 785 815 825 860 865 890 900 925 935 960 970 990 1000 1010 1020 1045 1050 1070 1080 1100 1110 1125 1135 1155 1165 1180 1190 1205 1215 1230 1240 210 215 235 240 305 310 365 375 435 445 475 480 510 515 545 555 580 590 615 620 650 655 685 695 720 725 745 755 780 800 815 825 850 860 875 885 890 900 920 925 950 955 975 985 1005 1010 1030 1040 1055 1065 1080 1090 1105 1115 1130 1140 Critical Impulse Positive (kV) 370 375 415 420 525 540 635 650 730 745 800 810 865 880 935 945 1000 1015 1065 1075 1130 1140 1200 1210 1260 1275 1325 1335 1400 1415 1460 1475 1520 1545 1575 1590 1640 1650 1695 1700 1755 1760 1815 1825 1875 1885 1935 1945 1995 2000 2055 2060 2110 2120 2170 2175 IEC Values Critical Impulse Negative (kV) 350 355 395 400 510 520 625 625 725 735 800 805 860 875 935 945 1005 1015 1075 1080 1140 1150 1210 1220 1275 1285 1345 1350 1420 1425 1485 1500 1545 1565 1605 1615 1670 1675 1725 1735 1790 1800 1855 1860 1915 1925 1980 1985 2040 2050 2100 2110 2160 2170 2220 2230 60-Hz 1-minute Wet Withstand (kV) 145 150 165 170 210 215 260 265 300 310 330 335 360 365 385 390 410 420 435 445 465 470 490 495 515 520 540 545 565 570 585 590 610 615 630 635 655 660 675 680 700 705 720 720 740 745 760 765 780 780 795 800 815 820 835 840 Impulse Positive Withstand (kV) Impulse Negative Withstand (kV) 315 330 350 360 445 455 540 550 630 640 690 705 755 765 810 825 870 885 930 945 990 1000 1050 1060 1110 1120 1165 1175 1220 1235 1280 1290 1340 1350 1395 1405 1445 1460 1505 1515 1560 1570 1615 1620 1665 1680 1720 1730 1775 1785 1830 1840 1880 1890 1935 1940 300 315 330 345 430 445 530 540 625 635 690 700 750 765 810 825 875 890 940 950 1000 1010 1060 1075 1125 1130 1180 1195 1240 1255 1305 1310 1360 1370 1420 1430 1475 1485 1530 1545 1590 1600 1650 1660 1705 1715 1760 1770 1815 1825 1870 1885 1925 1935 1980 1990 Section Length Adjustment Table, Base End Fittings: Y-clevis-Ball (201) Top Fitting Bottom Fitting Y-Clevis Eye Eye ANSI 52-8 Socket IEC 20 mm Socket Clevis IEC 19-L Clevis IEC 19-L Eye ANSI 52-8 Ball Eye ANSI 52-8 Ball IEC 20 mm Ball Eye IEC 20 mm Ball Top and Bottom End Fitting Digits Length Change (“e” & “f”) in Catalog Number inches (mm) 200 001 000 301 A07 800 807 1.71 (43) 0.31 (8) 2.02 (51) -1.27 (-32) 0.26 (7) 0.80 (20) 0.06 (2) To determine the section length for an insulator with a different end fitting combination, please add or subtract the displayed length change in the table above. For configurations not shown, use the Catalog Number Key or contact your HPS representative. Section Length High Leak Design Suspension Insulators Section Length Mechanical Ratings SML = 50 kip/210 kN RTL = 25 kip/105 kN Rod Diameter: 7/8" (22 mm) Standard Design ANSI Values Selection Guide: Typical Line Voltage, kV Catalog Numbers ANSI / IEC Nominal Polymer Length inches Section Length inches (mm) Strike Distance inches (mm) Leakage Distance inches (mm) S050021S2010 / S210021S2010 S050021H2010 / S210021H2010 S050023S2010 / S210023S2010 S050023H2010 / S210023H2010 S050030S2010 / S210030S2010 S050030H2010 / S210030H2010 S050036S2010 / S210036S2010 S050036H2010 / S210036H2010 S050043S2010 / S210043S2010 S050043H2010 / S210043H2010 S050047S2010 / S210047S2010 S050047H2010 / S210047H2010 S050051S2010 / S210051S2010 S050051H2010 / S210051H2010 S050056S2010 / S210056S2010 S050056H2010 / S210056H2010 S050060S2010 / S210060S2010 S050060H2010 / S210060H2010 S050064S2010 / S210064S2010 S050064H2010 / S210064H2010 S050069S2010 / S210069S2010 S050069H2010 / S210069H2010 S050073S2010 / S210073S2010 S050073H2010 / S210073H2010 S050077S2010 / S210077S2010 S050077H2010 / S210077H2010 S050081S2010 / S210081S2010 S050081H2010 / S210081H2010 S050086S2010 / S210086S2010 S050086H2010 / S210086H2010 S050090S2010 / S210090S2010 S050090H2010 / S210090H2010 S050094S2010 / S210094S2010 S050094H2010 / S210094H2010 S050099S2010 / S210099S2010 S050099H2010 / S210099H2010 S050103S2010 / S210103S2010 S050103H2010 / S210103H2010 S050107S2010 / S210107S2010 S050107H2010 / S210107H2010 S050112S2010 / S210112S2010 S050112H2010 / S210112H2010 S050116S2010 / S210116S2010 S050116H2010 / S210116H2010 S050120S2010 / S210120S2010 S050120H2010 / S210120H2010 S050125S2010 / S210125S2010 S050125H2010 / S210125H2010 S050129S2010 / S210129S2010 S050129H2010 / S210129H2010 S050133S2010 / S210133S2010 S050133H2010 / S210133H2010 S050138S2010 / S210138S2010 S050138H2010 / S210138H2010 S050142S2010 / S210142S2010 S050142H2010 / S210142H2010 021 021 023 023 030 030 036 036 043 043 047 047 051 051 056 056 060 060 064 064 069 069 073 073 077 077 081 081 086 086 090 090 094 094 099 099 103 103 107 107 112 112 116 116 120 120 125 125 129 129 133 133 138 138 142 142 35.7 (907) 35.7 (907) 37.9 (963) 37.9 (963) 44.4 (1128) 44.4 (1128) 50.8 (1290) 50.8 (1290) 57.3 (1455) 57.3 (1455) 61.6 (1565) 61.6 (1565) 66 (1676) 66 (1676) 70.3 (1786) 70.3 (1786) 74.6 (1895) 74.6 (1895) 78.9 (2004) 78.9 (2004) 83.2 (2113) 83.2 (2113) 87.6 (2225) 87.6 (2225) 91.9 (2334) 91.9 (2334) 96.2 (2443) 96.2 (2443) 100.5 (2553) 100.5 (2553) 104.8 (2662) 104.8 (2662) 109.2 (2774) 109.2 (2774) 113.5 (2883) 113.5 (2883) 117.8 (2992) 117.8 (2992) 122.1 (3101) 122.1 (3101) 126.4 (3211) 126.4 (3211) 130.8 (3322) 130.8 (3322) 135.1 (3432) 135.1 (3432) 139.4 (3541) 139.4 (3541) 143.7 (3650) 143.7 (3650) 148 (3759) 148 (3759) 152.4 (3871) 152.4 (3871) 156.7 (3980) 156.7 (3980) 21.6 (549) 22.5 (572) 23.8 (605) 24.7 (627) 30.3 (770) 31.1 (790) 36.8 (935) 37.6 (955) 43.2 (1097) 44.1 (1120) 47.6 (1209) 48.4 (1229) 51.9 (1318) 52.7 (1339) 56.2 (1427) 57.1 (1450) 60.5 (1537) 61.4 (1560) 64.8 (1646) 65.7 (1669) 69.2 (1758) 70 (1778) 73.5 (1867) 74.3 (1887) 77.8 (1976) 78.7 (1999) 82.1 (2085) 83 (2108) 86.4 (2195) 87.3 (2217) 90.8 (2306) 91.6 (2327) 95.1 (2416) 95.9 (2436) 99.4 (2525) 100.3 (2548) 103.7 (2634) 104.6 (2657) 108 (2743) 108.9 (2766) 112.4 (2855) 113.2 (2875) 116.7 (2964) 117.5 (2985) 121 (3073) 121.9 (3096) 125.3 (3183) 126.2 (3205) 129.6 (3292) 130.5 (3315) 134 (3404) 134.8 (3424) 138.3 (3513) 139.1 (3533) 142.6 (3622) 143.5 (3645) 55 (1397) 74 (1880) 60 (1524) 82 (2083) 77 (1956) 104 (2642) 93 (2362) 126 (3200) 110 (2794) 149 (3785) 121 (3073) 164 (4166) 132 (3353) 179 (4547) 143 (3632) 194 (4928) 154 (3912) 209 (5309) 165 (4191) 224 (5690) 176 (4470) 239 (6071) 187 (4750) 254 (6452) 198 (5029) 268 (6807) 209 (5309) 283 (7188) 220 (5588) 298 (7569) 231 (5867) 313 (7950) 242 (6147) 328 (8331) 253 (6426) 343 (8712) 264 (6706) 358 (9093) 275 (6985) 373 (9474) 286 (7264) 388 (9855) 297 (7544) 403 (10236) 308 (7823) 418 (10617) 319 (8103) 433 (10998) 330 (8382) 448 (11379) 341 (8661) 463 (11760) 352 (8941) 478 (12141) 363 (9220) 493 (12522) 69 110 132 161 220 330 400 Notes: n Dimensional and electrical values displayed in main table are for an insulator with Y-clevis and Ball end fittings. n For voltages above 400 kV, other section lengths, or end fitting combinations, please contact your HPS representative. values are without corona ring. For voltages equal to or greater than 220 kV, refer to page 12 for corona rings and associated physical/electrical changes to the above data. Dimensions are within allowable tolerances as specified by IEC 61109 and ANSI C29.12. n Electrical IEC Values 60-Hz Dry Flashover (kV) 60-Hz Wet Flashover (kV) Critical Impulse Positive (kV) Critical Impulse Negative (kV) 220 225 250 255 315 320 385 395 460 470 500 510 540 545 585 590 625 630 660 670 695 705 735 745 780 785 815 825 860 865 890 900 925 935 960 970 990 1000 1010 1020 1045 1050 1070 1080 1100 1110 1125 1135 1155 1165 1180 1190 1205 1215 1230 1240 210 215 235 240 305 310 365 375 435 445 475 480 510 515 545 555 580 590 615 620 650 655 685 695 720 725 745 755 780 800 815 825 850 860 875 885 890 900 920 925 950 955 975 985 1005 1010 1030 1040 1055 1065 1080 1090 1105 1115 1130 1140 370 375 415 420 525 540 635 650 730 745 800 810 865 880 935 945 1000 1015 1065 1075 1130 1140 1200 1210 1260 1275 1325 1335 1400 1415 1460 1475 1520 1545 1575 1590 1640 1650 1695 1700 1755 1760 1815 1825 1875 1885 1935 1945 1995 2000 2055 2060 2110 2120 2170 2175 350 355 395 400 510 520 625 625 725 735 800 805 860 875 935 945 1005 1015 1075 1080 1140 1150 1210 1220 1275 1285 1345 1350 1420 1425 1485 1500 1545 1565 1605 1615 1670 1675 1725 1735 1790 1800 1855 1860 1915 1925 1980 1985 2040 2050 2100 2110 2160 2170 2220 2230 60-Hz 1-minute Wet Withstand (kV) 145 150 165 170 210 215 260 265 300 310 330 335 360 365 385 390 410 420 435 445 465 470 490 495 515 520 540 545 565 570 585 590 610 615 630 635 655 660 675 680 700 705 720 720 740 745 760 765 780 780 795 800 815 820 835 840 Impulse Positive Withstand (kV) Impulse Negative Withstand (kV) 315 330 350 360 445 455 540 550 630 640 690 705 755 765 810 825 870 885 930 945 990 1000 1050 1060 1110 1120 1165 1175 1220 1235 1280 1290 1340 1350 1395 1405 1445 1460 1505 1515 1560 1570 1615 1620 1665 1680 1720 1730 1775 1785 1830 1840 1880 1890 1935 1940 300 315 330 345 430 445 530 540 625 635 690 700 750 765 810 825 875 890 940 950 1000 1010 1060 1075 1125 1130 1180 1195 1240 1255 1305 1310 1360 1370 1420 1430 1475 1485 1530 1545 1590 1600 1650 1660 1705 1715 1760 1770 1815 1825 1870 1885 1925 1935 1980 1990 Section Length Adjustment Table, Base End Fittings: Y-clevis-Ball (201) Top Fitting Bottom Fitting Y-Clevis Eye Eye ANSI 52-11 Socket IEC 20 mm Socket Clevis IEC 19-L Clevis IEC 19-L Eye ANSI 52-11 Ball Eye ANSI 52-11 Ball IEC 20 mm Ball Eye IEC 20 mm Ball Top and Bottom End Fitting Digits Length Change (“e” & “f”) in Catalog Number inches (mm) 200 001 000 301 A07 800 807 1.71 (43) 0.31 (8) 2.02 (51) -0.71 (-18) 0.26 (7) 0.80 (20) 0.06 (2) To determine the section length for an insulator with a different end fitting combination, please add or subtract the displayed length change in the table above. For configurations not shown, use the Catalog Number Key or contact your HPS representative. January 2011 page 17 page 18 January 2011 Line Post Insulators Table of Contents Page Mechanical Ratings and Corona Performance.................................................... 20 Quadri*Sil® Horizontal Line Posts...................................................................... 21 Quadri*Sil® Vertical Line Posts.......................................................................... 22 Quadri*Sil® Base Fittings.................................................................................. 24 Quadri*Sil® Line Fittings................................................................................... 25 Clamps and Assemblies................................................................................... 26 ® January 2011 page 19 Mechanical Ratings Line post insulators are cantilever support members, with ratings defined as follows: Specified Cantilever Load (SCL) SCL is the ultimate cantilever strength rating of the Quadri*Sil® line post insulator. SCL is identical to the minimum average breaking load (ABL) rating in previous catalogs. Reference Cantilever Load (RCL) RCL represents the maximum recommended load in cantilever that a Quadri*Sil® post insulator is designed to withstand during its life span. RCL equals 50 percent of the SCL, and is identical to the insulator’s maximum working load (MWL) and maximum design cantilever load (MDCL). Combined Load Charts Line design loads for most insulators include tension, or compression, in addition to the primary vertical cantilever load. Longitudinal loading should also be considered. Contact your Hubbell Power Systems representative to request combined load charts. Corona Performance Recommended Torque 10 ft.-lb. 3.4375’’ (87 mm) Recommended Torque 45 ft.-lb. 12’’ (305 mm) Line Post Insulators 2.5” (63.5 mm) Rod Diameter Horizontal Application 161 kv & Below Line End Energized Top - NONE Bott - NONE Bottom End Top - NONE Energized Bott - NONE 230 kv 345 kv Top - 2721273001 Bott - NONE Top - 2721273001 Bott - NONE Top - NONE Top - NONE Bott - 2721273001 Bott - 2721273001 Electrical/Dimensional Changes to the Insulator with External Corona Ring Physical & Electrical Characteristics Dry Arc Distance inches (mm) Leakage Distance inches (mm) ANSI 60 Hz Flashover Dry — kV ANSI 60 Hz Flashover Wet — kV ANSI Critical Flashover Positive — kV ANSI Critical Flashover Negative — kV IEC Wet Switching Impulse Withstand — kV IEC Power Frequency Wet Withstand — kV IEC Lightning Impulse Withstand Positive — kV IEC Lightning Impulse Withstand Negative — kV Net Weight pounds (kg) page 20 January 2011 220/230 kV Ring -1.86 (-47) 0 -20 -20 -30 -30 N/A -20 -30 -30 3.4 (1.5) 330/345 kV Ring -2.58 (-66) 0 -30 -20 -40 -40 N/A -20 -40 -40 3.4 (1.5) 400 kV Rings N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 500 kV Rings N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A Horizontal Line Post Insulators 2.5” (63.5 mm) Rod Diameter Section Length Clamptop: Maximum Design Tension = 2,500 lbs. (11.1 kN) Two-Hole Blade: Maximum Design Tension = 7,500 lbs. (33.4 kN) Horizontal Clamptop End Fitting Increases the section length dimensions by 0.75” Horizontal Line Post Insulators 2.5” (63.5 mm) Rod Diameter ANSI Values Selection Guide: Typical Line Voltage, kV(1) Catalog Numbers(3) Nominal Polymer Length inches Section Length inches (mm) Strike Distance inches (mm) Leakage Distance inches (mm) 36.9 (937) 39.3 (998) 44.0 (1117) 48.8 (1239) 55.9 (1419) 60.6 (1539) 65.3 (1658) 70.1 (1780) 72.4 (1838) 77.2 (1960) 81.9 (2080) 86.6 (2199) 91.4 (2321) 98.5 (2501) 103.2 (2621) 107.9 (2740) 112.7 (2862) 115.1 (2923) 117.4 (2981) 119.8 (3042) 122.2 (3103) 25.0 (635) 27.4 (696) 32.2 (818) 37.1 (942) 44.3 (1125) 49.2 (1250) 54.0 (1372) 58.8 (1494) 61.3 (1557) 66.1 (1679) 70.9 (1801) 75.8 (1925) 80.6 (2047) 87.9 (2233) 92.7 (2355) 97.6 (2479) 102.4 (2601) 104.8 (2662) 107.2 (2723) 109.7 (2786) 112.1 (2847) 63 (1600) 69 (1753) 82 (2083) 95 (2413) 113 (2870) 126 (3200) 139 (3531) 151 (3835) 158 (4013) 170 (4318) 183 (4648) 196 (4978) 208 (5283) 227 (5766) 240 (6096) 252 (6401) 265 (6731) 271 (6883) 278 (7061) 284 (7214) 290 (7366) 69 110 132 161 220 330 P250024S0020 P250026S0020 P250031S0020 P250036S0020 P250043S0020 P250048S0020 P250053S0020 P250058S0020 P250060S0020 P250065S0020 P250070S0020 P250075S0020 P250080S0020 P250087S0020 P250092S0020 P250096S0020 P250101S0020 P250104S0020 P250106S0020 P250109S0020 P250111S0020 024 026 031 036 043 048 053 058 060 065 070 075 080 087 092 096 101 104 106 109 111 60-Hz Dry Flashover (kV) (2) 255 280 330 380 455 515 565 600 625 675 720 765 815 880 925 975 1015 1040 1060 1085 1105 60-Hz Wet Flashover (kV) (2) 235 255 300 345 405 450 495 525 540 580 615 650 680 735 765 800 830 845 860 875 890 Critical Impulse Positive (kV) (2) 385 425 510 580 700 770 855 920 955 1035 1115 1190 1265 1380 1455 1535 1610 1650 1685 1725 1765 IEC Values Critical Impulse Negative (kV) 60-Hz 1-minute Wet Withstand (kV) Impulse Positive Withstand (kV) Impulse Negative Withstand (kV) SCL lbs. (kN) 505 540 615 690 800 880 950 1025 1065 1140 1215 1290 1360 1475 1550 1625 1700 1735 1770 1810 1850 195 215 255 290 340 380 420 445 455 490 520 550 575 620 650 680 705 715 730 740 755 365 400 480 550 665 730 810 870 905 980 1055 1130 1200 1310 1380 1455 1525 1565 1600 1635 1675 475 510 580 655 760 835 900 970 1010 1080 1150 1225 1290 1400 1470 1540 1615 1645 1680 1715 1755 5000 (22.2) 5000 (22.2) 4490 (20.0) 3950 (17.6) 3340 (14.9) 3030 (13.5) 2770 (12.3) 2550 (11.3) 2460 (10.9) 2280 (10.1) 2130 (9.5) 2000 (8.9) 1890 (8.4) 1740 (7.7) 1650 (7.3) 1570 (7.0) 1500 (6.7) 1460 (6.5) 1430 (6.4) 1400 (6.2) 1370 (6.1) (2) (2) (2) (2) Notes: 1) For voltages above 330 kV, other section lengths, or end fitting combinations, please contact your HPS representative. 2) Electrical values are without corona ring. For voltages equal to or greater than 220 kV, refer to page 20 for corona rings and associated physical/electrical changes to the above data. Dimensions are within allowable tolerances as specified by IEC 61952 and ANSI C29.17. 3) The catalog number shown in the table is for a 2.5’’ (63.5mm) rod diameter line post with a two hole blade on the line end and a gain base on the tower end. For other end fitting combinations, please refer to the Catalog Number Key on page 8. January 2011 page 21 Vertical Line Post Insulators 2.5” (63.5 mm) Rod Diameter Maximum Design Tension = 2,500 lbs. (11.1 kN) 0.6875’’ Dia. (17 mm ) 5” Dia. Bolt Circle (127 mm) 11’’ (279 mm) 0.8125’’ Dia. (21 mm) Section Length 8’’ (203 mm) 0.9375’’ Dia. (24 mm) 4’’ (102 mm) 4.125’’ (105 mm) 4.125’’ (105 mm) 0.8125’’ Dia. (21 mm) 8’’ (203 mm) 1.125’’ (29 mm) 3.875’’ (98 mm) 3.875’’ (98 mm) 0.8125’’ x 1” Slot (21 mm x 25 mm) Cat. No. 75115 Rated 134,400 lb.-in. Vertical Line Post Insulators 2.5” (63.5 mm) Rod Diameter ANSI Values Selection Guide: Typical Line Voltage, kV(1) Catalog Numbers(3) Nominal Polymer Length inches Section Length inches (mm) Strike Distance inches (mm) Leakage Distance inches (mm) 25.0 (635) 27.4 (696) 32.2 (818) 37.1 (942) 44.3 (1125) 49.2 (1250) 54.0 (1372) 58.8 (1494) 61.3 (1557) 63 (1600) 69 (1753) 82 (2083) 95 (2413) 113 (2870) 126 (3200) 139 (3531) 151 (3835) 158 (4013) 69 110 132 161 P250024S2050 P250026S2050 P250031S2050 P250036S2050 P250043S2050 P250048S2050 P250053S2050 P250058S2050 P250060S2050 024 026 031 036 043 048 053 058 060 35.0 (889) 37.4 (950) 42.3 (1074) 47.1 (1196) 54.4 (1382) 59.2 (1504) 64.1 (1628) 68.9 (1750) 71.3 (1811) 60-Hz Dry Flashover (kV) 60-Hz Wet Flashover (kV) 255 280 330 380 455 515 565 600 625 235 255 300 345 405 450 495 525 540 (2) (2) IEC Values Critical Impulse Positive (kV) Critical Impulse Negative (kV) 385 425 510 580 700 770 855 920 955 505 540 615 690 800 880 950 1025 1065 (2) (2) 60-Hz (2)Impulse (2)Impulse 1-minute Positive Negative Wet Withstand Withstand Withstand (kV) (kV) (kV) (2) 195 215 255 290 340 380 420 445 455 365 400 480 550 665 730 810 870 905 475 510 580 655 760 835 900 970 1010 SCL lbs. (kN) 5000 (22.3) 5000 (22.3) 4200 (18.7) 3720 (16.6) 3180 (14.2) 2900 (12.9) 2660 (11.8) 2460 (10.9) 2370 (10.5) Notes: 1) For voltages above 161 kV, other section lengths, or end fitting combinations, please contact your HPS representative. 2) Electrical values are without corona ring. For voltages equal to or greater than 220 kV, refer to page 20 for corona rings and associated physical/electrical changes to the above data. Dimensions are within allowable tolerances as specified by IEC 61952 and ANSI C29.17. 3) The catalog number shown on the table is for a 2.5” (63.5mm) rod diameter line post with a vertical clamptop on the line end and a 5’’ Bolt Circle with tapped holes on the ground end. For other end fitting combinations, please refer to the Catalog Number Key on page 8. page 22 January 2011 Vertical Line Post Assembly 2.5” (63.5 mm) Rod Diameter 7.44’’ (189 mm) 5.75’’ (146 mm) 2.0’’ (51 mm) A 2.0’’ (51 mm) D C B 1.625’’ (41 mm) D 7.438’’ (189 mm) Vertical Line Post Insulators 2.5” (63.5 mm) Rod Diameter Table A Selection Guide: Typical Line Voltage, kV(1) Table B Catalog Numbers(2) Nominal Polymer Length inches “A” Length inches (mm) P250024S2XX0 P250026S2XX0 P250031S2XX0 P250036S2XX0 P250043S2XX0 P250048S2XX0 P250053S2XX0 P250058S2XX0 P250060S2XX0 024 026 031 036 043 048 053 058 060 34.7 (881) 37.1 (942) 42 (1067) 46.8 (1189) 54.1 (1374) 58.9 (1496) 63.6 (1615) 68.4 (1737) 70.7 (1796) “XX” Code(2) Style “B” Length inches (mm) “C” Length inches (mm) “D” Diameter inches (mm) 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 Face Side Face Side Face Side Face Side 20 (508) 20 (508) 20 (508) 20 (508) 31.75 (806) 31.75 (806) 31.75 (806) 31.75 (806) 12 (305) 12 (305) 12 (305) 12 (305) 16 (406) 16 (406) 16 (406) 16 (406) 0.8125 (21) 0.8125 (21) 0.9375 (24) 0.9375 (24) 0.8125 (21) 0.8125 (21) 0.9375 (24) 0.9375 (24) 69 110 132 161 Notes: 1) Insulators in Table A have the same electrical and mechanical characteristics as those on page 22 with a vertical clamptop on the line end and a 5” Bolt Circle on the ground end. 2) According to your preferred mounting configuration, replace the “xx” in catalog number from Table A with the two-digit “xx” code from Table B. January 2011 page 23 Base Fittings for 2.5” (63.5 mm) Rod Diameter G Al & Steel Gain øI E H A 8’’ Dia. (203 mm) 7’’ Dia. (178 mm) 14’’ Dia. (356 mm) B 3.38’’ (86 mm) J F 4.44’’ (113 mm) D Al & Steel Flat øI G E H A B K J F C D Horizontal & Vertical Bases inches (mm) Type (Code) 5” Bolt Circle (15) 5” Bolt Circle (05) Aluminum Gain (02) Aluminum Gain (12) Steel Gain (07) Aluminum Flat (03) Aluminum Flat (13) Steel Flat (08) Aluminum Flat (04) Aluminum Flat (14) page 24 A B C D E 4.75 (121) 4.75 (121) 12.0 (305) 12.0 (305) 12.0 (305) 10.0 (254) 10.0 (254) 13.0 (330) 13.0 (330) 13.0 (330) 6.25 (159) 6.25 (159) 14.0 (356) 14.0 (356) 15.0 (381) 12.0 (305) 12.0 (305) 15.0 (381) 15.0 (381) 15.0 (381) 3.63 (92) 3.63 (92) 0.90 (23) 0.90 (23) 8.06 (205) 8.06 (205) 8.33 (212) 10.0 (254) 10.0 (254) 10.0 (254) 10.0 (254) 10.0 (254) 5.0 (127) 5.0 (127) 6.13 (156) 6.13 (156) 6.5 (165) 5.0 (127) 5.0 (127) 6.5 (165) 6.5 (165) 6.5 (165) January 2011 8.0 (203) 8.0 (203) 8.0 (203) 8.0 (203) 8.0 (203) F G H I J K Material - - - 0.69 (18) - - 60-40-18 D.I. - - - 5/8 - 11 UFS - - 60-40-18 D.I. 5.56 (141) 5.56 (141) 6.04 (153) 4.0 (102) 4.0 (102) 4.0 (102) 4.0 (102) 4.0 (102) 0.5 (13) 0.5 (13) 0.38 (10) 0.5 (13) 0.5 (13) 0.38 (10) 0.5 (13) 0.5 (13) 12º 0.94 (24) 0.81 (21) 0.94 (24) 0.94 (24) 0.81 (21) 0.94 X 1.31 (24x33) 0.94 X 1.31 (24x33) 0.94 X 2.0 (24x51) - 6063 t5 aL - 6063 t5 aL - Low Carbon Steel - - 6063 t5 aL - - 6063 t5 aL 12º 12º 12º 12º 12º 12º 12º 1.125 X 0.94 0.94 X 2.0 (26x24) (24x51) 0.94 X 1.31 0.94 (24x33) (24) 0.81 (21) 12.0 (305) 12.0 (305) 0.81 X 1.31 12.0 (305) (21x33) Low Carbon Steel 6063 t5 aL 6063 t5 aL Line Fittings for 2.5” (63.5 mm) Rod Diameter Two Hole Blade Horizontal Clamptop øI A E I F F øB øB G L E H øC øJ J L is outer radius M is inner radius M A D D Transverse Compressing Swing Angle for Conductor Suspension Clamp 2 Hole Blade (std.) 2 Hole Long Blade 40 deg. max. 64 deg. max. Note: 12º upsweep is already included Vertical Clamptop 5” Bolt Circle Part per ANSI C29.7 Line or Base Fitting øB I øC D I E F G øC A A D øB E Horizontal & Vertical End Fittings inches (mm) Type (Code) 2 Hole Blade (0) 2 Hole Long Blade (9) H. Clamptop (1) 5” Bolt Circle (3) 5” Bolt Circle (5) V. Clamptop (2) A B 5.73 (146) 5.73 (146) 8.24 (209) 4.75 (121) 4.75 (121) 5.88 (149) 4.0 (102) 4.0 (102) 4.0 (102) 6.25 (159) 6.25 (159) 4.0 (102) C 3.30 (84) 3.63 (92) 3.63 (92) 3.30 (84) D E F G H I J L M 0.75 (19) 0.75 (19) 1.12 (28) 0.90 (23) 0.90 (23) 1.12 (28) 5.25 (133) 7.75 (197) 4.72 (120) 5.0 (127) 5.0 (127) 5.37 (136) 1.25 (32) 1.25 (32) 4.0 (102) 1.50 (38) 4.0 (102) 2.00 (51) 4.5 (114) 1.0 (25) 1.0 (25) 0.5R (12.7R) 0.5R (12.7R) 0.44R (11R) 0.44R (11R) - - 5/8 - 11 UFS 1.44 (37) 1.44 (37) 0.75 (19) - - 60-40-18 D.I. - - - 5/8 - 11 UFS - - - 60-40-18 D.I. - - - 0.69 x Holes (18 x Holes) - - - 60-40-18 D.I. 4.0 (102) 1.06 (27) - 5/8 - 11 UFS - - - 60-40-18 D.I. January 2011 Material 60-40-18 D.I. 60-40-18 D.I. page 25 Clamptop Clamps inches (mm) 3.875’’ (98 mm) 15º 5.25’’ (133 mm) 20º 0.594’’ Dia. (15 mm) Figure 1 3.875’’ (98 mm) 15º 5.25’’ (133 mm) J 20º 0.594’’ Dia. (15 mm) page 26 Figure 2 Fig. No. Catalog Number Body & Keeper Material Clamping Range inches (mm) Ultimate Body Strength lbs. (kN) 1 TSC57 356-T6 AL 0.25 - 0.57 (6.3 - 14.4) 2800 (1.273) 1 TSC106 356-T6 AL 0.50 - 1.06 (12.7 - 26.9) 2800 (1.273) 1 TSC150 356-T6 AL 1.00 - 1.50 (25.4 - 38.1) 2800 (1.273) 2 TSC200 356-T6 AL 1.50 - 2.00 (38.1 - 50.8) 2800 (1.273) January 2011 Jumper Clamps and Assemblies 0.5’’ Dia. (13 mm) To fit 0.75’’ (19 mm) THK Plate 4.25’’ (108 mm) 5’’ (127 mm) Figure 1 2.375’’ (60 mm) 2.625’’ (67 mm) 18’’ (457 mm) Figure 3 18’’ (457 mm) 18’’ (457 mm) Figure 2 Figure 4 A practical application of Quadri*Sil® line posts is for support of jumper loops on transmission lines. Horizontal motion of the jumper is restricted, and the factor of wind sway is eliminated. Additionally, the crossarm length may be reduced. The difference in cost of insulation is not significant, but the saving in tower cost can be attractive. Regardless of cost, the use of a jumper support improves construction. If using a single clamp, clamp postition relative to the insulator may be changed by bolting the clamp through the upper hole in the insulator end fitting. Jumper clamps are not intended for tangent span applications. Figure Catalog Number Yoke Type 1 976423002 None 1 976423003 None 1 600643001 None 2 2717243001 Dual 2 2717253001 Dual 2 2717263001 Dual 3 2721763001 Triple 3 2721773001 Triple 3 2721783001 Triple 4 2721793001 Quad 4 2721803001 Quad 4 2721813001 Quad Clamping Range inches (mm) 1.00 - 1.40 (25 - 36) 1.40 - 1.60 (36 - 41) 1.60 - 2.00 (41 - 51) 1.00 - 1.40 (25 - 36) 1.40 - 1.60 (36 - 41) 1.60 - 2.00 (41 - 51) 1.00 - 1.40 (25 - 36) 1.40 - 1.60 (36 - 41) 1.60 - 2.00 (41 - 51) 1.00 - 1.40 (25 - 36) 1.40 - 1.60 (36 - 41) 1.60 - 2.00 (41 - 51) January 2011 page 27 page 28 January 2011 Braced Post Insulators Table of Contents Page Braced Line Post Assemblies..............................................................................30 Assembly Drawings............................................................................................31 Dimensions and Strength Ratings.......................................................................32 ® January 2011 page 29 Braced Line Post Assemblies The need to minimize tower size and visual impact of transmission lines has prompted increased interest in braced line posts, horizontal-V, and pivoting V assemblies. These insulating structures offer vastly improved vertical load capabilities over conventional line posts, while retaining the advantages of a fixed conductor position. A braced line post insulator uses a conventional line post with a suspension string tied to the tower face. Some of the characteristics of a braced line post are: • It uses a traditional fixed base line post. • The longitudinal strength is limited to the RCL rating of the line post component. • It generates high tower torque (Z-direction) under longitudinal loading. A horizontal-V insulator uses a conventional line post with a suspension string at a fixed offset extending from the tower face, adding a stabilizing force to the assembly. Some of the characteristics of a horizontal-V assembly are: • It uses a fixed base horizontal line post (zero degree upsweep). • It has an inclined hinge axis to add resistance to longitudinal movement. • It employs a suspension insulator ground end stub arm (vang). • The longitudinal strength is limited to the RCL rating of the line post component. • It generates high tower torque (Z-direction) under longitudinal loading. A pivoting horizontal-V insulator uses a conventional suspension string with a line post insulator fastened to the structure with a hinged base. Some of the characteristics of a pivoting horizontal-V are: • It pivots about an inclined axis. • It employs a suspension insulator ground end stub arm (vang). • It uses a universal joint or pivot base on the strut. • It has high longitudinal strength. • It generates low tower torque (Z-direction) under longitudinal loading. • The assembly’s swing angle is a function of the vertical load and the tower offset pivot angle. • The assembly’s maximum longitudinal loading is a function of the tensile rating of the strut. The tables included on the following pages — and the images on the assembly drawings page — cover typical arrangements that provide an efficient means of withstanding unusual loads. For more information on these and numerous other variations of line post assemblies, contact your Hubbell Power Systems representative. page 30 January 2011 Assembly Drawings AS-50 Braced Line Post 5’’ ) 3. mm 9 8 ( Horizontal-V Supplied by Customer X AS-50 ’’ ) 3.5mm (89 B D X C D B C (89 3.5 m ’’ m ) APPROX 62º APPROX 50º AS-50 3.5’’ (89 mm) 12º AS-50 A A Gain Base Mounting 12.0’’ (305 mm) Pivoting Horizontal-V 8.06’’ (205 mm) 3.5’’ (89 mm) AS-50 1.31’’ (33 mm) 0.94’’ (24 mm) 4.0’’ (102 mm) X Flat Base Mounting 10’’ (254 mm) 0.94’’ Dia. (24 mm) B 10.0’’ (254 mm) D 8’’ (203 mm) C APPROX 50º Pivoting Base Mounting 8.0’’ (203 mm) 2.75’’ (70 mm) 3.5’’ (89 mm) AS-50 8.0’’ (203 mm) A 2.75’’ (70 mm) 0.81’’ Dia. (21 mm) January 2011 page 31 Dimensions and Strength Ratings Braced Line Post Assembly Typical System kV Catalog Number Gain Base Catalog Number Flat Base 115/138 115/138 161 161 230 230 BLP043G12000 BLP046G12000 BLP051G12000 BLP058G12000 BLP075G12000 BLP080G12000 BLP043F12000 BLP046F12000 BLP051F12000 BLP058F12000 BLP075F12000 BLP080F12000 Component Insulators Post Suspension A inches (mm) B inches (mm) C inches (mm) D inches (mm) X inches (mm) P250043S0XX0 P250046S0XX0 P250051S0XX0 P250058S0XX0 P250075S0XX0 P250080S0XX0 S025060S0000 S025066S0000 S025075S0000 S025084S0000 S025107S000A S025116S000A 55.9 (1420) 58.2 (1478) 63.0 (1600) 70.1 (1781) 86.6 (2200) 91.4 (2322) 73.8 (1875) 80.3 (2040) 88.9 (2258) 97.5 (2477) 121.3 (3081) 129.9 (3299) 74.0 (1880) 82.0 (2083) 90.0 (2286) 96.0 (2438) 118.0 (2997) 127.0 (3226) 80.8 (2052) 87.3 (2217) 95.9 (2436) 104.5 (2654) 128.3 (3259) 136.9 (3477) 2.0 (51) 2.0 (51) 2.0 (51) 2.0 (51) 2.0 (51) 2.0 (51) B inches (mm) C inches (mm) D inches (mm) X inches (mm) Maximum Loadings Vertical lbs (kN) Tension lbs (kN) Compression lbs (kN) Longitudinal lbs (kN) 11130 (49.5) 11350 (50.5) 11390 (50.7) 11240 (50) 11220 (49.9) 11260 (50.2) 7500 (33.4) 7500 (33.4) 7500 (33.4) 7500 (33.4) 7500 (33.4) 7500 (33.4) 7500 (33.4) 7500 (33.4) 7500 (33.4) 7500 (33.4) 7500 (33.4) 7500 (33.4) 1625 (7.2) 1550 (6.9) 1415 (6.3) 1250 (5.6) 985 (4.4) 930 (4.1) Horizontal-V Assembly Typical System kV Catalog Number Gain Base Catalog Number Flat Base 115/138 115/138 161 161 230 230 BLP041G00000 BLP046G00000 BLP053G00000 BLP055G00000 BLP072G00000 BLP080G00000 BLP041F00000 BLP046F00000 BLP053F00000 BLP055F00000 BLP072F00000 BLP080F00000 Component Insulators Post Suspension A inches (mm) P250041S0XX0 P250046S0XX0 P250053S0XX0 P250055S0XX0 P250072S0XX0 P250080S0XX0 S025040S0000 S025045S0000 S025053S0000 S025058S0000 S025075S000A S025084S000A 54.7 (1389) 59.5 (1511) 66.8 (1697) 69.2 (1758) 86.1 (2187) 93.4 (2372) 54.3 (1379) 58.7 (1491) 67.3 (1709) 71.6 (1819) 88.9 (2258) 97.5 (2477) B inches (mm) 52.2 (1326) 58.7 (1491) 65.1 (1654) 69.5 (1765) 88.9 (2258) 95.4 (2423) 51.0 (1295) 61.3 (1557) 55.0 (1397) 65.7 (1669) 61.0 (1549) 74.3 (1887) 66.0 (1676) 78.6 (1996) 79.0 (2007) 95.9 (2436) 85.0 (2159) 104.5 (2654) 18.0 (457) 20.0 (508) 22.0 (559) 24.0 (610) 28.0 (711) 30.0 (762) Maximum Loadings Vertical lbs (kN) Tension lbs (kN) 10050 (44.7) 10070 (44.8) 10000 (44.5) 10240 (45.5) 10010 (44.5) 9960 (44.3) 7500 (33.4) 7500 (33.4) 7500 (33.4) 7500 (33.4) 7500 (33.4) 7500 (33.4) Compression Longitudinal lbs (kN) lbs (kN) 7500 (33.4) 7500 (33.4) 7500 (33.4) 7500 (33.4) 7500 (33.4) 7500 (33.4) 1715 (7.6) 1550 (6.9) 1355 (6.0) 1300 (5.8) 1015 (4.5) 930 (4.1) Pivoting Horizontal-V Assembly Typical System kV Catalog Number Gain Base Catalog Number Flat Base 115/138 115/138 161 161 230 230 — — — — — — BLP041P00000 BLP048P00000 BLP053P00000 BLP055P00000 BLP072P00000 BLP080P00000 Component Insulators Post Suspension A inches (mm) P250041S0390 P250048S0390 P250053S0390 P250055S0390 P250070S0390 P250080S0390 S025043S0000 S025049S0000 S025051S0000 S025056S0000 S025075S000A S025081S000A 53.1 (1349) 57.9 (1471) 65.2 (1656) 67.6 (1717) 84.5 (2146) 91.8 (2332) C inches (mm) D inches (mm) 50.0 (1270) 59.2 (1504) 56.0 (1422) 65.7 (1669) 60.0 (1524) 72.1 (1831) 65.0 (1651) 76.5 (1943) 81.0 (2057) 95.9 (2436) 84.0 (2134) 102.4 (2601) X inches (mm) 18.0 (457) 20.0 (508) 22.0 (559) 24.0 (610) 28.0 (711) 30.0 (762) Maximum Loadings Vertical lbs (kN) Tension lbs (kN) 10140 (45.1) 10270 (45.7) 10070 (44.8) 10310 (45.9) 10150 (45.1) 10150 (45.1) 7500 (33.4) 7500 (33.4) 7500 (33.4) 7500 (33.4) 7500 (33.4) 7500 (33.4) Notes: n Corona rings are required and included for 220 kV and above. n Base end fitting for posts is code “02’’ for a gain base or “03’’ for a flat base. Replace the “XX” with the appropriate code. n Maximum loads are for single loads in the specified direction. n Contact your Hubbell Power Systems representative to request combined load charts. page 32 January 2011 Compression lbs (kN) Longitudinal lbs (kN) 7500 (33.4) 7500 (33.4) 7500 (33.4) 7500 (33.4) 7500 (33.4) 7500 (33.4) 7500 (33.4) 7500 (33.4) 7500 (33.4) 7500 (33.4) 7500 (33.4) 7500 (33.4) Catalog Number Key Due to the numerous variations available for braced line post assemblies, the following catalog number scheme is presented primarily for informational purposes. For custom-made braced line post assemblies, please refer to publication Insulator Selection Guide – Transmission (EF9091T), available via www.hubbellpowersystems.com under “Literature” > “Literature Brochures” > “Ohio Brass Insulators and Arresters.” Please follow the instructions in the Insulator Selection Guide and return the filled-out form to your Hubbell Power Systems representative. Filling out the form with as much information as possible will ensure that our engineers receive all the critical dimensions and information needed to design your braced line post assembly. For information on braced line post assemblies not included in this catalog, please contact your HPS representative. a e Assembly Type Internal Use The first three digits define the insulator type. In this example, we picked a Braced Line Post; therefore, we entered “BLP” in the boxes designated for “a.” B a b L a P a b b b c d d e e 000 – Sequential number to address each variation or model. e Fill in your selection in the box designated for section “e.” In this example, the braced line post is the first in a series, as designated by “001.” B a L a P a 0 b 7 b 5 b F c 1 d 2 d 0 e 0 e 1 e Polymer Length Your complete part number will be BLP075F12001 Polymer length of the line post member (in inches). The nominal polymer length (in inches) of the line post insulator is specified to help define voltage rating of the braced line post assembly. Refer to the Horizontal Line Post Insulators table on page 21 for appropriate polymer lengths. Fill in your selection in the boxes designated for section “b.” For example, if you want a Braced Line Post with a 75-inch polymer length, enter “075.” B a c L a P a 0 b 7 b 5 b c d d e e Example: Braced Line Post Insulator, 75” Line Post Polymer Length, Flat Base, 12 degrees of Upsweep Angle, Variation/Model 001 BLP075F12001 e Type of Line Post Base A single letter is used to identify the type of base. Please refer to the base drawings for hole patterns and dimensions located on page 24 or page 31. F – Flat G – Gain P – Pivoting Fill in your selection in the box designated for section “c.” For example, if you want a flat base, enter “F.” B a d L a P a 0 b 7 b 5 b F c d d e e e Upsweep Angle The upsweep angle of the assembly is defined to help identify the assembly. Typically, braced line post assemblies will have 12 degrees of upsweep angle, and horizontal-V and pivoting-V assemblies will have 0 degrees. Fill in your selection in the box designated for section “d” for the upsweep angle. For example, if you chose a braced line post assembly, enter “12.” B a L a P a 0 b 7 b 5 b F c 1 d 2 d e e e January 2011 page 33 TECHNICAL TERMS REFERENCE GUIDE ANSI – The American National Standards Institute verifies that the standard developers are complying with the consensus and all other approval criteria. Boron-free E-Glass – Electrical grade fiberglass that has corrosion resistance greater than boron containing E-glass; it is environmentally friendly due to the lack of boron and fluorine. Combined Load Charts – Also referred to as application curves; a graphical representation that shows how the maximum working loads interact for a given line post or braced line post assembly. Corona – A luminous discharge resulting from ionization of the air surrounding a conductor around which a voltage gradient exceeding a certain critical value exists. Dry Band Arcing – Electrical flashes that occur between wet and dry spots over the contaminated surface of an insulator. E-Glass – Electrical grade fiberglass; the first glass used for high-voltage insulators. Flashover – A disruptive discharge that is capable of breaking the insulation level provided by the air around the insulator, which creates an arc between parts of different potential or polarity. IEC – The International Electrotechnical Commission develops and publishes international standards for all electrical technologies. Leakage Distance – The distance between the conductive end fittings of the insulator across the insulator surface, moving in and out of the sheds; also commonly referred to as the creep or creepage distance. RCL – Reference Cantilever Load is the maximum design cantilever load (MDCL), which is rated at 50 percent of the part’s SCL. RIV – Radio-Interference Voltages are caused by electric currents that produce magnetic and electrostatic fields that are capable of inducing high-frequency voltage pulses in nearby radio antennas. The RIV of an insulator is measured under conditions specified by industry standards. RTV – Room Temperature Vulcanate (elastomer sealant) is a silicone rubber that cures at room temperature. RTL – Routine Test Load is the maximum design tension load, which is rated at 50 percent of the part’s SML. All parts are tested at this rating prior to being shipped. Section Length – The straight-line distance between the coupling points of the insulator’s end fittings. SCL – Specified Cantilever Load is the minimum ultimate cantilever strength of the part. SML – Specified Mechanical Load is the minimum ultimate tensile strength of the part. Strike Distance – The shortest distance across the insulator surface, between the end fittings of the insulator; also commonly referred to as the dry arc distance or tight string distance. page 34 January 2011 ® Web: http://www.hubbellpowersystems.com E-mail: hpsliterature@hps.hubbell.com UNITED STATES CANADA, INTERNATIONAL HUBBELL POWER SYSTEMS, INC. 210 N. Allen Street Centralia, Mo 65240-1395 Phone: 1-573-682-5521 Fax: 1-573-682-8714 e-mail: hpsliterature@hps.hubbell.com MEXICO HUBBELL DE MEXICO, S.A. DE C.V. Av. Insurgentes Sur #1228, Piso 8 Col. Tlacoquemacatl Del Valle Mexico, D.F. 03200 Phone: 52-55-9151-9999 Fax: 52-55-9151-9988 Website: hubbell.com.mx For reliable transmission, The World is turning to Hubbell. Web: http://www.hubbellpowersystems.com E-mail: hpsliterature@hps.hubbell.com ® January 2011 A&J 1M Catalog 24 A Better Design. A Better Insulator. ® Insulators ® LIMITED WARRANTY AND LIMITATION OF LIABILITY MATERIAL: HPS warrants all products sold by it to be merchantable (as such term is defined in the Uniform Commercial Code) and to be free from defects in material and workmanship. Buyer must notify HPS promptly of any claim under this warranty. The Buyer’s exclusive remedy for breach of this warranty shall be the repair or replacement, F.O.B. factory, at HPS’s option, of any product defective under the warranty, which is returned to HPS within one year from the date of shipment. NO OTHER WARRANTY, WHETHER EXPRESS OR ARISING BY OPERATION OF THE LAW, COURSE OF DEALING, USAGE OF TRADE OR OTHERWISE IMPLIED, SHALL EXIST IN CONNECTION WITH HPS’S PRODUCTS OR ANY SALE OR USE THEREOF. HPS SHALL IN NO EVENT BE LIABLE FOR ANY LOSS OF PROFITS OR CONSEQUENTIAL OR SPECIAL DAMAGES INCURRED BY BUYER. HPS’s warranty shall run only to the first Buyer of a product from HPS, from HPS’s Buyer, or from an original equipment manufacturer reselling HPS’s product, and is non-assignable and non-transferable and shall be of no force and effect if asserted by any person other than such first Buyer. This warranty applies only to the use of the product as intended by HPS and does not cover any modification, misapplication, or misuse of said product. APPLICATION: HPS does not warrant the accuracy of and results from product or system performance recommendations resulting from any engineering analysis or study. This applies regardless of whether a charge is made for the recommendation, or if it is provided free of charge. Responsibility for selection of the proper product of application rests solely with the purchaser. In the event of errors or inaccuracies determined to be caused by HPS, its liability will be limited to the reperformance of any such analysis or study. PURCHASER INSPECTIONS: Tests, inspections and acceptance of all material must be made at the factory. Purchasers’ inspectors are welcome at the factories and are provided with the necessary facilities for carrying out their work. Name and phone number of who should be contacted for inspection should be given to HPS no later than two weeks prior to scheduled shipment date. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY: IN NO EVENT, WHETHER AS A RESULT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT OR WARRANTY OR ALLEGED NEGLIGENCE, SHALL HPS BE LIABLE FOR SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, LOSS OF PROFITS OR REVENUE, LOSS OF USE OF THE EQUIPMENT OR ANY ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT, LOSS OF CAPITAL, COST OF SUBSTITUTE EQUIPMENT, FACILITIES OR SERVICES, DOWNTIME COSTS, OR CLAIMS OF THIRD PARTIES OF THE BUYER FOR SUCH DAMAGES. Any claim by Buyer for breach of the foregoing warranty shall be deemed waived by Buyer unless submitted to HPS in writing within thirty (30) days from the date Buyer discovered, or by reasonable inspection should have discovered the alleged breach. Any cause of action for breach of the foregoing warranty shall be brought within one year after the cause of action has accrued. 1850 Richland Avenue East, Aiken, SC 29801 http://www.hubbellpowersystems.com E-mail: quadrisil@hps.hubbell.com ©Copyright 2010 NOTE: Because Hubbell has a policy of continuous product improvement, we reserve the right to change design and specifications without notice. A Better Design. A Better Insulator. Polymer (RTV) Seal Counterbore Compression Seal Radial Compression Seal Overlap Compression Seal Our Exclusive Four-Point Seal ® Quadri*Sil® Insulators — A Century in the Making With nearly 100 years of Ohio Brass insulator experience and product innovation, it’s no surprise that the next generation of insulator reliability carries the trusted name of Ohio Brass. Ohio Brass (Hubbell Power Systems) is proud to offer a transmission insulator that triumphs over today’s unpredictable environment. Appropriately named, the Quadri*Sil® insulator incorporates a revolutionary four-point seal that, quite simply. . . prohibits moisture intrusion. The Ohio Brass commitment is simple and complete: we provide our customers the finest, most advanced products and expert technical assistance, before and after purchase. Every day. Worldwide. In addition, the Quadri*Sil® insulator optimizes the Ohio Brass commitment to excellence and the advancement of processes and materials. With a proprietary siliconerubber compound and end-seal design, this direct-bonded insulator offers assurance that moisture penetration does not occur. Today’s environment is unpredictable. Your insulator can’t be. January 2011 page 1 page 2 January 2011 Quadri*Sil® General Information Page 4 The Heart of Quadri*Sil® Insulators........................................................................ 4 Key to the Catalog Numbers......................................................................8 and 33 Technical Terms Reference Guide........................................................................ 34 Suspension insulators Page 11 Corona Performance.......................................................................................... 12 End Fitting Detail................................................................................................ 13 Quadri*Sil® 25 kip / 120 kN SML Data................................................................ 14 Quadri*Sil® 30 kip SML Data.............................................................................. 15 Quadri*Sil® 160 kN SML Data............................................................................. 16 Quadri*Sil® 50 kip / 210 kN SML Data................................................................ .17 Line Post insulators Page 19 Mechanical Ratings and Corona Performance...................................................... .20 Quadri*Sil® Horizontal Line Posts........................................................................ .21 Quadri*Sil® Vertical Line Posts............................................................................ .22 Quadri*Sil® Base Fittings.................................................................................... .24 Quadri*Sil® Line Fittings..................................................................................... .25 Clamps and Assemblies..................................................................................... .26 Braced post Insulators Page 29 Braced Line Post Assemblies.............................................................................. 30 Assembly Drawings............................................................................................ 31 Dimensions and Strength Ratings....................................................................... 32 January 2011 page 3 Design Sealing System — This four-point sealing system provides superior performance by preventing moisture penetration between the silicone rubber and end-fitting interface. The design is based on four redundant seals that provide unmatched protection to the fiberglass core rod. RTV (Room Temperature Vulcanate) is completely encapsulated within the interior of the end-fitting and is not utilized as an exterior seal as with other silicone designs. [ Revolutionary Four-Point Seal ] Corona Shielding Ring (CSR) — The Quadri*Sil® end-fitting design provides superior electric field shielding of the silicone rubber adjacent to the end-fitting. The superior shielding protects the silicone rubber on applications where an external corona ring is not required. Direct Bond — The silicone rubber material is bonded directly to the fiberglass core rod during the molding process. The resulting bond between the silicone rubber and fiberglass rod is mechanically stronger than the tear strength of the silicone rubber. Crimp Method — A circumferential crimp creates a more uniform stress distribution to ensure the mechanical integrity of the Quadri*Sil® insulator. Ohio Brass pioneered the crimping process in 1976 — today it has become the industry standard. page 4 January 2011 Components and Materials Polymer Weathersheds — The polymer weathershed material utilized in the Quadri*Sil® insulator design is a proprietary silicone-rubber compound specifically designed by Ohio Brass engineers for high-voltage insulator applications. The polymer weathershed material starts with 100-percent base silicone rubber before additives and fillers are compounded with the base rubber. Hubbell Power Systems (HPS) controls the entire process from the proprietary formulation to the complete mixing process. The proprietary formulation incorporates the inherent hydrophobicity and UV performance of silicone rubber while providing superior tracking performance as demonstrated in dry-band arcing tests. For more information about our silicone rubber, please contact your HPS representative. Fiberglass Core Rod — The Quadri*Sil® suspension insulator’s fiberglass core rod is produced with boron-free, corrosion-resistant E-glass and epoxy resin. Quadri*Sil® line post insulators are manufactured with electrical grade glass and epoxy resin. End Fittings — Made of steel or ductile iron, the end-fittings are directly attached to the fiberglass core rod by a circumferential crimping process. This crimping process allows the end fittings to utilize the rod’s inherent tensile strength. Grading Rings — Also known as corona rings, grading rings are manufactured using high-grade aluminum alloy, making them strong, light, and corrosion-resistant. Grading (corona) rings can be packaged separately or inside the insulator crates with all mounting hardware included. Leakage Distance Quadri*Sil® suspension insulators feature standard and high leakage distance weathershed profiles for maximum resistance to contamination and leakage currents in various environmental applications. The hydrophobic nature of our silicone rubber ensures superior performance in contaminated environments. January 2011 page 5 High Pressure Washing Quadri*Sil® transmission insulators normally do not require washing or other routine maintenance. Washing may be required if the insulators are installed in an area of severe environmental contamination. In the event that washing is required, the procedures outlined in Section IX of the “IEEE GUIDE FOR INSULATOR CLEANING,” IEEE STD 957-2005 are generally applicable. Mechanical Ratings Quadri*Sil® suspension insulators are rated and tested in accordance with IEC 61109 and ANSI C29.12. Quadri*Sil® line post insulators are rated and tested in accordance with IEC 61952 and ANSI C29.17. Certified test reports are available. For suspension insulators, SML ratings are 120 kN, 160 kN, 210 kN, 25 kip, 30 kip, and 50 kip with appropriate rod size and end fittings. RTL ratings are consistent with the IEC and ANSI standards. Factory routine tests are conducted on 100 percent of all insulators to the RTL rating. Markings Markings for Quadri*Sil® suspension insulators are placed on a UV-resistant label located on the ground end fitting. Markings for Quadri*Sil® line post insulators are placed on a metal plate on the mounting base of the insulator. Markings include SML and RTL (for suspension), SCL and RCL (for line post), part number, assembly date code, and Hubbell Power Systems identification. These markings are consistent with applicable IEC and ANSI standards. Insulator Lengths Quadri*Sil® suspension insulators are available in lengths appropriate for 69 kV through 765 kV. Longer lengths can be produced for special projects. Intermediate lengths – those that fall in between the catalog numbers listed in the tables – are also available. Length increments are approximately 2.2 inches (56 mm) for suspension insulators and 2.4 inches (61 mm) for vertical and horizontal line post insulators. page 6 January 2011 Testing Quadri*Sil® insulators have been tested successfully to meet the requirements of IEC 61109 and ANSI C29.11. For a certified test report or additional information related to product testing, please contact your HPS representative. Packaging Quadri*Sil® suspension insulators are packaged in wooden crates 44 inches (111.7 cm) wide with the length of the crate determined by the length of the insulator. The height of the crate is normally less than 45 inches (114.3 cm). The gross weight will not exceed 2,000 pounds (909 kg). Crates are available for both domestic and export transportation. The Quadri*Sil® line post insulators are packaged in appropriate quantities in open wood crates. Line post insulators are packaged to prevent the metal bases from resting on the polymer weathershed material. January 2011 page 7 Catalog Number Key The Quadri*Sil ® Insulators Numbering Scheme is organized according to a smart numbering system. Each group of digits defines a characteristic of the product you are ordering. To fill out this form, start on “a: Insulator Type.” Then, fill in your selection in the box corresponding to the letter “a.” Apply the same rule for all the other sections. a Insulator Type P — Post or S — Suspension d Weathershed Profile Suspension S — Standard Leakage Distance (2.5) H — High Leakage Distance (2.9 or 3.3) a) Insulator type. Defines your insulator type: Post or Suspension. Select “P” or “S” for Post or Suspension, respectively, and fill in your selection in the box designated for “a.” In this example, we selected a suspension insulator. Post S — Standard Leakage Distance S b d) Weathershed Profile. Defines the leakage distance design. For a suspension insulator with standard leakage distance, use “S.” For a suspension insulator with high leakage distance, use “H.” For a line post, only the standard leakage distance design is available. Fill in your selection in the box designated for “d.” For example, if you want an insulator with high leakage distance, you would place an “H” in the box designated “d.” Mechanical Strength Suspension (SML), Rod Diameter 025 — 25 kip, 5/8” (16 mm) 030 — 30 kip, 5/8” (16 mm) 050 — 50 kip, 7/8” (22 mm) 120 — 120 kN, 5/8” (16 mm) 160 — 160 kN, 7/8” (22 mm) 210 — 210 kN, 7/8” (22 mm) Post 250 — Series 250, standard strength 2.5”, (63.5 mm) b) Strength. Defines the mechanical strength of your insulator. Fill in your selection in the boxes designated for “b.” 0 S e 2 5 0 4 9 H Top Fitting Post Insulators LineLine Post Insulators Suspension Insulators Suspension Insulators 0 — Chain Eye 0 — Tear Drop Blade 1 — ANSI Ball 1 — Horizontal Clamptop 2 — Y-Clevis 2 — Vertical Clamptop 3 — ANSI Socket 3 — 5” (127 mm) Bolt Circle 5/8” (16 mm) Tapped Hole Note: kip = Kilopound, kN = Kilonewton For example, if you want a Suspension insulator with 25 kip, this is what your form would look like so far: 4 — ANSI Straight Clevis S c 0 2 5 7 — IEC Ball Fitting 16 mm for 120 kN 20 mm for 160 kN and 210 kN Polymer Length c) Polymer length. Defines the polymer length of the insulator (please use catalog tables for possible polymer lengths). Fill in your selection in the boxes designated for section “c.” For example, if you want a 49-inch polymer length, enter: 0 2 5 0 4 9 A — IEC Socket 16 mm for 120 kN 20 mm for 160 kN and 210 kN e) top Fitting. Defines the top end fitting of your insulator. Fill in your selection in the box designated for “e.” For example, if you want a suspension insulator with a Y-clevis top end fitting, you would place a “2” in the box designated for “e.” S page 8 9 — Long Tear Drop Blade 8 — IEC Straight Clevis 3 digits for distance between metal parts, in inches S 5 — 5” (127 mm) Bolt Circle 5/8” (16 mm) Through Hole January 2011 0 2 5 0 4 9 H 2 f Examples: Bottom Fitting f) Bottom Fitting. Defines the bottom end fitting of your insulator. Fill in your selection in the boxes designated for “f.” For example, if you want an ANSI ball bottom end fitting, you would place “01” in the boxes designated for “f.” S 0 2 5 0 4 Suspension Insulators 9 H 0 2 1 Line Post Insulators 00 - Chain Eye Suspension Insulator, 25 kip, 49” of Polymer Length, Standard Leakage Distance Profile (2.5), Top Fitting: Y-Clevis, Bottom Fitting: ANSI Ball, No Corona Ring S025049S2010 02 - Aluminum Gain 12” (305 mm) CL1 mounting 03 - Aluminum Flat 8”x 10” (203 mm x 254 mm), 15/16” (24 mm) hole diameter 01 - ANSI Ball 04 - Aluminum Flat 8”x 13” (203 mm x 330 mm), 15/16” (24 mm) hole diameter 02 - Y-Clevis 05 - 5” (127 mm) Bolt Circle, 5/8” (16 mm) tapped hole 03 - ANSI Socket 07 - Steel Gain 12” (305 mm) CL mounting, 15/16” (24 mm) hole diameter 04 - ANSI Straight Clevis 08 - Steel Flat 8”x 13” (203 mm x 330 mm) MS2, 15/16” (24 mm) hole diameter 07 - IEC Ball Fitting 15 - 5” (127 mm) Bolt Circle, 5/8” (16 mm) through hole 16 mm for 120 kN or 20 mm for 160 kN and 210 kN 08 - IEC Straight Clevis Vertical Gain - See page 23 Table B 0A - IEC Socket 16 mm for 120 kN or 20 mm for 160 kN and 210 kN g 1 2 Center Line Horizontal x Vertical Mounting Pattern Spacing Rings 0 — No ring required A — >220 kV, 8” (203 mm) ring for suspension, 12” (305 mm) ring for series 250 post B — >330 kV, 12” (305 mm) ring for suspension, 15” (381 mm) ring for series 250 post C — >400 kV, 12” (305 mm) line end and 8” (203 mm) ground end ring for suspension D — >500 kV, 15” (381 mm) line end and 8” (203 mm) ground end ring for suspension E — >735 kV, 15” (381 mm) line end and 12” (305 mm) ground end ring for suspension Line Post Insulator, 2.5” (63.5 mm) Rod Diameter, 21.9” Polymer Length, Standard Leakage Distance, Top Fitting: Tear Drop Blade, Bottom Fitting: 2-Piece Aluminum Gain Base, No Corona Ring P250021S0020 g) rings. Defines your need for a Corona Ring. Fill in your selection in the box designated for “g.” The example below shows a selection of a corona ring for 220 kV, 8” (203 mm) for a suspension insulator. Thus, “A” was placed in the box designated for “g.” S 0 2 5 0 4 9 H 2 0 1 A Your complete part number will be S025049H201A your final catalog number should look like this Fill out boxes according to instructions January 2011 page 9 page 10 January 2011 Suspension Insulators Table of Contents Page Corona Performance......................................................................................... 12 End Fitting Detail............................................................................................... 13 Quadri*Sil® 25 kip / 120 kN SML Data............................................................... 14 Quadri*Sil® 30 kip SML Data............................................................................. 15 Quadri*Sil® 160 kN SML Data............................................................................ 16 Quadri*Sil® 50 kip / 210 kN SML Data............................................................... 17 ® January 2011 page 11 Corona Performance Quadri*Sil® insulators are RIV and corona free through 161 kV. The use of an external corona shielding ring is required at 220 / 230 kV and above. The table below details the rings necessary for 220 / 230 kV and above. Recommended Corona Ring Installation Table Normal Applications: Top Grounded, Bottom Energized Corona Ring Part Numbers Recommended Corona Rings by Line Voltage Ground End Line Voltage (kV) Line End 25 kip, 30 kip, 120 kN, 133 kN Ground End 220/230 kV None 8" (203 mm) 330/345 kV None 400 kV 8" (203 mm) 500 kV 8" (203 mm) Ground End Line End - 2717613002 - 2717613001 12" (305 mm) - 2717053001 - 2717053002 12" (305 mm) 2717613001 2717053001 2717613002 2717053002 15" (381 mm) 2717613001 2717513001 2717613002 2717513002 8.0” (203 mm) 12.0” (305 mm) 15.00” (381 mm) 2.44” (62 mm) Quadri*Sil Suspension Insulator Line End 50 kip, 160 kN, 210 kN 3.44” (87 mm) Quadri*Sil Suspension Insulator Part Number 271761 4.10” (104 mm) Quadri*Sil Suspension Insulator Part Number 271705 Part Number 271751 Electrical/Dimensional Changes to the Suspension Insulator with External Corona Ring Physical and Electrical Characteristics Dry Arc Distance inches (mm) Leakage Distance inches (mm) ANSI 60 Hz Flashover Dry — kV ANSI 60 Hz Flashover Wet — kV ANSI Critical Flashover Positive — kV ANSI Critical Flashover Negative — kV IEC Wet Switching Impulse Withstand — kV IEC Power Frequency Wet Withstand — kV IEC Lightning Impulse Withstand Positive — kV IEC Lightning Impulse Withstand Negative — kV Net Weight pounds (kg) page 12 January 2011 220/230 kV Ring 330/345 kV Ring 400 kV Ring 500 kV Ring -0.63 (-16) 0 -10 -10 -10 -10 N/A -10 -10 -10 2.1 (1.0) -1.32 (33.5) 0 -20 -10 -20 -20 N/A -10 -20 -20 2.9 (1.3) -1.95 (49.5) 0 -20 -20 -30 -30 N/A -20 -30 -30 5.0 (2.3) -2.67 (67.8) 0 -30 -30 -40 -50 N/A -30 -40 -50 6.5 (2.9) Most Common End Fittings 45º øD Chain Eye A B C SML A Y-Clevis A A Dimensions in. (mm) B C D SML B Dimensions in. (mm) B Bolt Dia. A 25 kip 0.62 1.00 2.00 0.62 25 kip 0.75 1.53 (111 kN) (15.74) (25.4) (50.8) (15.74) (111 kN) (19.05) (38.86) (19) 0.62 1.00 2.00 0.62 0.75 1.53 0.75 120 kN 120 kN 0.75 (15.74) (25.4) (50.8) (15.74) (19.05) (38.86) (19) 30 kip 0.75 1.00 2.00 0.85 30 kip 0.88 1.59 0.88 (133 kN) (19.05) (25.4) (50.8) (21.59) (133 kN) (22.35) (40.39) (22) 36 kip 0.75 1.00 2.00 0.85 36 kip 0.88 1.59 0.88 (160 kN) (19.05) (25.4) (50.8) (21.59) (160 kN) (22.35) (40.39) (22) 0.75 1.00 2.00 0.85 0.88 1.59 0.88 210 kN 210 kN (19.05) (25.4) (50.8) (21.59) (22.35) (40.39) (22) 50 kip 0.75 1.00 2.00 0.85 50 kip 0.88 1.59 0.88 (222 kN) (19.05) (25.4) (50.8) (21.59) (222 kN) (22.35) (40.39) (22) B A Straight Clevis PD A SML 25 kip (111 kN) 120 kN 30 kip (133 kN) 36 kip (160 kN) 210 kN 50 kip (222 kN) Ball/Socket Dimensions in. (mm) Class A B PD ANSI 52-6 IEC 16C ANSI 52-6 IEC 19L IEC 19L N/A B Class SML 1.41 0.75 0.62 25 kip (36) (19) (16) (111 kN) 1.41 0.75 0.62 (36) (19) (16) 1.41 0.75 0.62 30 kip (36) (19) (16) (133 kN) 1.81 0.83 0.75 36 kip ANSI 52-8 (46) (21) (19) (160 kN) (IEC 20 mm) 1.81 0.83 0.75 (46) (21) (19) 210 kN IEC 20 mm 120 kN 50 kip (222 kN) ANSI 52-5 IEC 16 mm ANSI 52-5 ANSI 52-11 January 2011 page 13 Section Length High Leak Design Section Length Suspension Insulators Standard Design Mechanical Ratings SML = 25 kip/120 kN RTL = 12.5 kip/60 kN Rod Diameter: 5/8" (16 mm) ANSI Values Selection Guide: Typical Line Voltage, kV Catalog Numbers ANSI / IEC Nominal Polymer Length inches Section Length inches (mm) Strike Distance inches (mm) 021 021 023 023 030 030 036 036 043 043 047 047 051 051 056 056 060 060 064 064 069 069 073 073 077 077 081 081 086 086 090 090 094 094 099 099 103 103 107 107 112 112 116 116 120 120 125 125 129 129 133 133 138 138 142 142 33.3 (846) 33.3 (846) 35.4 (899) 35.4 (899) 41.9 (1064) 41.9 (1064) 48.4 (1229) 48.4 (1229) 54.9 (1394) 54.9 (1394) 59.2 (1504) 59.2 (1504) 63.5 (1613) 63.5 (1613) 67.8 (1722) 67.8 (1722) 72.1 (1831) 72.1 (1831) 76.5 (1943) 76.5 (1943) 80.8 (2052) 80.8 (2052) 85.1 (2162) 85.1 (2162) 89.4 (2271) 89.4 (2271) 93.7 (2380) 93.7 (2380) 98.1 (2492) 98.1 (2492) 102.4 (2601) 102.4 (2601) 106.7 (2710) 106.7 (2710) 111 (2819) 111 (2819) 115.3 (2929) 115.3 (2929) 119.7 (3040) 119.7 (3040) 124 (3150) 124 (3150) 128.3 (3259) 128.3 (3259) 132.6 (3368) 132.6 (3368) 136.9 (3477) 136.9 (3477) 141.3 (3589) 141.3 (3589) 145.6 (3698) 145.6 (3698) 149.9 (3807) 149.9 (3807) 154.2 (3917) 154.2 (3917) 21.5 (546) 22 (559) 23.7 (602) 24.1 (612) 30.2 (767) 30.6 (777) 36.6 (930) 37.1 (942) 43.1 (1095) 43.6 (1107) 47.4 (1204) 47.9 (1217) 51.8 (1316) 52.2 (1326) 56.1 (1425) 56.5 (1435) 60.4 (1534) 60.9 (1547) 64.7 (1643) 65.2 (1656) 69 (1753) 69.5 (1765) 73.4 (1864) 73.8 (1875) 77.7 (1974) 78.1 (1984) 82 (2083) 82.5 (2096) 86.3 (2192) 86.8 (2205) 90.6 (2301) 91.1 (2314) 95 (2413) 95.4 (2423) 99.3 (2522) 99.7 (2532) 103.6 (2631) 104.1 (2644) 107.9 (2741) 108.4 (2753) 112.2 (2850) 112.7 (2863) 116.6 (2962) 117 (2972) 120.9 (3071) 121.3 (3081) 125.2 (3180) 125.7 (3193) 129.5 (3289) 130 (3302) 133.8 (3399) 134.3 (3411) 138.2 (3510) 138.6 (3520) 142.5 (3620) 142.9 (3630) Leakage Distance inches (mm) 69 110 132 161 220 330 400 S025021S2010 / S120021S2010 S025021H2010 / S120021H2010 S025023S2010 / S120023S2010 S025023H2010 / S120023H2010 S025030S2010 / S120030S2010 S025030H2010 / S120030H2010 S025036S2010 / S120036S2010 S025036H2010 / S120036H2010 S025043S2010 / S120043S2010 S025043H2010 / S120043H2010 S025047S2010 / S120047S2010 S025047H2010 / S120047H2010 S025051S2010 / S120051S2010 S025051H2010 / S120051H2010 S025056S2010 / S120056S2010 S025056H2010 / S120056H2010 S025060S2010 / S120060S2010 S025060H2010 / S120060H2010 S025064S2010 / S120064S2010 S025064H2010 / S120064H2010 S025069S2010 / S120069S2010 S025069H2010 / S120069H2010 S025073S2010 / S120073S2010 S025073H2010 / S120073H2010 S025077S2010 / S120077S2010 S025077H2010 / S120077H2010 S025081S2010 / S120081S2010 S025081H2010 / S120081H2010 S025086S2010 / S120086S2010 S025086H2010 / S120086H2010 S025090S2010 / S120090S2010 S025090H2010 / S120090H2010 S025094S2010 / S120094S2010 S025094H2010 / S120094H2010 S025099S2010 / S120099S2010 S025099H2010 / S120099H2010 S025103S2010 / S120103S2010 S025103H2010 / S120103H2010 S025107S2010 / S120107S2010 S025107H2010 / S120107H2010 S025112S2010 / S120112S2010 S025112H2010 / S120112H2010 S025116S2010 / S120116S2010 S025116H2010 / S120116H2010 S025120S2010 / S120120S2010 S025120H2010 / S120120H2010 S025125S2010 / S120125S2010 S025125H2010 / S120125H2010 S025129S2010 / S120129S2010 S025129H2010 / S120129H2010 S025133S2010 / S120133S2010 S025133H2010 / S120133H2010 S025138S2010 / S120138S2010 S025138H2010 / S120138H2010 S025142S2010 / S120142S2010 S025142H2010 / S120142H2010 Notes: n Dimensional and electrical values displayed in main table are for an insulator with Y-clevis and Ball end fittings. n For voltages above 400 kV, other section lengths, or end fitting combinations, please contact your HPS representative. values are without corona ring. For voltages equal to or greater than 220 kV, refer to page 12 for corona rings and associated physical/electrical changes to the above data. Dimensions are within allowable tolerances as specified by IEC 61109 and ANSI C29.12. n Electrical page 14 January 2011 55 (1397) 64 (1626) 60 (1524) 71 (1803) 77 (1956) 90 (2286) 93 (2362) 110 (2794) 110 (2794) 129 (3277) 121 (3073) 142 (3607) 132 (3353) 155 (3937) 143 (3632) 168 (4267) 154 (3912) 181 (4597) 165 (4191) 194 (4928) 176 (4470) 207 (5258) 187 (4750) 220 (5588) 198 (5029) 233 (5918) 209 (5309) 246 (6248) 220 (5588) 259 (6579) 231 (5867) 272 (6909) 242 (6147) 285 (7239) 253 (6426) 298 (7569) 264 (6706) 310 (7874) 275 (6985) 323 (8204) 286 (7264) 336 (8534) 297 (7544) 349 (8865) 308 (7823) 362 (9195) 319 (8103) 375 (9525) 330 (8382) 388 (9855) 341 (8661) 401 (10185) 352 (8941) 414 (10516) 363 (9220) 427 (10846) 60-Hz Dry Flashover (kV) 60-Hz Wet Flashover (kV) 220 220 250 250 315 320 385 390 460 465 500 510 540 540 585 585 625 625 660 665 695 700 735 740 780 780 815 820 860 860 890 895 925 930 960 965 990 995 1010 1015 1040 1045 1070 1075 1100 1105 1125 1130 1155 1160 1180 1185 1205 1210 1230 1235 210 210 235 235 305 305 365 370 435 440 475 475 510 510 545 550 580 585 615 615 650 650 685 690 720 720 745 750 780 795 815 820 850 855 875 880 890 895 920 920 945 950 975 980 1000 1005 1030 1035 1055 1060 1080 1085 1105 1110 1130 1135 IEC Values Critical Impulse Positive (kV) 370 370 415 415 525 535 635 645 730 740 800 805 865 875 935 940 1000 1010 1065 1070 1130 1135 1200 1205 1260 1270 1325 1330 1400 1410 1460 1470 1520 1540 1575 1585 1640 1645 1690 1695 1750 1755 1815 1820 1875 1880 1935 1940 1990 1995 2050 2055 2110 2115 2165 2170 Critical Impulse Negative (kV) 350 350 395 395 510 515 620 620 725 730 795 800 865 870 935 940 1005 1010 1075 1075 1140 1145 1210 1215 1275 1280 1345 1345 1420 1420 1485 1495 1545 1560 1600 1610 1670 1670 1725 1730 1790 1795 1850 1855 1915 1920 1975 1980 2040 2045 2100 2105 2160 2165 2220 2225 60-Hz 1-minute Wet Withstand (kV) 145 150 165 165 210 210 255 260 300 305 330 330 360 360 385 390 410 415 435 440 465 465 490 495 515 515 540 540 560 565 585 585 610 615 630 635 655 660 675 675 695 700 720 720 735 740 760 760 780 780 795 800 815 820 835 835 Impulse Positive Withstand (kV) Impulse Negative Withstand (kV) 315 325 350 355 445 450 540 540 630 635 690 695 750 760 810 815 870 880 930 940 990 995 1050 1055 1105 1115 1165 1170 1220 1225 1275 1285 1335 1340 1395 1395 1445 1450 1500 1510 1555 1565 1615 1620 1665 1670 1720 1725 1770 1780 1825 1830 1880 1885 1930 1935 300 305 330 335 430 435 525 535 625 630 685 690 750 755 810 815 875 880 940 945 995 1005 1060 1065 1120 1125 1180 1185 1240 1245 1300 1305 1355 1365 1415 1425 1475 1485 1530 1535 1590 1595 1645 1655 1705 1710 1755 1765 1815 1820 1870 1875 1925 1930 1980 1980 Section Length Adjustment Table, Base End Fittings: Y-clevis-Ball (201) Top Fitting Bottom Fitting Y-Clevis Eye Eye ANSI 52-5 Socket IEC 16 mm Socket ANSI 52-6 Clevis ANSI 52-6 Clevis Eye ANSI 52-5 Ball Eye ANSI 52-5 Ball IEC 16 mm Ball Eye ANSI 52-5 Ball Top and Bottom End Fitting Digits Length Change (“e” & “f”) in Catalog Number inches (mm) 200 001 000 301 A07 400 401 1.62 (41) 0.02 (0) 1.64 (42) -1.15 (-29) -0.03 (-1) 0.82 (21) -0.8 (-20) To determine the section length for an insulator with a different end fitting combination, please add or subtract the displayed length change in the table above. For configurations not shown, use the Catalog Number Key or contact your HPS representative. Section Length High Leak Design Section Length Suspension Insulators Standard Design Mechanical Ratings SML = 30 kip RTL = 15 kip Rod Diameter: 5/8" (16 mm) Selection Guide: Typical Line Voltage, kV ANSI Nominal Polymer Length inches Section Length inches (mm) Strike Distance inches (mm) Leakage Distance inches (mm) S030021S2010 S030021H2010 S030023S2010 S030023H2010 S030030S2010 S030030H2010 S030036S2010 S030036H2010 S030043S2010 S030043H2010 S030047S2010 S030047H2010 S030051S2010 S030051H2010 S030056S2010 S030056H2010 S030060S2010 S030060H2010 S030064S2010 S030064H2010 S030069S2010 S030069H2010 S030073S2010 S030073H2010 S030077S2010 S030077H2010 S030081S2010 S030081H2010 S030086S2010 S030086H2010 S030090S2010 S030090H2010 S030094S2010 S030094H2010 S030099S2010 S030099H2010 S030103S2010 S030103H2010 S030107S2010 S030107H2010 S030112S2010 S030112H2010 S030116S2010 S030116H2010 S030120S2010 S030120H2010 S030125S2010 S030125H2010 S030129S2010 S030129H2010 S030133S2010 S030133H2010 S030138S2010 S030138H2010 S030142S2010 S030142H2010 021 021 023 023 030 030 036 036 043 043 047 047 051 051 056 056 060 060 064 064 069 069 073 073 077 077 081 081 086 086 090 090 094 094 099 099 103 103 107 107 112 112 116 116 120 120 125 125 129 129 133 133 138 138 142 142 33.3 (846) 33.3 (846) 35.4 (899) 35.4 (899) 41.9 (1064) 41.9 (1064) 48.4 (1229) 48.4 (1229) 54.9 (1394) 54.9 (1394) 59.2 (1504) 59.2 (1504) 63.5 (1613) 63.5 (1613) 67.8 (1722) 67.8 (1722) 72.1 (1831) 72.1 (1831) 76.5 (1943) 76.5 (1943) 80.8 (2052) 80.8 (2052) 85.1 (2162) 85.1 (2162) 89.4 (2271) 89.4 (2271) 93.7 (2380) 93.7 (2380) 98.1 (2492) 98.1 (2492) 102.4 (2601) 102.4 (2601) 106.7 (2710) 106.7 (2710) 111 (2819) 111 (2819) 115.3 (2929) 115.3 (2929) 119.7 (3040) 119.7 (3040) 124 (3150) 124 (3150) 128.3 (3259) 128.3 (3259) 132.6 (3368) 132.6 (3368) 136.9 (3477) 136.9 (3477) 141.3 (3589) 141.3 (3589) 145.6 (3698) 145.6 (3698) 149.9 (3807) 149.9 (3807) 154.2 (3917) 154.2 (3917) 21.5 (546) 22 (559) 23.7 (602) 24.1 (612) 30.2 (767) 30.6 (777) 36.6 (930) 37.1 (942) 43.1 (1095) 43.6 (1107) 47.4 (1204) 47.9 (1217) 51.8 (1316) 52.2 (1326) 56.1 (1425) 56.5 (1435) 60.4 (1534) 60.9 (1547) 64.7 (1643) 65.2 (1656) 69 (1753) 69.5 (1765) 73.4 (1864) 73.8 (1875) 77.7 (1974) 78.1 (1984) 82 (2083) 82.5 (2096) 86.3 (2192) 86.8 (2205) 90.6 (2301) 91.1 (2314) 95 (2413) 95.4 (2423) 99.3 (2522) 99.7 (2532) 103.6 (2631) 104.1 (2644) 107.9 (2741) 108.4 (2753) 112.2 (2850) 112.7 (2863) 116.6 (2962) 117 (2972) 120.9 (3071) 121.3 (3081) 125.2 (3180) 125.7 (3193) 129.5 (3289) 130 (3302) 133.8 (3399) 134.3 (3411) 138.2 (3510) 138.6 (3520) 142.5 (3620) 142.9 (3630) 55 (1397) 64 (1626) 60 (1524) 71 (1803) 77 (1956) 90 (2286) 93 (2362) 110 (2794) 110 (2794) 129 (3277) 121 (3073) 142 (3607) 132 (3353) 155 (3937) 143 (3632) 168 (4267) 154 (3912) 181 (4597) 165 (4191) 194 (4928) 176 (4470) 207 (5258) 187 (4750) 220 (5588) 198 (5029) 233 (5918) 209 (5309) 246 (6248) 220 (5588) 259 (6579) 231 (5867) 272 (6909) 242 (6147) 285 (7239) 253 (6426) 298 (7569) 264 (6706) 310 (7874) 275 (6985) 323 (8204) 286 (7264) 336 (8534) 297 (7544) 349 (8865) 308 (7823) 362 (9195) 319 (8103) 375 (9525) 330 (8382) 388 (9855) 341 (8661) 401 (10185) 352 (8941) 414 (10516) 363 (9220) 427 (10846) Catalog Numbers 69 110 132 161 220 330 400 Notes: n Dimensional and electrical values displayed in main table are for an insulator with Y-clevis and Ball end fittings. n For voltages above 400 kV, other section lengths, or end fitting combinations, please contact your HPS representative. values are without corona ring. For voltages equal to or greater than 220 kV, refer to page 12 for corona rings and associated physical/electrical changes to the above data. Dimensions are within allowable tolerances as specified by IEC 61109 and ANSI C29.12. n Electrical ANSI Values 60-Hz Dry Flashover (kV) 60-Hz Wet Flashover (kV) 220 220 250 250 315 320 385 390 460 465 500 510 540 540 585 585 625 625 660 665 695 700 735 740 780 780 815 820 860 860 890 895 925 930 960 965 990 995 1010 1015 1040 1045 1070 1075 1100 1105 1125 1130 1155 1160 1180 1185 1205 1210 1230 1235 210 210 235 235 305 305 365 370 435 440 475 475 510 510 545 550 580 585 615 615 650 650 685 690 720 720 745 750 780 795 815 820 850 855 875 880 890 895 920 920 945 950 975 980 1000 1005 1030 1035 1055 1060 1080 1085 1105 1110 1130 1135 IEC Values Critical Impulse Positive (kV) 370 370 415 415 525 535 635 645 730 740 800 805 865 875 935 940 1000 1010 1065 1070 1130 1135 1200 1205 1260 1270 1325 1330 1400 1410 1460 1470 1520 1540 1575 1585 1640 1645 1690 1695 1750 1755 1815 1820 1875 1880 1935 1940 1990 1995 2050 2055 2110 2115 2165 2170 Critical Impulse Negative (kV) 60-Hz 1-minute Wet Withstand (kV) 350 350 395 395 510 515 620 620 725 730 795 800 865 870 935 940 1005 1010 1075 1075 1140 1145 1210 1215 1275 1280 1345 1345 1420 1420 1485 1495 1545 1560 1600 1610 1670 1670 1725 1730 1790 1795 1850 1855 1915 1920 1975 1980 2040 2045 2100 2105 2160 2165 2220 2225 145 150 165 165 210 210 255 260 300 305 330 330 360 360 385 390 410 415 435 440 465 465 490 495 515 515 540 540 560 565 585 585 610 615 630 635 655 660 675 675 695 700 720 720 735 740 760 760 780 780 795 800 815 820 835 835 Impulse Positive Withstand (kV) Impulse Negative Withstand (kV) 315 325 350 355 445 450 540 540 630 635 690 695 750 760 810 815 870 880 930 940 990 995 1050 1055 1105 1115 1165 1170 1220 1225 1275 1285 1335 1340 1395 1395 1445 1450 1500 1510 1555 1565 1615 1620 1665 1670 1720 1725 1770 1780 1825 1830 1880 1885 1930 1935 Section Length Adjustment Table, Base End Fittings: Y-clevis-Ball (201) Top Fitting Bottom Fitting Y-Clevis Eye Eye ANSI 52-5 Socket IEC 16 mm Socket ANSI 52-6 Clevis ANSI 52-6 Clevis Eye ANSI 52-5 Ball Eye ANSI 52-5 Ball IEC 16 mm Ball Eye ANSI 52-5 Ball Top and Bottom End Fitting Digits Length Change (“e” & “f”) in Catalog Number inches (mm) 200 001 000 301 A07 400 401 1.62 (41) 0.02 (0) 1.64 (42) -1.15 (-29) -0.03 (-1) 0.82 (21) -0.8 (-20) To determine the section length for an insulator with a different end fitting combination, please add or subtract the displayed length change in the table above. For configurations not shown, use the Catalog Number Key or contact your HPS representative. January 2011 page 15 300 305 330 335 430 435 525 535 625 630 685 690 750 755 810 815 875 880 940 945 995 1005 1060 1065 1120 1125 1180 1185 1240 1245 1300 1305 1355 1365 1415 1425 1475 1485 1530 1535 1590 1595 1645 1655 1705 1710 1755 1765 1815 1820 1870 1875 1925 1930 1980 1980 Section Length High Leak Design Section Length Suspension Insulators Standard Design Mechanical Ratings SML = 160 kN RTL = 80 kN Rod Diameter: 7/8" (22 mm) ANSI Values Selection Guide: Typical Line Voltage, kV Catalog Numbers IEC Section Length inches (mm) Strike Distance inches (mm) Leakage Distance inches (mm) 35.7 (907) 35.7 (907) 37.9 (963) 37.9 (963) 44.4 (1128) 44.4 (1128) 50.8 (1290) 50.8 (1290) 57.3 (1455) 57.3 (1455) 61.6 (1565) 61.6 (1565) 66 (1676) 66 (1676) 70.3 (1786) 70.3 (1786) 74.6 (1895) 74.6 (1895) 78.9 (2004) 78.9 (2004) 83.2 (2113) 83.2 (2113) 87.6 (2225) 87.6 (2225) 91.9 (2334) 91.9 (2334) 96.2 (2443) 96.2 (2443) 100.5 (2553) 100.5 (2553) 104.8 (2662) 104.8 (2662) 109.2 (2774) 109.2 (2774) 113.5 (2883) 113.5 (2883) 117.8 (2992) 117.8 (2992) 122.1 (3101) 122.1 (3101) 126.4 (3211) 126.4 (3211) 130.8 (3322) 130.8 (3322) 135.1 (3432) 135.1 (3432) 139.4 (3541) 139.4 (3541) 143.7 (3650) 143.7 (3650) 148 (3759) 148 (3759) 152.4 (3871) 152.4 (3871) 156.7 (3980) 156.7 (3980) 21.6 (549) 22.5 (572) 23.8 (605) 24.7 (627) 30.3 (770) 31.1 (790) 36.8 (935) 37.6 (955) 43.2 (1097) 44.1 (1120) 47.6 (1209) 48.4 (1229) 51.9 (1318) 52.7 (1339) 56.2 (1427) 57.1 (1450) 60.5 (1537) 61.4 (1560) 64.8 (1646) 65.7 (1669) 69.2 (1758) 70 (1778) 73.5 (1867) 74.3 (1887) 77.8 (1976) 78.7 (1999) 82.1 (2085) 83 (2108) 86.4 (2195) 87.3 (2217) 90.8 (2306) 91.6 (2327) 95.1 (2416) 95.9 (2436) 99.4 (2525) 100.3 (2548) 103.7 (2634) 104.6 (2657) 108 (2743) 108.9 (2766) 112.4 (2855) 113.2 (2875) 116.7 (2964) 117.5 (2985) 121 (3073) 121.9 (3096) 125.3 (3183) 126.2 (3205) 129.6 (3292) 130.5 (3315) 134 (3404) 134.8 (3424) 138.3 (3513) 139.1 (3533) 142.6 (3622) 143.5 (3645) 55 (1397) 74 (1880) 60 (1524) 82 (2083) 77 (1956) 104 (2642) 93 (2362) 126 (3200) 110 (2794) 149 (3785) 121 (3073) 164 (4166) 132 (3353) 179 (4547) 143 (3632) 194 (4928) 154 (3912) 209 (5309) 165 (4191) 224 (5690) 176 (4470) 239 (6071) 187 (4750) 254 (6452) 198 (5029) 268 (6807) 209 (5309) 283 (7188) 220 (5588) 298 (7569) 231 (5867) 313 (7950) 242 (6147) 328 (8331) 253 (6426) 343 (8712) 264 (6706) 358 (9093) 275 (6985) 373 (9474) 286 (7264) 388 (9855) 297 (7544) 403 (10236) 308 (7823) 418 (10617) 319 (8103) 433 (10998) 330 (8382) 448 (11379) 341 (8661) 463 (11760) 352 (8941) 478 (12141) 363 (9220) 493 (12522) Nominal Polymer Length inches 69 110 132 161 220 330 400 S160021S2010 S160021H2010 S160023S2010 S160023H2010 S160030S2010 S160030H2010 S160036S2010 S160036H2010 S160043S2010 S160043H2010 S160047S2010 S160047H2010 S160051S2010 S160051H2010 S160056S2010 S160056H2010 S160060S2010 S160060H2010 S160064S2010 S160064H2010 S160069S2010 S160069H2010 S160073S2010 S160073H2010 S160077S2010 S160077H2010 S160081S2010 S160081H2010 S160086S2010 S160086H2010 S160090S2010 S160090H2010 S160094S2010 S160094H2010 S160099S2010 S160099H2010 S160103S2010 S160103H2010 S160107S2010 S160107H2010 S160112S2010 S160112H2010 S160116S2010 S160116H2010 S160120S2010 S160120H2010 S160125S2010 S160125H2010 S160129S2010 S160129H2010 S160133S2010 S160133H2010 S160138S2010 S160138H2010 S160142S2010 S160142H2010 021 021 023 023 030 030 036 036 043 043 047 047 051 051 056 056 060 060 064 064 069 069 073 073 077 077 081 081 086 086 090 090 094 094 099 099 103 103 107 107 112 112 116 116 120 120 125 125 129 129 133 133 138 138 142 142 Notes: n Dimensional and electrical values displayed in main table are for an insulator with Y-clevis and Ball end fittings. n For voltages above 400 kV, other section lengths, or end fitting combinations, please contact your HPS representative. values are without corona ring. For voltages equal to or greater than 220 kV, refer to page 12 for corona rings and associated physical/electrical changes to the above data. Dimensions are within allowable tolerances as specified by IEC 61109 and ANSI C29.12. n Electrical page 16 January 2011 60-Hz Dry Flashover (kV) 60-Hz Wet Flashover (kV) 220 225 250 255 320 320 385 395 460 470 500 515 540 545 585 590 625 630 660 670 695 705 735 745 780 785 815 825 860 865 890 900 925 935 960 970 990 1000 1010 1020 1045 1050 1070 1080 1100 1110 1125 1135 1155 1165 1180 1190 1205 1215 1230 1240 210 215 235 240 305 310 365 375 435 445 475 480 510 515 545 555 580 590 615 620 650 655 685 695 720 725 745 755 780 800 815 825 850 860 875 885 890 900 920 925 950 955 975 985 1005 1010 1030 1040 1055 1065 1080 1090 1105 1115 1130 1140 Critical Impulse Positive (kV) 370 375 415 420 525 540 635 650 730 745 800 810 865 880 935 945 1000 1015 1065 1075 1130 1140 1200 1210 1260 1275 1325 1335 1400 1415 1460 1475 1520 1545 1575 1590 1640 1650 1695 1700 1755 1760 1815 1825 1875 1885 1935 1945 1995 2000 2055 2060 2110 2120 2170 2175 IEC Values Critical Impulse Negative (kV) 350 355 395 400 510 520 625 625 725 735 800 805 860 875 935 945 1005 1015 1075 1080 1140 1150 1210 1220 1275 1285 1345 1350 1420 1425 1485 1500 1545 1565 1605 1615 1670 1675 1725 1735 1790 1800 1855 1860 1915 1925 1980 1985 2040 2050 2100 2110 2160 2170 2220 2230 60-Hz 1-minute Wet Withstand (kV) 145 150 165 170 210 215 260 265 300 310 330 335 360 365 385 390 410 420 435 445 465 470 490 495 515 520 540 545 565 570 585 590 610 615 630 635 655 660 675 680 700 705 720 720 740 745 760 765 780 780 795 800 815 820 835 840 Impulse Positive Withstand (kV) Impulse Negative Withstand (kV) 315 330 350 360 445 455 540 550 630 640 690 705 755 765 810 825 870 885 930 945 990 1000 1050 1060 1110 1120 1165 1175 1220 1235 1280 1290 1340 1350 1395 1405 1445 1460 1505 1515 1560 1570 1615 1620 1665 1680 1720 1730 1775 1785 1830 1840 1880 1890 1935 1940 300 315 330 345 430 445 530 540 625 635 690 700 750 765 810 825 875 890 940 950 1000 1010 1060 1075 1125 1130 1180 1195 1240 1255 1305 1310 1360 1370 1420 1430 1475 1485 1530 1545 1590 1600 1650 1660 1705 1715 1760 1770 1815 1825 1870 1885 1925 1935 1980 1990 Section Length Adjustment Table, Base End Fittings: Y-clevis-Ball (201) Top Fitting Bottom Fitting Y-Clevis Eye Eye ANSI 52-8 Socket IEC 20 mm Socket Clevis IEC 19-L Clevis IEC 19-L Eye ANSI 52-8 Ball Eye ANSI 52-8 Ball IEC 20 mm Ball Eye IEC 20 mm Ball Top and Bottom End Fitting Digits Length Change (“e” & “f”) in Catalog Number inches (mm) 200 001 000 301 A07 800 807 1.71 (43) 0.31 (8) 2.02 (51) -1.27 (-32) 0.26 (7) 0.80 (20) 0.06 (2) To determine the section length for an insulator with a different end fitting combination, please add or subtract the displayed length change in the table above. For configurations not shown, use the Catalog Number Key or contact your HPS representative. Section Length High Leak Design Suspension Insulators Section Length Mechanical Ratings SML = 50 kip/210 kN RTL = 25 kip/105 kN Rod Diameter: 7/8" (22 mm) Standard Design ANSI Values Selection Guide: Typical Line Voltage, kV Catalog Numbers ANSI / IEC Nominal Polymer Length inches Section Length inches (mm) Strike Distance inches (mm) Leakage Distance inches (mm) S050021S2010 / S210021S2010 S050021H2010 / S210021H2010 S050023S2010 / S210023S2010 S050023H2010 / S210023H2010 S050030S2010 / S210030S2010 S050030H2010 / S210030H2010 S050036S2010 / S210036S2010 S050036H2010 / S210036H2010 S050043S2010 / S210043S2010 S050043H2010 / S210043H2010 S050047S2010 / S210047S2010 S050047H2010 / S210047H2010 S050051S2010 / S210051S2010 S050051H2010 / S210051H2010 S050056S2010 / S210056S2010 S050056H2010 / S210056H2010 S050060S2010 / S210060S2010 S050060H2010 / S210060H2010 S050064S2010 / S210064S2010 S050064H2010 / S210064H2010 S050069S2010 / S210069S2010 S050069H2010 / S210069H2010 S050073S2010 / S210073S2010 S050073H2010 / S210073H2010 S050077S2010 / S210077S2010 S050077H2010 / S210077H2010 S050081S2010 / S210081S2010 S050081H2010 / S210081H2010 S050086S2010 / S210086S2010 S050086H2010 / S210086H2010 S050090S2010 / S210090S2010 S050090H2010 / S210090H2010 S050094S2010 / S210094S2010 S050094H2010 / S210094H2010 S050099S2010 / S210099S2010 S050099H2010 / S210099H2010 S050103S2010 / S210103S2010 S050103H2010 / S210103H2010 S050107S2010 / S210107S2010 S050107H2010 / S210107H2010 S050112S2010 / S210112S2010 S050112H2010 / S210112H2010 S050116S2010 / S210116S2010 S050116H2010 / S210116H2010 S050120S2010 / S210120S2010 S050120H2010 / S210120H2010 S050125S2010 / S210125S2010 S050125H2010 / S210125H2010 S050129S2010 / S210129S2010 S050129H2010 / S210129H2010 S050133S2010 / S210133S2010 S050133H2010 / S210133H2010 S050138S2010 / S210138S2010 S050138H2010 / S210138H2010 S050142S2010 / S210142S2010 S050142H2010 / S210142H2010 021 021 023 023 030 030 036 036 043 043 047 047 051 051 056 056 060 060 064 064 069 069 073 073 077 077 081 081 086 086 090 090 094 094 099 099 103 103 107 107 112 112 116 116 120 120 125 125 129 129 133 133 138 138 142 142 35.7 (907) 35.7 (907) 37.9 (963) 37.9 (963) 44.4 (1128) 44.4 (1128) 50.8 (1290) 50.8 (1290) 57.3 (1455) 57.3 (1455) 61.6 (1565) 61.6 (1565) 66 (1676) 66 (1676) 70.3 (1786) 70.3 (1786) 74.6 (1895) 74.6 (1895) 78.9 (2004) 78.9 (2004) 83.2 (2113) 83.2 (2113) 87.6 (2225) 87.6 (2225) 91.9 (2334) 91.9 (2334) 96.2 (2443) 96.2 (2443) 100.5 (2553) 100.5 (2553) 104.8 (2662) 104.8 (2662) 109.2 (2774) 109.2 (2774) 113.5 (2883) 113.5 (2883) 117.8 (2992) 117.8 (2992) 122.1 (3101) 122.1 (3101) 126.4 (3211) 126.4 (3211) 130.8 (3322) 130.8 (3322) 135.1 (3432) 135.1 (3432) 139.4 (3541) 139.4 (3541) 143.7 (3650) 143.7 (3650) 148 (3759) 148 (3759) 152.4 (3871) 152.4 (3871) 156.7 (3980) 156.7 (3980) 21.6 (549) 22.5 (572) 23.8 (605) 24.7 (627) 30.3 (770) 31.1 (790) 36.8 (935) 37.6 (955) 43.2 (1097) 44.1 (1120) 47.6 (1209) 48.4 (1229) 51.9 (1318) 52.7 (1339) 56.2 (1427) 57.1 (1450) 60.5 (1537) 61.4 (1560) 64.8 (1646) 65.7 (1669) 69.2 (1758) 70 (1778) 73.5 (1867) 74.3 (1887) 77.8 (1976) 78.7 (1999) 82.1 (2085) 83 (2108) 86.4 (2195) 87.3 (2217) 90.8 (2306) 91.6 (2327) 95.1 (2416) 95.9 (2436) 99.4 (2525) 100.3 (2548) 103.7 (2634) 104.6 (2657) 108 (2743) 108.9 (2766) 112.4 (2855) 113.2 (2875) 116.7 (2964) 117.5 (2985) 121 (3073) 121.9 (3096) 125.3 (3183) 126.2 (3205) 129.6 (3292) 130.5 (3315) 134 (3404) 134.8 (3424) 138.3 (3513) 139.1 (3533) 142.6 (3622) 143.5 (3645) 55 (1397) 74 (1880) 60 (1524) 82 (2083) 77 (1956) 104 (2642) 93 (2362) 126 (3200) 110 (2794) 149 (3785) 121 (3073) 164 (4166) 132 (3353) 179 (4547) 143 (3632) 194 (4928) 154 (3912) 209 (5309) 165 (4191) 224 (5690) 176 (4470) 239 (6071) 187 (4750) 254 (6452) 198 (5029) 268 (6807) 209 (5309) 283 (7188) 220 (5588) 298 (7569) 231 (5867) 313 (7950) 242 (6147) 328 (8331) 253 (6426) 343 (8712) 264 (6706) 358 (9093) 275 (6985) 373 (9474) 286 (7264) 388 (9855) 297 (7544) 403 (10236) 308 (7823) 418 (10617) 319 (8103) 433 (10998) 330 (8382) 448 (11379) 341 (8661) 463 (11760) 352 (8941) 478 (12141) 363 (9220) 493 (12522) 69 110 132 161 220 330 400 Notes: n Dimensional and electrical values displayed in main table are for an insulator with Y-clevis and Ball end fittings. n For voltages above 400 kV, other section lengths, or end fitting combinations, please contact your HPS representative. values are without corona ring. For voltages equal to or greater than 220 kV, refer to page 12 for corona rings and associated physical/electrical changes to the above data. Dimensions are within allowable tolerances as specified by IEC 61109 and ANSI C29.12. n Electrical IEC Values 60-Hz Dry Flashover (kV) 60-Hz Wet Flashover (kV) Critical Impulse Positive (kV) Critical Impulse Negative (kV) 220 225 250 255 315 320 385 395 460 470 500 510 540 545 585 590 625 630 660 670 695 705 735 745 780 785 815 825 860 865 890 900 925 935 960 970 990 1000 1010 1020 1045 1050 1070 1080 1100 1110 1125 1135 1155 1165 1180 1190 1205 1215 1230 1240 210 215 235 240 305 310 365 375 435 445 475 480 510 515 545 555 580 590 615 620 650 655 685 695 720 725 745 755 780 800 815 825 850 860 875 885 890 900 920 925 950 955 975 985 1005 1010 1030 1040 1055 1065 1080 1090 1105 1115 1130 1140 370 375 415 420 525 540 635 650 730 745 800 810 865 880 935 945 1000 1015 1065 1075 1130 1140 1200 1210 1260 1275 1325 1335 1400 1415 1460 1475 1520 1545 1575 1590 1640 1650 1695 1700 1755 1760 1815 1825 1875 1885 1935 1945 1995 2000 2055 2060 2110 2120 2170 2175 350 355 395 400 510 520 625 625 725 735 800 805 860 875 935 945 1005 1015 1075 1080 1140 1150 1210 1220 1275 1285 1345 1350 1420 1425 1485 1500 1545 1565 1605 1615 1670 1675 1725 1735 1790 1800 1855 1860 1915 1925 1980 1985 2040 2050 2100 2110 2160 2170 2220 2230 60-Hz 1-minute Wet Withstand (kV) 145 150 165 170 210 215 260 265 300 310 330 335 360 365 385 390 410 420 435 445 465 470 490 495 515 520 540 545 565 570 585 590 610 615 630 635 655 660 675 680 700 705 720 720 740 745 760 765 780 780 795 800 815 820 835 840 Impulse Positive Withstand (kV) Impulse Negative Withstand (kV) 315 330 350 360 445 455 540 550 630 640 690 705 755 765 810 825 870 885 930 945 990 1000 1050 1060 1110 1120 1165 1175 1220 1235 1280 1290 1340 1350 1395 1405 1445 1460 1505 1515 1560 1570 1615 1620 1665 1680 1720 1730 1775 1785 1830 1840 1880 1890 1935 1940 300 315 330 345 430 445 530 540 625 635 690 700 750 765 810 825 875 890 940 950 1000 1010 1060 1075 1125 1130 1180 1195 1240 1255 1305 1310 1360 1370 1420 1430 1475 1485 1530 1545 1590 1600 1650 1660 1705 1715 1760 1770 1815 1825 1870 1885 1925 1935 1980 1990 Section Length Adjustment Table, Base End Fittings: Y-clevis-Ball (201) Top Fitting Bottom Fitting Y-Clevis Eye Eye ANSI 52-11 Socket IEC 20 mm Socket Clevis IEC 19-L Clevis IEC 19-L Eye ANSI 52-11 Ball Eye ANSI 52-11 Ball IEC 20 mm Ball Eye IEC 20 mm Ball Top and Bottom End Fitting Digits Length Change (“e” & “f”) in Catalog Number inches (mm) 200 001 000 301 A07 800 807 1.71 (43) 0.31 (8) 2.02 (51) -0.71 (-18) 0.26 (7) 0.80 (20) 0.06 (2) To determine the section length for an insulator with a different end fitting combination, please add or subtract the displayed length change in the table above. For configurations not shown, use the Catalog Number Key or contact your HPS representative. January 2011 page 17 page 18 January 2011 Line Post Insulators Table of Contents Page Mechanical Ratings and Corona Performance.................................................... 20 Quadri*Sil® Horizontal Line Posts...................................................................... 21 Quadri*Sil® Vertical Line Posts.......................................................................... 22 Quadri*Sil® Base Fittings.................................................................................. 24 Quadri*Sil® Line Fittings................................................................................... 25 Clamps and Assemblies................................................................................... 26 ® January 2011 page 19 Mechanical Ratings Line post insulators are cantilever support members, with ratings defined as follows: Specified Cantilever Load (SCL) SCL is the ultimate cantilever strength rating of the Quadri*Sil® line post insulator. SCL is identical to the minimum average breaking load (ABL) rating in previous catalogs. Reference Cantilever Load (RCL) RCL represents the maximum recommended load in cantilever that a Quadri*Sil® post insulator is designed to withstand during its life span. RCL equals 50 percent of the SCL, and is identical to the insulator’s maximum working load (MWL) and maximum design cantilever load (MDCL). Combined Load Charts Line design loads for most insulators include tension, or compression, in addition to the primary vertical cantilever load. Longitudinal loading should also be considered. Contact your Hubbell Power Systems representative to request combined load charts. Corona Performance Recommended Torque 10 ft.-lb. 3.4375’’ (87 mm) Recommended Torque 45 ft.-lb. 12’’ (305 mm) Line Post Insulators 2.5” (63.5 mm) Rod Diameter Horizontal Application 161 kv & Below Line End Energized Top - NONE Bott - NONE Bottom End Top - NONE Energized Bott - NONE 230 kv 345 kv Top - 2721273001 Bott - NONE Top - 2721273001 Bott - NONE Top - NONE Top - NONE Bott - 2721273001 Bott - 2721273001 Electrical/Dimensional Changes to the Insulator with External Corona Ring Physical & Electrical Characteristics Dry Arc Distance inches (mm) Leakage Distance inches (mm) ANSI 60 Hz Flashover Dry — kV ANSI 60 Hz Flashover Wet — kV ANSI Critical Flashover Positive — kV ANSI Critical Flashover Negative — kV IEC Wet Switching Impulse Withstand — kV IEC Power Frequency Wet Withstand — kV IEC Lightning Impulse Withstand Positive — kV IEC Lightning Impulse Withstand Negative — kV Net Weight pounds (kg) page 20 January 2011 220/230 kV Ring -1.86 (-47) 0 -20 -20 -30 -30 N/A -20 -30 -30 3.4 (1.5) 330/345 kV Ring -2.58 (-66) 0 -30 -20 -40 -40 N/A -20 -40 -40 3.4 (1.5) 400 kV Rings N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 500 kV Rings N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A Horizontal Line Post Insulators 2.5” (63.5 mm) Rod Diameter Section Length Clamptop: Maximum Design Tension = 2,500 lbs. (11.1 kN) Two-Hole Blade: Maximum Design Tension = 7,500 lbs. (33.4 kN) Horizontal Clamptop End Fitting Increases the section length dimensions by 0.75” Horizontal Line Post Insulators 2.5” (63.5 mm) Rod Diameter ANSI Values Selection Guide: Typical Line Voltage, kV(1) Catalog Numbers(3) Nominal Polymer Length inches Section Length inches (mm) Strike Distance inches (mm) Leakage Distance inches (mm) 36.9 (937) 39.3 (998) 44.0 (1117) 48.8 (1239) 55.9 (1419) 60.6 (1539) 65.3 (1658) 70.1 (1780) 72.4 (1838) 77.2 (1960) 81.9 (2080) 86.6 (2199) 91.4 (2321) 98.5 (2501) 103.2 (2621) 107.9 (2740) 112.7 (2862) 115.1 (2923) 117.4 (2981) 119.8 (3042) 122.2 (3103) 25.0 (635) 27.4 (696) 32.2 (818) 37.1 (942) 44.3 (1125) 49.2 (1250) 54.0 (1372) 58.8 (1494) 61.3 (1557) 66.1 (1679) 70.9 (1801) 75.8 (1925) 80.6 (2047) 87.9 (2233) 92.7 (2355) 97.6 (2479) 102.4 (2601) 104.8 (2662) 107.2 (2723) 109.7 (2786) 112.1 (2847) 63 (1600) 69 (1753) 82 (2083) 95 (2413) 113 (2870) 126 (3200) 139 (3531) 151 (3835) 158 (4013) 170 (4318) 183 (4648) 196 (4978) 208 (5283) 227 (5766) 240 (6096) 252 (6401) 265 (6731) 271 (6883) 278 (7061) 284 (7214) 290 (7366) 69 110 132 161 220 330 P250024S0020 P250026S0020 P250031S0020 P250036S0020 P250043S0020 P250048S0020 P250053S0020 P250058S0020 P250060S0020 P250065S0020 P250070S0020 P250075S0020 P250080S0020 P250087S0020 P250092S0020 P250096S0020 P250101S0020 P250104S0020 P250106S0020 P250109S0020 P250111S0020 024 026 031 036 043 048 053 058 060 065 070 075 080 087 092 096 101 104 106 109 111 60-Hz Dry Flashover (kV) (2) 255 280 330 380 455 515 565 600 625 675 720 765 815 880 925 975 1015 1040 1060 1085 1105 60-Hz Wet Flashover (kV) (2) 235 255 300 345 405 450 495 525 540 580 615 650 680 735 765 800 830 845 860 875 890 Critical Impulse Positive (kV) (2) 385 425 510 580 700 770 855 920 955 1035 1115 1190 1265 1380 1455 1535 1610 1650 1685 1725 1765 IEC Values Critical Impulse Negative (kV) 60-Hz 1-minute Wet Withstand (kV) Impulse Positive Withstand (kV) Impulse Negative Withstand (kV) SCL lbs. (kN) 505 540 615 690 800 880 950 1025 1065 1140 1215 1290 1360 1475 1550 1625 1700 1735 1770 1810 1850 195 215 255 290 340 380 420 445 455 490 520 550 575 620 650 680 705 715 730 740 755 365 400 480 550 665 730 810 870 905 980 1055 1130 1200 1310 1380 1455 1525 1565 1600 1635 1675 475 510 580 655 760 835 900 970 1010 1080 1150 1225 1290 1400 1470 1540 1615 1645 1680 1715 1755 5000 (22.2) 5000 (22.2) 4490 (20.0) 3950 (17.6) 3340 (14.9) 3030 (13.5) 2770 (12.3) 2550 (11.3) 2460 (10.9) 2280 (10.1) 2130 (9.5) 2000 (8.9) 1890 (8.4) 1740 (7.7) 1650 (7.3) 1570 (7.0) 1500 (6.7) 1460 (6.5) 1430 (6.4) 1400 (6.2) 1370 (6.1) (2) (2) (2) (2) Notes: 1) For voltages above 330 kV, other section lengths, or end fitting combinations, please contact your HPS representative. 2) Electrical values are without corona ring. For voltages equal to or greater than 220 kV, refer to page 20 for corona rings and associated physical/electrical changes to the above data. Dimensions are within allowable tolerances as specified by IEC 61952 and ANSI C29.17. 3) The catalog number shown in the table is for a 2.5’’ (63.5mm) rod diameter line post with a two hole blade on the line end and a gain base on the tower end. For other end fitting combinations, please refer to the Catalog Number Key on page 8. January 2011 page 21 Vertical Line Post Insulators 2.5” (63.5 mm) Rod Diameter Maximum Design Tension = 2,500 lbs. (11.1 kN) 0.6875’’ Dia. (17 mm ) 5” Dia. Bolt Circle (127 mm) 11’’ (279 mm) 0.8125’’ Dia. (21 mm) Section Length 8’’ (203 mm) 0.9375’’ Dia. (24 mm) 4’’ (102 mm) 4.125’’ (105 mm) 4.125’’ (105 mm) 0.8125’’ Dia. (21 mm) 8’’ (203 mm) 1.125’’ (29 mm) 3.875’’ (98 mm) 3.875’’ (98 mm) 0.8125’’ x 1” Slot (21 mm x 25 mm) Cat. No. 75115 Rated 134,400 lb.-in. Vertical Line Post Insulators 2.5” (63.5 mm) Rod Diameter ANSI Values Selection Guide: Typical Line Voltage, kV(1) Catalog Numbers(3) Nominal Polymer Length inches Section Length inches (mm) Strike Distance inches (mm) Leakage Distance inches (mm) 25.0 (635) 27.4 (696) 32.2 (818) 37.1 (942) 44.3 (1125) 49.2 (1250) 54.0 (1372) 58.8 (1494) 61.3 (1557) 63 (1600) 69 (1753) 82 (2083) 95 (2413) 113 (2870) 126 (3200) 139 (3531) 151 (3835) 158 (4013) 69 110 132 161 P250024S2050 P250026S2050 P250031S2050 P250036S2050 P250043S2050 P250048S2050 P250053S2050 P250058S2050 P250060S2050 024 026 031 036 043 048 053 058 060 35.0 (889) 37.4 (950) 42.3 (1074) 47.1 (1196) 54.4 (1382) 59.2 (1504) 64.1 (1628) 68.9 (1750) 71.3 (1811) 60-Hz Dry Flashover (kV) 60-Hz Wet Flashover (kV) 255 280 330 380 455 515 565 600 625 235 255 300 345 405 450 495 525 540 (2) (2) IEC Values Critical Impulse Positive (kV) Critical Impulse Negative (kV) 385 425 510 580 700 770 855 920 955 505 540 615 690 800 880 950 1025 1065 (2) (2) 60-Hz (2)Impulse (2)Impulse 1-minute Positive Negative Wet Withstand Withstand Withstand (kV) (kV) (kV) (2) 195 215 255 290 340 380 420 445 455 365 400 480 550 665 730 810 870 905 475 510 580 655 760 835 900 970 1010 SCL lbs. (kN) 5000 (22.3) 5000 (22.3) 4200 (18.7) 3720 (16.6) 3180 (14.2) 2900 (12.9) 2660 (11.8) 2460 (10.9) 2370 (10.5) Notes: 1) For voltages above 161 kV, other section lengths, or end fitting combinations, please contact your HPS representative. 2) Electrical values are without corona ring. For voltages equal to or greater than 220 kV, refer to page 20 for corona rings and associated physical/electrical changes to the above data. Dimensions are within allowable tolerances as specified by IEC 61952 and ANSI C29.17. 3) The catalog number shown on the table is for a 2.5” (63.5mm) rod diameter line post with a vertical clamptop on the line end and a 5’’ Bolt Circle with tapped holes on the ground end. For other end fitting combinations, please refer to the Catalog Number Key on page 8. page 22 January 2011 Vertical Line Post Assembly 2.5” (63.5 mm) Rod Diameter 7.44’’ (189 mm) 5.75’’ (146 mm) 2.0’’ (51 mm) A 2.0’’ (51 mm) D C B 1.625’’ (41 mm) D 7.438’’ (189 mm) Vertical Line Post Insulators 2.5” (63.5 mm) Rod Diameter Table A Selection Guide: Typical Line Voltage, kV(1) Table B Catalog Numbers(2) Nominal Polymer Length inches “A” Length inches (mm) P250024S2XX0 P250026S2XX0 P250031S2XX0 P250036S2XX0 P250043S2XX0 P250048S2XX0 P250053S2XX0 P250058S2XX0 P250060S2XX0 024 026 031 036 043 048 053 058 060 34.7 (881) 37.1 (942) 42 (1067) 46.8 (1189) 54.1 (1374) 58.9 (1496) 63.6 (1615) 68.4 (1737) 70.7 (1796) “XX” Code(2) Style “B” Length inches (mm) “C” Length inches (mm) “D” Diameter inches (mm) 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 Face Side Face Side Face Side Face Side 20 (508) 20 (508) 20 (508) 20 (508) 31.75 (806) 31.75 (806) 31.75 (806) 31.75 (806) 12 (305) 12 (305) 12 (305) 12 (305) 16 (406) 16 (406) 16 (406) 16 (406) 0.8125 (21) 0.8125 (21) 0.9375 (24) 0.9375 (24) 0.8125 (21) 0.8125 (21) 0.9375 (24) 0.9375 (24) 69 110 132 161 Notes: 1) Insulators in Table A have the same electrical and mechanical characteristics as those on page 22 with a vertical clamptop on the line end and a 5” Bolt Circle on the ground end. 2) According to your preferred mounting configuration, replace the “xx” in catalog number from Table A with the two-digit “xx” code from Table B. January 2011 page 23 Base Fittings for 2.5” (63.5 mm) Rod Diameter G Al & Steel Gain øI E H A 8’’ Dia. (203 mm) 7’’ Dia. (178 mm) 14’’ Dia. (356 mm) B 3.38’’ (86 mm) J F 4.44’’ (113 mm) D Al & Steel Flat øI G E H A B K J F C D Horizontal & Vertical Bases inches (mm) Type (Code) 5” Bolt Circle (15) 5” Bolt Circle (05) Aluminum Gain (02) Aluminum Gain (12) Steel Gain (07) Aluminum Flat (03) Aluminum Flat (13) Steel Flat (08) Aluminum Flat (04) Aluminum Flat (14) page 24 A B C D E 4.75 (121) 4.75 (121) 12.0 (305) 12.0 (305) 12.0 (305) 10.0 (254) 10.0 (254) 13.0 (330) 13.0 (330) 13.0 (330) 6.25 (159) 6.25 (159) 14.0 (356) 14.0 (356) 15.0 (381) 12.0 (305) 12.0 (305) 15.0 (381) 15.0 (381) 15.0 (381) 3.63 (92) 3.63 (92) 0.90 (23) 0.90 (23) 8.06 (205) 8.06 (205) 8.33 (212) 10.0 (254) 10.0 (254) 10.0 (254) 10.0 (254) 10.0 (254) 5.0 (127) 5.0 (127) 6.13 (156) 6.13 (156) 6.5 (165) 5.0 (127) 5.0 (127) 6.5 (165) 6.5 (165) 6.5 (165) January 2011 8.0 (203) 8.0 (203) 8.0 (203) 8.0 (203) 8.0 (203) F G H I J K Material - - - 0.69 (18) - - 60-40-18 D.I. - - - 5/8 - 11 UFS - - 60-40-18 D.I. 5.56 (141) 5.56 (141) 6.04 (153) 4.0 (102) 4.0 (102) 4.0 (102) 4.0 (102) 4.0 (102) 0.5 (13) 0.5 (13) 0.38 (10) 0.5 (13) 0.5 (13) 0.38 (10) 0.5 (13) 0.5 (13) 12º 0.94 (24) 0.81 (21) 0.94 (24) 0.94 (24) 0.81 (21) 0.94 X 1.31 (24x33) 0.94 X 1.31 (24x33) 0.94 X 2.0 (24x51) - 6063 t5 aL - 6063 t5 aL - Low Carbon Steel - - 6063 t5 aL - - 6063 t5 aL 12º 12º 12º 12º 12º 12º 12º 1.125 X 0.94 0.94 X 2.0 (26x24) (24x51) 0.94 X 1.31 0.94 (24x33) (24) 0.81 (21) 12.0 (305) 12.0 (305) 0.81 X 1.31 12.0 (305) (21x33) Low Carbon Steel 6063 t5 aL 6063 t5 aL Line Fittings for 2.5” (63.5 mm) Rod Diameter Two Hole Blade Horizontal Clamptop øI A E I F F øB øB G L E H øC øJ J L is outer radius M is inner radius M A D D Transverse Compressing Swing Angle for Conductor Suspension Clamp 2 Hole Blade (std.) 2 Hole Long Blade 40 deg. max. 64 deg. max. Note: 12º upsweep is already included Vertical Clamptop 5” Bolt Circle Part per ANSI C29.7 Line or Base Fitting øB I øC D I E F G øC A A D øB E Horizontal & Vertical End Fittings inches (mm) Type (Code) 2 Hole Blade (0) 2 Hole Long Blade (9) H. Clamptop (1) 5” Bolt Circle (3) 5” Bolt Circle (5) V. Clamptop (2) A B 5.73 (146) 5.73 (146) 8.24 (209) 4.75 (121) 4.75 (121) 5.88 (149) 4.0 (102) 4.0 (102) 4.0 (102) 6.25 (159) 6.25 (159) 4.0 (102) C 3.30 (84) 3.63 (92) 3.63 (92) 3.30 (84) D E F G H I J L M 0.75 (19) 0.75 (19) 1.12 (28) 0.90 (23) 0.90 (23) 1.12 (28) 5.25 (133) 7.75 (197) 4.72 (120) 5.0 (127) 5.0 (127) 5.37 (136) 1.25 (32) 1.25 (32) 4.0 (102) 1.50 (38) 4.0 (102) 2.00 (51) 4.5 (114) 1.0 (25) 1.0 (25) 0.5R (12.7R) 0.5R (12.7R) 0.44R (11R) 0.44R (11R) - - 5/8 - 11 UFS 1.44 (37) 1.44 (37) 0.75 (19) - - 60-40-18 D.I. - - - 5/8 - 11 UFS - - - 60-40-18 D.I. - - - 0.69 x Holes (18 x Holes) - - - 60-40-18 D.I. 4.0 (102) 1.06 (27) - 5/8 - 11 UFS - - - 60-40-18 D.I. January 2011 Material 60-40-18 D.I. 60-40-18 D.I. page 25 Clamptop Clamps inches (mm) 3.875’’ (98 mm) 15º 5.25’’ (133 mm) 20º 0.594’’ Dia. (15 mm) Figure 1 3.875’’ (98 mm) 15º 5.25’’ (133 mm) J 20º 0.594’’ Dia. (15 mm) page 26 Figure 2 Fig. No. Catalog Number Body & Keeper Material Clamping Range inches (mm) Ultimate Body Strength lbs. (kN) 1 TSC57 356-T6 AL 0.25 - 0.57 (6.3 - 14.4) 2800 (1.273) 1 TSC106 356-T6 AL 0.50 - 1.06 (12.7 - 26.9) 2800 (1.273) 1 TSC150 356-T6 AL 1.00 - 1.50 (25.4 - 38.1) 2800 (1.273) 2 TSC200 356-T6 AL 1.50 - 2.00 (38.1 - 50.8) 2800 (1.273) January 2011 Jumper Clamps and Assemblies 0.5’’ Dia. (13 mm) To fit 0.75’’ (19 mm) THK Plate 4.25’’ (108 mm) 5’’ (127 mm) Figure 1 2.375’’ (60 mm) 2.625’’ (67 mm) 18’’ (457 mm) Figure 3 18’’ (457 mm) 18’’ (457 mm) Figure 2 Figure 4 A practical application of Quadri*Sil® line posts is for support of jumper loops on transmission lines. Horizontal motion of the jumper is restricted, and the factor of wind sway is eliminated. Additionally, the crossarm length may be reduced. The difference in cost of insulation is not significant, but the saving in tower cost can be attractive. Regardless of cost, the use of a jumper support improves construction. If using a single clamp, clamp postition relative to the insulator may be changed by bolting the clamp through the upper hole in the insulator end fitting. Jumper clamps are not intended for tangent span applications. Figure Catalog Number Yoke Type 1 976423002 None 1 976423003 None 1 600643001 None 2 2717243001 Dual 2 2717253001 Dual 2 2717263001 Dual 3 2721763001 Triple 3 2721773001 Triple 3 2721783001 Triple 4 2721793001 Quad 4 2721803001 Quad 4 2721813001 Quad Clamping Range inches (mm) 1.00 - 1.40 (25 - 36) 1.40 - 1.60 (36 - 41) 1.60 - 2.00 (41 - 51) 1.00 - 1.40 (25 - 36) 1.40 - 1.60 (36 - 41) 1.60 - 2.00 (41 - 51) 1.00 - 1.40 (25 - 36) 1.40 - 1.60 (36 - 41) 1.60 - 2.00 (41 - 51) 1.00 - 1.40 (25 - 36) 1.40 - 1.60 (36 - 41) 1.60 - 2.00 (41 - 51) January 2011 page 27 page 28 January 2011 Braced Post Insulators Table of Contents Page Braced Line Post Assemblies..............................................................................30 Assembly Drawings............................................................................................31 Dimensions and Strength Ratings.......................................................................32 ® January 2011 page 29 Braced Line Post Assemblies The need to minimize tower size and visual impact of transmission lines has prompted increased interest in braced line posts, horizontal-V, and pivoting V assemblies. These insulating structures offer vastly improved vertical load capabilities over conventional line posts, while retaining the advantages of a fixed conductor position. A braced line post insulator uses a conventional line post with a suspension string tied to the tower face. Some of the characteristics of a braced line post are: • It uses a traditional fixed base line post. • The longitudinal strength is limited to the RCL rating of the line post component. • It generates high tower torque (Z-direction) under longitudinal loading. A horizontal-V insulator uses a conventional line post with a suspension string at a fixed offset extending from the tower face, adding a stabilizing force to the assembly. Some of the characteristics of a horizontal-V assembly are: • It uses a fixed base horizontal line post (zero degree upsweep). • It has an inclined hinge axis to add resistance to longitudinal movement. • It employs a suspension insulator ground end stub arm (vang). • The longitudinal strength is limited to the RCL rating of the line post component. • It generates high tower torque (Z-direction) under longitudinal loading. A pivoting horizontal-V insulator uses a conventional suspension string with a line post insulator fastened to the structure with a hinged base. Some of the characteristics of a pivoting horizontal-V are: • It pivots about an inclined axis. • It employs a suspension insulator ground end stub arm (vang). • It uses a universal joint or pivot base on the strut. • It has high longitudinal strength. • It generates low tower torque (Z-direction) under longitudinal loading. • The assembly’s swing angle is a function of the vertical load and the tower offset pivot angle. • The assembly’s maximum longitudinal loading is a function of the tensile rating of the strut. The tables included on the following pages — and the images on the assembly drawings page — cover typical arrangements that provide an efficient means of withstanding unusual loads. For more information on these and numerous other variations of line post assemblies, contact your Hubbell Power Systems representative. page 30 January 2011 Assembly Drawings AS-50 Braced Line Post 5’’ ) 3. mm 9 8 ( Horizontal-V Supplied by Customer X AS-50 ’’ ) 3.5mm (89 B D X C D B C (89 3.5 m ’’ m ) APPROX 62º APPROX 50º AS-50 3.5’’ (89 mm) 12º AS-50 A A Gain Base Mounting 12.0’’ (305 mm) Pivoting Horizontal-V 8.06’’ (205 mm) 3.5’’ (89 mm) AS-50 1.31’’ (33 mm) 0.94’’ (24 mm) 4.0’’ (102 mm) X Flat Base Mounting 10’’ (254 mm) 0.94’’ Dia. (24 mm) B 10.0’’ (254 mm) D 8’’ (203 mm) C APPROX 50º Pivoting Base Mounting 8.0’’ (203 mm) 2.75’’ (70 mm) 3.5’’ (89 mm) AS-50 8.0’’ (203 mm) A 2.75’’ (70 mm) 0.81’’ Dia. (21 mm) January 2011 page 31 Dimensions and Strength Ratings Braced Line Post Assembly Typical System kV Catalog Number Gain Base Catalog Number Flat Base 115/138 115/138 161 161 230 230 BLP043G12000 BLP046G12000 BLP051G12000 BLP058G12000 BLP075G12000 BLP080G12000 BLP043F12000 BLP046F12000 BLP051F12000 BLP058F12000 BLP075F12000 BLP080F12000 Component Insulators Post Suspension A inches (mm) B inches (mm) C inches (mm) D inches (mm) X inches (mm) P250043S0XX0 P250046S0XX0 P250051S0XX0 P250058S0XX0 P250075S0XX0 P250080S0XX0 S025060S0000 S025066S0000 S025075S0000 S025084S0000 S025107S000A S025116S000A 55.9 (1420) 58.2 (1478) 63.0 (1600) 70.1 (1781) 86.6 (2200) 91.4 (2322) 73.8 (1875) 80.3 (2040) 88.9 (2258) 97.5 (2477) 121.3 (3081) 129.9 (3299) 74.0 (1880) 82.0 (2083) 90.0 (2286) 96.0 (2438) 118.0 (2997) 127.0 (3226) 80.8 (2052) 87.3 (2217) 95.9 (2436) 104.5 (2654) 128.3 (3259) 136.9 (3477) 2.0 (51) 2.0 (51) 2.0 (51) 2.0 (51) 2.0 (51) 2.0 (51) B inches (mm) C inches (mm) D inches (mm) X inches (mm) Maximum Loadings Vertical lbs (kN) Tension lbs (kN) Compression lbs (kN) Longitudinal lbs (kN) 11130 (49.5) 11350 (50.5) 11390 (50.7) 11240 (50) 11220 (49.9) 11260 (50.2) 7500 (33.4) 7500 (33.4) 7500 (33.4) 7500 (33.4) 7500 (33.4) 7500 (33.4) 7500 (33.4) 7500 (33.4) 7500 (33.4) 7500 (33.4) 7500 (33.4) 7500 (33.4) 1625 (7.2) 1550 (6.9) 1415 (6.3) 1250 (5.6) 985 (4.4) 930 (4.1) Horizontal-V Assembly Typical System kV Catalog Number Gain Base Catalog Number Flat Base 115/138 115/138 161 161 230 230 BLP041G00000 BLP046G00000 BLP053G00000 BLP055G00000 BLP072G00000 BLP080G00000 BLP041F00000 BLP046F00000 BLP053F00000 BLP055F00000 BLP072F00000 BLP080F00000 Component Insulators Post Suspension A inches (mm) P250041S0XX0 P250046S0XX0 P250053S0XX0 P250055S0XX0 P250072S0XX0 P250080S0XX0 S025040S0000 S025045S0000 S025053S0000 S025058S0000 S025075S000A S025084S000A 54.7 (1389) 59.5 (1511) 66.8 (1697) 69.2 (1758) 86.1 (2187) 93.4 (2372) 54.3 (1379) 58.7 (1491) 67.3 (1709) 71.6 (1819) 88.9 (2258) 97.5 (2477) B inches (mm) 52.2 (1326) 58.7 (1491) 65.1 (1654) 69.5 (1765) 88.9 (2258) 95.4 (2423) 51.0 (1295) 61.3 (1557) 55.0 (1397) 65.7 (1669) 61.0 (1549) 74.3 (1887) 66.0 (1676) 78.6 (1996) 79.0 (2007) 95.9 (2436) 85.0 (2159) 104.5 (2654) 18.0 (457) 20.0 (508) 22.0 (559) 24.0 (610) 28.0 (711) 30.0 (762) Maximum Loadings Vertical lbs (kN) Tension lbs (kN) 10050 (44.7) 10070 (44.8) 10000 (44.5) 10240 (45.5) 10010 (44.5) 9960 (44.3) 7500 (33.4) 7500 (33.4) 7500 (33.4) 7500 (33.4) 7500 (33.4) 7500 (33.4) Compression Longitudinal lbs (kN) lbs (kN) 7500 (33.4) 7500 (33.4) 7500 (33.4) 7500 (33.4) 7500 (33.4) 7500 (33.4) 1715 (7.6) 1550 (6.9) 1355 (6.0) 1300 (5.8) 1015 (4.5) 930 (4.1) Pivoting Horizontal-V Assembly Typical System kV Catalog Number Gain Base Catalog Number Flat Base 115/138 115/138 161 161 230 230 — — — — — — BLP041P00000 BLP048P00000 BLP053P00000 BLP055P00000 BLP072P00000 BLP080P00000 Component Insulators Post Suspension A inches (mm) P250041S0390 P250048S0390 P250053S0390 P250055S0390 P250070S0390 P250080S0390 S025043S0000 S025049S0000 S025051S0000 S025056S0000 S025075S000A S025081S000A 53.1 (1349) 57.9 (1471) 65.2 (1656) 67.6 (1717) 84.5 (2146) 91.8 (2332) C inches (mm) D inches (mm) 50.0 (1270) 59.2 (1504) 56.0 (1422) 65.7 (1669) 60.0 (1524) 72.1 (1831) 65.0 (1651) 76.5 (1943) 81.0 (2057) 95.9 (2436) 84.0 (2134) 102.4 (2601) X inches (mm) 18.0 (457) 20.0 (508) 22.0 (559) 24.0 (610) 28.0 (711) 30.0 (762) Maximum Loadings Vertical lbs (kN) Tension lbs (kN) 10140 (45.1) 10270 (45.7) 10070 (44.8) 10310 (45.9) 10150 (45.1) 10150 (45.1) 7500 (33.4) 7500 (33.4) 7500 (33.4) 7500 (33.4) 7500 (33.4) 7500 (33.4) Notes: n Corona rings are required and included for 220 kV and above. n Base end fitting for posts is code “02’’ for a gain base or “03’’ for a flat base. Replace the “XX” with the appropriate code. n Maximum loads are for single loads in the specified direction. n Contact your Hubbell Power Systems representative to request combined load charts. page 32 January 2011 Compression lbs (kN) Longitudinal lbs (kN) 7500 (33.4) 7500 (33.4) 7500 (33.4) 7500 (33.4) 7500 (33.4) 7500 (33.4) 7500 (33.4) 7500 (33.4) 7500 (33.4) 7500 (33.4) 7500 (33.4) 7500 (33.4) Catalog Number Key Due to the numerous variations available for braced line post assemblies, the following catalog number scheme is presented primarily for informational purposes. For custom-made braced line post assemblies, please refer to publication Insulator Selection Guide – Transmission (EF9091T), available via www.hubbellpowersystems.com under “Literature” > “Literature Brochures” > “Ohio Brass Insulators and Arresters.” Please follow the instructions in the Insulator Selection Guide and return the filled-out form to your Hubbell Power Systems representative. Filling out the form with as much information as possible will ensure that our engineers receive all the critical dimensions and information needed to design your braced line post assembly. For information on braced line post assemblies not included in this catalog, please contact your HPS representative. a e Assembly Type Internal Use The first three digits define the insulator type. In this example, we picked a Braced Line Post; therefore, we entered “BLP” in the boxes designated for “a.” B a b L a P a b b b c d d e e 000 – Sequential number to address each variation or model. e Fill in your selection in the box designated for section “e.” In this example, the braced line post is the first in a series, as designated by “001.” B a L a P a 0 b 7 b 5 b F c 1 d 2 d 0 e 0 e 1 e Polymer Length Your complete part number will be BLP075F12001 Polymer length of the line post member (in inches). The nominal polymer length (in inches) of the line post insulator is specified to help define voltage rating of the braced line post assembly. Refer to the Horizontal Line Post Insulators table on page 21 for appropriate polymer lengths. Fill in your selection in the boxes designated for section “b.” For example, if you want a Braced Line Post with a 75-inch polymer length, enter “075.” B a c L a P a 0 b 7 b 5 b c d d e e Example: Braced Line Post Insulator, 75” Line Post Polymer Length, Flat Base, 12 degrees of Upsweep Angle, Variation/Model 001 BLP075F12001 e Type of Line Post Base A single letter is used to identify the type of base. Please refer to the base drawings for hole patterns and dimensions located on page 24 or page 31. F – Flat G – Gain P – Pivoting Fill in your selection in the box designated for section “c.” For example, if you want a flat base, enter “F.” B a d L a P a 0 b 7 b 5 b F c d d e e e Upsweep Angle The upsweep angle of the assembly is defined to help identify the assembly. Typically, braced line post assemblies will have 12 degrees of upsweep angle, and horizontal-V and pivoting-V assemblies will have 0 degrees. Fill in your selection in the box designated for section “d” for the upsweep angle. For example, if you chose a braced line post assembly, enter “12.” B a L a P a 0 b 7 b 5 b F c 1 d 2 d e e e January 2011 page 33 TECHNICAL TERMS REFERENCE GUIDE ANSI – The American National Standards Institute verifies that the standard developers are complying with the consensus and all other approval criteria. Boron-free E-Glass – Electrical grade fiberglass that has corrosion resistance greater than boron containing E-glass; it is environmentally friendly due to the lack of boron and fluorine. Combined Load Charts – Also referred to as application curves; a graphical representation that shows how the maximum working loads interact for a given line post or braced line post assembly. Corona – A luminous discharge resulting from ionization of the air surrounding a conductor around which a voltage gradient exceeding a certain critical value exists. Dry Band Arcing – Electrical flashes that occur between wet and dry spots over the contaminated surface of an insulator. E-Glass – Electrical grade fiberglass; the first glass used for high-voltage insulators. Flashover – A disruptive discharge that is capable of breaking the insulation level provided by the air around the insulator, which creates an arc between parts of different potential or polarity. IEC – The International Electrotechnical Commission develops and publishes international standards for all electrical technologies. Leakage Distance – The distance between the conductive end fittings of the insulator across the insulator surface, moving in and out of the sheds; also commonly referred to as the creep or creepage distance. RCL – Reference Cantilever Load is the maximum design cantilever load (MDCL), which is rated at 50 percent of the part’s SCL. RIV – Radio-Interference Voltages are caused by electric currents that produce magnetic and electrostatic fields that are capable of inducing high-frequency voltage pulses in nearby radio antennas. The RIV of an insulator is measured under conditions specified by industry standards. RTV – Room Temperature Vulcanate (elastomer sealant) is a silicone rubber that cures at room temperature. RTL – Routine Test Load is the maximum design tension load, which is rated at 50 percent of the part’s SML. All parts are tested at this rating prior to being shipped. Section Length – The straight-line distance between the coupling points of the insulator’s end fittings. SCL – Specified Cantilever Load is the minimum ultimate cantilever strength of the part. SML – Specified Mechanical Load is the minimum ultimate tensile strength of the part. Strike Distance – The shortest distance across the insulator surface, between the end fittings of the insulator; also commonly referred to as the dry arc distance or tight string distance. page 34 January 2011 ® Web: http://www.hubbellpowersystems.com E-mail: hpsliterature@hps.hubbell.com UNITED STATES CANADA, INTERNATIONAL HUBBELL POWER SYSTEMS, INC. 210 N. Allen Street Centralia, Mo 65240-1395 Phone: 1-573-682-5521 Fax: 1-573-682-8714 e-mail: hpsliterature@hps.hubbell.com MEXICO HUBBELL DE MEXICO, S.A. DE C.V. Av. Insurgentes Sur #1228, Piso 8 Col. Tlacoquemacatl Del Valle Mexico, D.F. 03200 Phone: 52-55-9151-9999 Fax: 52-55-9151-9988 Website: hubbell.com.mx For reliable transmission, The World is turning to Hubbell. Web: http://www.hubbellpowersystems.com E-mail: hpsliterature@hps.hubbell.com ® January 2011 A&J 1M
Source Exif Data:
File Type : PDF File Type Extension : pdf MIME Type : application/pdf PDF Version : 1.7 Linearized : No Page Count : 230 Modify Date : 2013:04:22 18:47:11-07:00 Creator : Nitro PDF Professional 6EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools